Data Interpretation Simplified - Jaggan Saneja

OceanofPDF.
com
OceanofPDF.com
Notion Press
Old No. 38, New No. 6
McNichols Road, Chetpet
Chennai - 600 031
First Published by Notion Press 2016

Copyright © Jaggan Saneja 2016
All Rights Reserved.
ISBN 978-1-945688-03-4
This book has been published with all efforts taken to make the
material error-free after the consent of the author. However, the
author and the publisher do not assume and hereby disclaim any
liability to any party for any loss, damage, or disruption caused by
errors or omissions, whether such errors or omissions result from
negligence, accident, or any other cause.
No part of this book may be used, reproduced in any manner

whatsoever without written permission from the author, except in the
case of brief quotations embodied in critical articles and reviews.
OceanofPDF.com
Dedicated to my parents
Late Master Chetan Dass Saneja & Late Smt.

Bishan Devi
OceanofPDF.com
CONTENTS
Preface
About the Author
1.01 Data Interpretation – Defined

1.02 How to Solve Data Interpretation Problems
2.01 Squares and Tables
2.02 Percentage
2.03 Ratios
2.04 Averages
3.01 Tables – Solved Examples
3.02 Line Graphs – Solved Examples
3.03 Bar Graphs – Solved Examples
3.04 Pie Charts – Solved Examples
4.01 Tabulations - Practice Exercises
4.02 Line Graphs - Practice Exercises
4.03 Bar Charts - Test Exercises
4.04 Pie Charts
5.01 Practice Test Papers
6.01 Full Length Tests – Tabulation
6.02 Full Length Tests
7.01 DI Test Series
8.01 Proficiency Tests
9.01 Caselets
OceanofPDF.com
PREFACE
Mathematics needs a clear understanding of the concept

and so does Interpretation of Data which also should not be
dealt with by guessing until you have a good and perfect
hand over it. A clear concept of the subject immensely helps
the students in having an in-depth knowledge to solve a
problem. The present work is an attempt to simplify the same.
After a successful launch of my first book MATHEMATICS
Simplified it is a matter of pride to publish another book titled
“DATA INTERPRETATION Simplified” through M/s Notion Press
Media Private Limited, Chennai – 600 005.
With the growing competition in different examinations and
Data Interpretation taking major part in any question papers –
the author felt a strong need to present the basics in a lucid
manner. Having an experience of more than 35 years in
imparting teaching and guiding thousands of successful
students for different competitive examinations, the author has
tried to present the subject matter in an easy and
understandable manner. Every aspect of each chapter has
been thoroughly dealt with. At the end of each chapter,
Practice Exercises, Full Length Test Papers with objective type
questions, in an increasing order of toughness, have been
presented for recapitulation to have a better grip over the
subject. Students are advised to try to finish the question set in
the given stipulated time and mark the answers with utmost
care. As there is a negative marking system in most of the
examinations – wide guessing is not advised.
Every effort has been made to present the subject matter

error-free, from both technical and typographical aspect.
However, constructive and helpful suggestions for the
improvement of the book are welcome which will be
acknowledged with thanks.
It is my pleasant duty to convey my sincere thanks to Mrs.

Sarla Saneja, Tanush Kohli and Navansh Saneja who have
always been a constant source of motivational support in the
preparation of the book without hindrance.
JAGGAN SANEJA
M.Com, CAIIB
jnsaneja@yahoo.co.in
OceanofPDF.com
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Jaggan Saneja, has already authored and launched a book

MATHEMATICS Simplified successfully for various competition
examinations like CAT, GMAT, Banking and CDS examinations.
Academically, he holds a Master Degree in Commerce and is
a Certified Associate of Indian Institute of Bankers.
Jaggan Saneja started guiding students for Mathematics, in

Chandigarh Tricity, to prepare for defence examinations like
NDA, IMA and CDS way back in 1980. But since 1990 onwards
he has been exclusively guiding for GMAT, CAT, MBA and
Banking examinations.
Jaggan Saneja has been associated with M/s SANEJA

TUTORIALS. With an extensive and rich experience to his credit,
he has got an expertise in identification, understanding and
cracking the mathematics problems in a quicker and shorter
methods, in shortest possible time or even by glance of the
questions which has helped thousands of his students come
successful in various examinations.
For a good number of years, his question papers for various

competition examinations had been occupying prime space
in famous magazines and periodicals.
Data Interpretation questions fetch handsome scores in any

competition examination and occupy a major share of the
examination papers. The present book ‘DATA INTERPRETATION
Simplified’ has been authored by JAGGAN SANEJA – (also
author of MATHEMATICS Simplified – already with the readers).
It has been specially prepared for various competition
examinations keeping in view the importance of Data
questions. The questions have been prepared and presented
in a simple manner with sufficient examples – where the level
of questions rises from easier to tougher. The book contains a
good number of examples, Practice Exercises followed by Test
Exercises. Majority of the questions have been drawn from
different examination papers for thorough practice and better
understanding which shall help the readers in understanding
the tricks of problem solving in a better way.
The book will help readers in acquiring a better grip on the

subject.
Simplified series chain…by JAGGAN SANEJA

(i) MATHEMATICS Simplified .. with the readers
(ii) DATA INTERPRETATION Simplified .. with the readers
(iii) DATA SUFFICIENCY Simplified .. in the pipe line
Readers can reach the author by e-mail at

OceanofPDF.com
1.01
DATA INTERPRETATION –
DEFINED
DATA INTERPRETATION
Data interpretation means understanding, organizing and
interpreting given data, as to get meaningful conclusions.
Usually, all competitive examinations devote an independent
complete section based on data interpretation questions. In
this book, various terms of data representations are given with
clear explanations and short cut techniques.
The data representation can broadly be classified as of

Tables, Graphs, and Pie Charts.
TABLES
A table is one of the simplest and most convenient tool used
for summarizing data and presenting it in a meaningful way. In
a table, data is arranged systematically in columns and rows.
While reading a table, the following parts need be given a
careful observation.
a. TITLE OF THE TABLE: It gives a description of the contents of

the table and precisely defines the kind of data,
measurements and the period for which it occurred;
b. COLUMN HEADING: This defines the information contained
in the various columns with specifications of the unit of
measurement in some cases;
c. HEAD NOTE: In general, the unit of measurement is
specified in the head note;
d. FOOT NOTES: These are used to point out any exceptions
in arriving at the data;
Please note that the information arranged in a table

generally may denote:-
– An alphabetic order or chronological order;

– Month wise or Year wise etc;
– Zero is indicated by O;
– A dash (–) or a blank shou`ld never be interpreted as
ZERO. It indicates that the corresponding data is not
available;
However, it is always advisable to go through the legend

given in the question and no assumptions, of any kind, be
made at your own level.
GRAPHS
The Graphs present a bird’s eye view of the entire data for
quicker, better and proper understanding of the information.
These are one of the most convincing and appealing methods
used for presenting the data. While the tables have the
advantage of depicting the data precisely, on the other hand,
the graphs have a better depiction of trends and
comparisons, though the graphs present an approximation
(until data is mentioned on the top of Bar or Histograph) in
idea.
There are a variety of graphs which are detailed below:-
a. BAR GRAPH: A bar is a thick line whose width is shown
merely for attention. These are really just one dimensional
as only the length of the bar matters and not the width.
Bars may be horizontal or vertical. In normal trends and
generally the respective figures are written at the end of
each bar to facilitate easy interpretation. Otherwise, the
figures may be written only on the parallel axis.
b. LINE GRAPH: In the bar graph, strictly speaking, the bars
are not necessary. It is the distance, indicated with a
single point, from the base line to the top of the bar which
is important.
c. CUMULATIVE BAR GRAPH: Often a statistician may prefer
using a graph to show all as well as individual categories.
In that case a cumulative bar graph could be used and
the bars, which are used to represent the individual
categories, are stacked up so as to reach a final sum
total.
d. PIE GRAPH: Pie graph has the shape of a pie and each
slice of the pie shows the portion of the entire pie
allocated to each category. Here the data could be
presented and converted into 360 degree or in % age
wise or in fraction. Many a time, a statistician may use
exact figures against these sectors inside or outside as the
case may be.
e. COMBINATION GRAPH: Often, data interpretation
questions are not based on a single graph but revolve
around a combination of two or more graphs. It could be
Line and Bar, Line and Pie, Bar and Pie, Cumulative and
Pie Charts.
FORMING GRAPHS FROM TABLES.

The various graphs can be got from the same data which in
different forms
To illustrate this in a more illustrative manner, a Data is taken
and presented by using various shapes of Tables, a Line,
Multiple Line, Bar, Multiple Bar, Cumulative Bar, Line Bar and
Pie Charts can be drawn.
I – TABLE DATA
(Annual sales achieved by five companies (‘000 units) from
2009–2014)
II – LINE CHART
The above sales of company Abdulla & Abdulla can be
expressed as a line chart as under:
III − SINGLE BAR CHART
Annual Sales achieved by company Abdulla & Abdulla (in
‘000 units) can be represented as under:-
IV – MULTIPLE BAR CHART

This table can be expressed in the form of multiple bar chart as
follows:
V − CUMULATIVE BAR CHART
The table can be expressed in the form of Cumulative Bar
Chart as given below:-
VI – MULTIPLE LINE CHART

From the table, Sales of companies, Abdulla & Abdulla (A),
Cyprus & Sons (C) and Exceptions Goods (E), can be
expressed as
VII − MULTIPLE LINE AREA CHART

Annual sales achieved by the companies Abdulla & Abdulla
(A) & Balaji & Associates (B) (‘000 units)
VIII − SINGLE PIE CHART
IX − MULTIPLE PIE CHARTS

I – (% market share for the year 2009 – Total Sales for the year
2009 (7,04,000 K) units)
II – (% market share for the year 2010 – Total sales for the year
2010 (70,000 M) units)
OceanofPDF.com
1.02
HOW TO SOLVE DATA
INTERPRETATION PROBLEMS
This is the calculation intensive portion of the section. It consists
of a myriad of tables, graphs and pie charts from which you
will have to collect and analyze data. The secret of cracking
this area is to quickly identify the key pieces of data that you
will require to work on the questions asked.
The questions in the examination papers for various
competitive examinations may not require any advanced
mathematics or sometimes even no working at all. A proper
clarity of concept, learnt at the school level, is sufficient
enough. It is not only the knowledge of mathematics for
solution of questions but it is required that the questions have
to be answered in the least possible time. For this it is desirable
that students master the concepts of basic mathematics to
have good results.
Scan the Questions: Most of the questions consist of a bunch of
statistics, numbers and diagrams that might look scary. In fact
the trend has been that the scarier a DI set of problems looks,
the easier it is to solve. So before you move on to an easier-
looking set, you are advised to scan this scary-looking set and
the list of questions contained in it. Not surprisingly, you will find
that there will be at least a couple of “sitters” – questions that
can be easily answered.
Sharpen your Calculation Skills/Speed: The Date Interpretation
section is calculationintensive. And by “calculations” we mean
stuff like 227/983. Such calculations can eat up your time. It is
advised, therefore to get very, very comfortable with
calculations. You should learn shortcuts that will help you
calculate in your head or better still; figure out how Vedic
Math works. It will help you a lot.
FOR CAT/MBA EXAMINATIONS
It is not uncommon for question-setters of the CAT to try and

bewilder students with a large amount of data, most of it
unnecessary. As a rule, the more and the lengthier the data is
presented, the easier questions follow it. It may be possible that
a table with 10 columns is occupying one whole page. I would
advise you to look at the questions first to get an idea of what
data you need to be searching for in the graphs/charts/tables
in the main question asked.
Another interesting feature of DI, that you can use to your
advantage, is that, usually, not all questions in a given set are
of equal difficulty. Generally most of the sets have a ‘counting’
type of question e.g. how many Corporate have profits more
than X%, how many Spouses have incomes less than Rs. Y etc.
Most of these questions can be solved without calculation –
but only by a close inspection of the data presented. Such
questions are categorized nothing else but as ‘gift’ questions
designed to test presence of mind of the candidates and
should never be missed.
There is no rule that requires you to attempt all questions

given in a set, so it is a perfectly valid strategy to attempt
selected questions across DI section, without completely
attempting a single complete set.
HOW TO SELECT THE RIGHT SET

FAMILIARITY: The difficulty level amongst different sets can be
scanned and observed in order to select the easier one. For
example: One question talks about eight people playing eight
different games with a few conditions. You can plan it in a
tabular form. The second question talks about an entirely
different situation. The examiner can frame any rules. Pick up
the set with which you have familiarity and try avoiding unseen
situations. You can monitor whether the set you have selected
is the right one and can decide till what level or time you
should spend time on that particular set.
CONDITIONS: Very few conditions given mean ambiguity and
you have to work out lots of possibilities. On the other hand a
lot too many conditions, say 8 to 10, will require reading a lot.
When you read the set and find that every question has a new
condition that virtually demands re-doing the entire
arrangement added with a new condition. Or there may be a
set with four or five or more straight conditions—for example
which colour ball to pick up first etc. These are deterministic
conditions. You can just work on the arrangement and answer
the questions. Each question with new condition means doing
everything afresh with a new condition. The more standard a
puzzle the more you can come up with the schemes to
represent data.
REASONING: There should be a rationale behind selecting a
particular set. Never try out all the sets and also do not make a
guess on selecting a particular set and taking a plunge that
the selected set is going to be easy. One of the biggest
problem-area is that students move in a sequential way in the
examination pressure. Never take a chance and don’t think
that the solution will be evident by itself while you are trying the
set. Before trying the set/questions you should have a clear
idea about how to go about it.
SEQUENCE OF SELECTION: There is no suggested plan as to
which section should be attempted first and which should be
attempted last. These should be attempted at your own
competence level. It is suggested that you start with the easier
section to score a few points and feel better, then follow it up
with the section which you find more difficult and then move
on to the next i.e. the most difficult section. Also please don’t
keep the most difficult section/s for the last attempts as
keeping it for the last would add to the pressure on the mind
and time factor.
FOR GMAT EXAMINATIONS

The new GMAT Integrated Reasoning Section contains the
interpretation of data given in graphs and tables. Data
analysis is not a skill required on the GMAT Quantitative
Section, so this is new to many students. Here are some key
tips!
1. START WITH THE LABELS

Mentally categorize each graph, chart and table. Do not skip
the statistics entirely moving straight to the questions. You may
think this will save your time but actually this move significantly
decreases your accuracy. Integrated Reasoning questions are
like an open-book test. We may skip a Reading
Comprehension passage, but not the data details. You should
ensure to scroll down everything. Also you should read every
tiny piece of writing on or near the data, including the labels
for the X and Y or Z-axes, names of each column, titles and
even footnotes, if any.
2. PAY ATTENTION TO THE UNITS

Once you understand the labels, take special care to note the
units (mph, m/sec, cm2, etc.). We should perfectly know what
units are we dealing with i.e. seconds, minutes, or hours? One
graph may represent the month of August, while the other
graph represents the entire calendar year 2016 and the third
may deal with a whole Financial Year 2015-2016? The units
may also change from graph-to-graph or chart-to-table. Also
note that a given information about quantitative questions
may require you to work with percents and raw numbers and
demand an answer in quantum.
3. LOOK FOR TRENDS

Quickly note a relationship between the variables in each
Table, Pie Chart, or Graph. They may have a direct or indirect
correlation? We should also see at what level or step the data
hikes, deviates, jumps, falls, increases or significantly
decreases?
4. LINK THE QUESTION TO THE DATA

One common mistake on IR questions may occur in using the
wrong data or data in a wrong way. Make sure you properly
understand what is asked in the question, then ponder over as
to which table, graph, chart, or paragraph provides the
information you need to solve for the correct answer. Tougher
IR questions require you to use more than one piece
5. PREDICT AN ANSWER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE

You may be required to approximate an answer by rounding
off numbers for certain questions. Make sure to be consistent in
how you approximate. You should do rounding off the data or
the results only if the choices given are wide enough e.g. when
the choices given for a question are a) 4298 b) 5784 c) 6874 d)
8764. But in case the choices given for a question are a) 714.02
b) 715.17 c) 716.94 d) 717, 18 never, never and never go for
rounding the choices- here the examiner means a business
and he wants you to deal the questions till the end or near the
end.
FOR ALL COMPETITITION EXAMINATIONS
Here are some useful tips for best preparation for DI section.
– You must have a good hand at the questions of
Percentage, Average, Ratios, Numbers, BODMAS
methods- for a better understanding these chapters have
been incorporated in this book – after this chapter – for
practice.
– Memorize squares up to 35, cubes up to 15, Prime numbers
up to 150;
– Learn tables up to 20 × 10;
– Remember Pythagoras triplets;
– Learn percentages related fractions up to one-twelfth
(e.g. 50% = ½ , 25% = ¼ and so on);
– Remember short cuts and discuss them with friends to
have perfection;
– Try to apply hit and trial methods – wherever possible –
before you think of actual working;
– Never pressurize your mind with time factor particularly at
the initial stage;
– Right from the day you begin preparing for the
examination – make notes of short cut;
– Learn the tables, oral working and art of rounding;
– While in examination paper, glance the entire given data
with its unit/legends;
– Have a bird’s eye view of what the data contains and
swings around;
– Keep a watch on the answer choices – if these are wider –
only then think of rounding and broader thinking;
– Rounding should be genuine and proportionate;
Instead of actual calculations, master yourself in mental
– calculations, rounding and avoid doing rough work;
– Emphasis more on high scoring questions and prefer an
attempt on these first;
– Remember important T-ratios and their values;
– Learn the basic concepts on number systems, inequalities,
geometry, equations;
– Solve the problems actually at home in your spare
preparation time when you have sufficient time at your
disposal – once these are through your hands these will be
easily recalled in the examination. Memorizing any short
cut without actually solving the question may not help
much in the examination.
– To improve your speed, try doing calculations in your mind
rather than using pencil/ pen. In the beginning, it may
take some extra time to do mental calculations, but slowly
and gradually you will see a mark difference in your
speed.
○ For example, while you are watching a cricket match,
try to calculate the run rate before it is flashed.
○ While you are at a petrol station calculate the prices
and the quantity simultaneously while/ before it is
delivered.
○ While your grocer is doing the sum total of grocery items
on his calculator from the list of items, try finishing it
mentally before him.
○ Try divisibility tests on the registration number of the
vehicle running ahead of you, but without hitting any
other.
○ Such regular mental calculations would start building up
the base and looking at different forms of graphs will
build better understanding of the DI;
– If you are working on the puzzles, you should spend time
with the puzzle rather than looking for their solution.
In the examination, always have clarity about
○ which answer must be correct or nearly correct;
○ amongst the wider choices which could be IMPOSSIBLE
answer;
○ Selection by Rejection – apply this approach – it will
eliminate the wrong alternatives making it easier to
decide the correct one among the reduced number of
choices.
PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE: The last but the most
important piece of advice. Continuous amount of practice will
help you to have a self-confidence and also in many other
ways as:
• Your speed will increase considerably. By the time you
appear in the final examinations, you should have
attempted almost all kinds of DI questions many number
of times. You will end up attempting more questions
correctly, thus increasing your score;
• Your confidence will increase considerably. You know you
have already practiced a lot on variety of questions! This
will help you face tough questions with determination;
• Solve different type of case lets instead of sticking to one
type. Develop your skills to solve different case lets;
• Data interpretation is not a subject to be learnt instantly. It
improves with practice. Regular practice can do wonders
in your speed as well as analyzing case lets;
• Try to solve at least three DI question sets every day. Refer
to such good books that have a lot of solved and un-
solved questions for practice;
• Pick up any newspaper or business magazine. Read and
understand some graphs given therein and capture the
data in those graphs.
Here are some illustrations to help you to make Data
Interpretation calculations fast
1. VISUAL ESTIMATION
It is a well-known accepted fact that it is almost not possible to
solve 200 questions in 120 minutes accurately. Term
“Accurately” is important here because we have seen
candidates attempting 190+ questions and still they fail to
qualify. The one of the reasons behind failure is low accuracy
which many times falls below 40%. As you get lesser time for
those questions about which you are sure and also because
there is negative marking in most of the competitive
examinations.
How to use visual estimation technique to solve Data
Interpretation questions. Take an example:-
Example – Blue bars (left bars) gives wheat production state
and Red bars (right side bars) give rice production
Question – In which year percentage increase in wheat

production was highest over its previous year?
As you can see there is increase of 5 tonnes in wheat
production every year i.e. 5 over 50 (2012), 5 over 55(2014), 5
over 60(2016), So answer should be 2012. i.e. Rise is constant
but over the smallest base for calculations.
2. FINDING AVERAGES
Many times in Data Interpretation, we may be asked to find
average of some big numbers. As all these numbers are from
the same graph, there is high possibility that these numbers will
be close to each other. Let us take a look to following visual
example:-
In the above example you can find average of above
numbers visually in just seconds:-
Here take the base as 9800 and the remaining deviations from
9800.
9800 + (14 +29 + 108 + 22 + 120)/5 = 9800 + 58.6 = 9858.6
Please always try to find answers by approximation in your
mind.
3. SOLVE THE FRACTIONS QUICKLY

Learn the value of fractions in percentages and remember
standard fractions (refer to the chapter on Percentages).
4. FASTER CALCULATIONS
Other thing that you require to score well in data interpretation
questions is fast calculation:-
Let us take an example :- How much % is 936 of 10714 ?
Let us make this working simpler for you.
Here 1% of 10714 = 107; 2% of 10714 = 214;…
8% of 10714 = 856; 9% of 10714 = 963;
clearly the answer has to be between 8% and 9%
Let us assume there are 5 Examiners who give choices as:-
Mr Comfortable: He has given wider choices, evidently the

answer is (b) – nearest amongst choices.
Mr Balanced: Here, the answer must be between 8 & 9 % but
towards 8.5 + % so select (d)
Mr Choosy: Here, the answer must be between 8 & 9 % but
towards 8.5 + % but not 9; Select (c)
Mr Difficult: Here again the answer must be between 8 & 9 %
and also towards 8.5 + %;. But here we have more than one
choice for 8.5+%. Now here 936-856 = 80 which is > 27 (963-
936). Out of a total distance of 963-856=107 steps we have
covered 80 i.e. (0.8) i.e. Answer is (C)
Mr Exceptions: Never, never and never go by guess. Calculate
actually.
Remember: There are tonnes of such techniques which make
calculations easy. No one is going to teach techniques in the
class. You, yourself, need learn them with practice.
SPEED with ACCURACY should be the ultimate mantra for the
best results. Wishing you all the best for perfect hand.
Please mail your suggestions and queries at:
OceanofPDF.com
2.01
SQUARES AND TABLES
TABLES AND MULTIPLES
Please remember and write down for better memory
Squares and cubes – please remember and write down for
better grip
Prime numbers – please remember and write down for better

grip
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1
1. The numbers which are not divisible by 2 are called
A. prime numbers
B. rational numbers
C. whole numbers
D. odd numbers
2. The numbers which are divisible by 2 are known as
A. even numbers
B. odd numbers
C. natural numbers
D. prime numbers
3. Counting numbers are called
A. prime numbers
B. even numbers
C. natural numbers
D. odd numbers
4. The numbers which are divisible by themselves and one
more number other than '1' are known as
A. odd numbers
B. composite numbers
C. even numbers
D. integers
5. 5. 4, 6, 8, 10,......... are
A. even numbers
B. odd numbers
C. prime numbers
6. 1, 2, 3,......., 99, 100 are called
A. natural numbers
B. even numbers
C. odd numbers
D. prime numbers
7. 2, 3, 5, 17, 19,.......are
A. even numbers
B. prime numbers
C. odd numbers
D. composite numbers
8. The sum of first seven even numbers is
A. 30
B. 56
C. 24
D. 36
9. The sum of first eight odd numbers is
A. 30
B. 64
C. 24
D. 42
10 The least prime number is
.A. 0
B. -1
C. 1
D. 2
11 Which of the following numbers is prime
.A. 79
B. 204
C. 831
D. 2401
12 A number divisible by 8 must not end with
.A. 20
B. 55
C. 48
D. 12
13 Which one is divisible by 15
.A. 825
B. 5450
C. 235
D. 4255
14 A prime number nearest to 73 is
.A. 69
B. 7
C. 67
D. 77
15 How many prime numbers exist amongst the following
.numbers 3, 18, 28, 37, 54, 67, 79, 91, 113, 171, 253, 346
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
16 Two numbers differ by 168. If the greater one is 350. The
.smaller one is
A. 400
B. 700
C. 182
D. 180
17 The least number of 3 digits subtracted from greatest
.number of 6 digits yields.
A. 999899
B. 99999
C. 10000
D. 10999
18 Find a number which when added to 17 times of itself gives
.180
A. 2
B. 5
C. 10
D. 8
19 Find the number which when multiplied by 13 is increased
.by 240 is
A. 40
B. 30
C. 10
D. 20
20 The number which is neither prime nor composite is
.A. 2
B. -1
C. 1
D. 0
ANSWERS
PRACTICE EXERCISE 2
1. Without actual division, find which of the following numbers
are divisible by one or more of the factors 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11
1. 408
2. 513
3. 153
4. 315
5. 341
6. 670
7. 4422
8. 2018
2. In the following supply the missing digit in place of (*) so as
to make each a multiple of 9
1. 50 * 2
2. 73 * 15
3. 46 * 8075
4. 57 * 368
3. In the following numbers what should be replacing * so as to
make each a multiple of 11.
1. 841 * 300
2. 445 * 763
3. 7682* 54866
4. What is the smallest number which must be added to 804830
in order to obtain (1) a multiple of 9, (2) a multiple of 11 ?
5. Resolve the following numbers into prime factors:
1. 135
2. 840
3. 132
4. 105
5. 405
6. 288
7. 4050
8. 462
9. 980
10. 1386
6. Find which are prime numbers of the following given
numbers. Also please express in prime factors those which
are not prime.
1. 167
2. 2121
3. 413
4. 679
5. 203
6. 712
8. 317
9. 667
10. 10681
ANSWERS
1. Divisible by
1. 3, 4
2. 3, 9
3. 3, 9
4. 3, 5, 9
5. 11
6. 5
7. 3, 11
8. none
2. 1. 2
2. 2
3. 6
4. 7
3. 1. 8
2. 9
3. 2
4. 1. 4
2. 7
5. 1. 33 × 5
2. 23 × 3 × 5 × 7
3. 22 × 3 × 11
4. 3 × 5 × 7
5. 34 × 5
6. 25 × 32
7. 2 × 34 × 52
8. 2 × 3 × 7 × 11
9. 22 × 5 × 72
10. 2 × 3 × 7 × 11
6. 1. prime
2. 7 x3 × 101
3. prime
4. 7 × 97
5. prime
6. 2 × 89
7. prime
8. prime
9. 23 × 29
10. 11 × 971
PRACTICE EXERCISE 3
Number of questions =20
Maximum time: 15 minutes
(Before start of this test have perfect grip over divisibility tests)
1. The numbers which are not divisible by 2 are called as
A. prime numbers
B. rational numbers
C. whole numbers
D. odd numbers
2. The numbers which are divisible by 4 are
A. 9244
B. 5747
C. 60789
D. 5555
3. Counting numbers are called
A. prime numbers
B. even numbers
C. natural numbers
D. odd numbers
4. The numbers which are not divisible by themselves and by 1
are known as
A. odd numbers
B. composite numbers
C. even numbers
D. integers
5. 5. 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18,…….are
A. even numbers
B. odd numbers
C. prime numbers
6. A number divisible by 25 is given by
A. 75485755
B. 674589575
C. 95467585
D. 45454545
7. 7, 11, 13, 17, 19,……….are
A. even numbers
B. prime numbers
C. odd numbers
D. composite numbers
8. The sum of first seven even numbers is
A. 30
B. 56
C. 24
D. 36
9. 9. Which one is divisible by 45
A. 385435
B. 38535
C. 58555
D. 8655
10 10. The least prime number is
.A. 0
B. - 1
C. 1
D. 2
11 Which of the following numbers is prime
.A. 79
B. 6003
C. 822
D. 723
12 An integer which is neither positive nor negative is
.
A. - 2
B. - 0
C. - 1
D. 1
13 An even prime number is
.A. 2
B. 0
C. 4
D. 6
14 A prime number nearest to 65 is
.A. 69
B. 61
C. 67
D. 71
15 How many prime numbers are there in the following
.
numbers 3, 13, 15, 37, 54, 67, 79, 87, 91
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
16 Two numbers differ by 352. If the greater one is 840. The
.
smaller one is
A. 400
B. 700
C. 488
D. 388
17 The least number of 4 digits subtracted from greatest
.
number of 5 digits yields.
A. 98999
B. 9899
C. 10000
D. 10999
18 The number which when added to itself 17 times gives 180 is
.A. 2
B. 5
C. 10
D. 8
19 Find the number which when multiplied by 13 is increased
. 740 is
by
A. 40
B. 30
C. 10
D. no such number exists
20 20. The number which is neither prime nor composite is
.A. 2
B. -1
C. 1
D. 0
ANSWERS
PRACTICE EXERCISE 4
1. Which of the following numbers are divisible by 4?
A. 1356
B. 256
C. 254
D. 337
A. 5679531
B. 24625
C. 317853
D. 87697
A. 46020
B. 338325
C. 48010
D. 378946
4. Which of the following numbers is divisible by 15?
A. 7286
B. 1335
C. 6285
D. 789335
A. 456
B. 256
C. 252
D. 339
A. 43202
B. 2000
C. 89123
D. 7567
A. 75830
B. 6940
C. 4520
D. 35285
A. 2796
B. 27954
C. 12344
D. 37689
9. Which of the following numbers is divisible by 16?
A. 126983
B. 278321
C. 78980000
D. 239896
10 Which of the following numbers are divisible by 11?
.A. 2468988
B. 38783200
C. 4535718
D. 663333
11 Find the value of k when 4361k22 is divisible by 6.
.A. 8
B. 1
C. 4
D. 3
12 Find the value of k when 4425k becomes divisible by 8.
.A. 5
B. 6
C. 4
D. 3
13 Find the value of k when 57k3 becomes divisible by 11.
.A. 5
B. 4
C. 3
D. 2
14 The difference between the largest and the smallest
.
numbers formed by the digits 6, 0, 0, 8, 1 is:
A. 73062
B. 70632
C. 72036
D. 76032
15 The value of k when 51025k is divisible by 18
.A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. no value
ANSWERS
PRACTICE EXERCISE 5
1. The difference in the local value and the face value of 7 in
the numerical 57498 is:
A. 405
B. 7497
C. 6339
D. 6993
2. The least prime number is:
(a) O
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
3. How many prime numbers are less than 100
A. 24
B. 25
C. 26
D. 20
4. The sum of all prime numbers between 60 and 94 is:
A. 610
B. 523
C. 460
D. 373
5. The number of even prime numbers < 18 is:
A. 0
B. 1
C. 2
D. None
6. Which one of the following is a true statement?
A. 51 is prime
B. 71 is composite
C. 1 is neither prime nor composite
D. 195 is a square
7. Which one of the following is a prime number?
A. 783
B. 205
C. 173
D. 93
8. The following numbers are given: I. 789 II. 323 III. 441
Which one of the following statements regarding these
Numbers is true? A. I is prime
B. I and II are prime while III is composite
C. I and III are prime while II is composite
D. I, II and III are all composite numbers
9. One is:
A. a natural number
B. a whole number
C. a positive number
D. a negative number
10 ‘0’ is:
.A. ε I
B. ε W
C. both positive and negative
D. neither positive nor negative
11 Which of the following is not a true statement?
.A. the sum of two even integers is always even.
B. the sum of two odd integers is even.
C. the sum of an even integer and an odd integer is odd.
D. the sum of two odd integers is odd.
12 Which of the following is a correct statement?
.A. π is a rational number
B. exact value of π is
C. π is an integer
D. none of these.
13 Which one of the following is a correct Statement?
.A. decimal expansion of a rational number is terminating
B. decimal expansion of an irrational number may be non-
terminating.
C. decimal expansion of a rational number is terminating.
D. decimal expansion of an irrational number is non-
terminating and non-repeating.
14 If any two irrational numbers are subtracted, then the true
.
statement is
A. the sum is always an irrational number
B. the sum is always a natural number
C. the sum may be rational
D. the sum is always whole number
15 Which of the following is, a correct statement?
.A. sum of two irrational numbers is never rational
B. sum of a rational and an irrational number is always
integer
C. square of an irrational number is always rational
D. sum of two rational numbers can never be an integer
16 Which of the following statements is true?
.A. product of two irrational numbers is always irrational.
B. product of a irrational and a rational number is always
irrational.
C. sum of two rational numbers can never be but not an
rational.
D. sum of an integer and a rational number can never be
integer.
17 Division of a natural number by another natural number will
.
always result into
A. a natural number
B. an integer
C. a rational number
D. an irrational number
18 If ‘N’ is a natural number, then is:
.A. an integer
B. a rational number
C. an irrational number
D. may be a natural number or irrational number
19 Which of the following is not a rational?
.A.
B. 43
C
D.
20 Which of the following is irrational?
.A. 0.5145
B. 0.62723
C. 0.14161416
D. 0.140014
21 Which of the following is rational?
.A.
B. π
C. 13
D. 0.049
22 The number 0.185185 … is:
.A. a rational number
B. a whole number
C. a natural number
D. an irrational number
23 Match List I with List II and select the correct answer, using
.
the codes given below the lists:
Codes:
A. A B C D E
14235
B. A B C D E
13254
C. 2 4 1 3 5
D. 2 4 1 5 3
24 Which of the following is a true statement?
.A. every real number is rational.
B. every real number is irrational.
C. a real number is neither rational nor irrational.
D. none of these.
In between two fractions, there exist
25 A. two fractions
.B. limited number of fractions
C. a finite number of fractions
D. Infinitely many number of fractions
26 If “x” is an even positive integer and “y” is an odd positive
.
integer, then which of the following statements is true?
A. (x – 1) y is even
B. (x + 1) (y - 1) is odd
C. (x – 1) (y - 1) is odd
D. x (y – 1) is even
27 Which one of the following is a true statement?
.A. the difference of two natural numbers is always a natural
number.
B. the product of two integers is always an integer.
C. the quotient of two rational numbers is always integer.
. none of these.
28 Which of the following statements is correct?
.A. set of positive powers of 2 is closed under multiplication.
B. the set {4, 0, –1} is closed under multiplication
C. the number 26 has exactly four divisors.
D. the set {1, 0 –1} is closed under addition.
29 A prime number of three digits will never end with
.A. 5
B. 7
C. 9
D. 1
30 Which one of the following can be square of a natural
.
number:
A. 6162
B. 26738
C. 756883
D. None
ANSWERS
SQUARE ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS
The square root of a number ‘k’ is a number denoted by a

number “ ” such that “ ” when multiplied by itself is
equal to the given number. In other words × =k
Example:
= 13, since 13 × 13 = 169
= 41, since 41 × 41 = 1681
SQUARE ROOTS BY FACTORS

Steps:
Find out prime factors of the given number
2. Arrange the factors in pairs.
3. Take one factor from each pair.
4. Find the product of step ‘3’ factors, which represents the
square root of the given number:
(a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 ∴ a2 = (a + b)2 - 2ab - b2
(a - b)2 = a2 - 2ab + b2 ∴ a2 = (a - b)2 + 2ab - b2
Example: 962 = (96 + 4)2 - 2 × 96 × 4 - 42 = 1002 - 768 - 16 =

9216
SQUARE OF A NUMBER ENDING IN 5

Multiply the ten’s digit ‘n’ by the next higher integer (n+1) and
write 25 to the right of the product.
Example: 1252 : 12 × 13 = 156. Hence square is 15625

Example: 1452 : 14 × 15 = 210 Hence square is 21025
SQUARE OF A NUMBER ENDING IN 25

Multiply the hundred’s digit by a number consisting of the
hundred’s digit with a 5 to its right and annex 625 to the right of
the product.
Squares of etc
Multiply the integral portion by the next higher integer and
add
Example:
To write down by inspection the square, cube, and higher
powers of a number consisting wholly of 9s say ‘k’ nines
RULE 1: The square is found by; writing down (k - 1) nines
followed by 8 and then (k - 1) zeros followed by 1 (where n is
the total number of 0s in the number).
9992 = 998001
999992 = 9999800001
RULE 2: The cube of a number having ‘k’ nines is found by
writing down (k - 1) nines followed by 7, then (k - 1) zeros
followed by 2 and finally ‘k’ nines.
9993 = 997002999
RULE 3: The fourth power is found by writing down (k - 1)
nines followed by 6, then (k - 1) zeros followed by 5, then (k-1)
nines followed by 6, and lastly (k - 1) zeros followed by 1.
SOME PROPERTIES OF SQUARE NUMBERS:
1. A perfect square cannot end with an odd number of zeros.
2. A perfect square cannot end with 2, 3, 7 or 8.
3. The square of an odd is odd.
4. The square of an even is always even.
5. Every perfect square is a multiple of 3, or exceeds a
multiple of 3 by unity.
6. Every perfect square is a multiple of 4, or exceeds a
multiple of 4 by unity.
7. If a perfect square ends in 9, the preceding digit is even.
» Example 1
What is the least square number which is divisible by 12, 15, 16

and 9?
Here we have to find the least number which is divisible by
12, 15, 16 and 9 and is also a perfect square. The LCM = 720 =
(36 × 2 × 2 × 5). Hence the required number is (36 × 2 × 2 × 5) ×
(5) i.e. only 5 - which is unpaired factor = 3600.
SQUARE ROOT
The square root of a given number is that number whose
square is equal to the given number.
To find the square root of a number by breaking it into prime
factors.
= 3 × 4 × 5 × 7 × 11x 13 = 6006
◘ Square root of a two digit number is a single digit.
◘ Square root of a three digit number has a two digit.
◘ For a fraction square root is found by separate roots of
numerator as well as of denominator provided the
denominator is a perfect square.
◘ If denominator is not a perfect square then rationalize in such
a way that the denominator becomes a perfect square.
» Example 2
By what smallest number must 151200 be multiplied or divided

in order to make it a perfect square?
151200 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 7
Hence the number can be multiplied or divided by 2 × 3 ×
7= 42 to make it a perfect square.
To make a number a perfect square it should be multiplied

or divided by an unpaired factor.
CUBE ROOT
For finding cube roots, we remember that the fact that the
1000 and 1000000 have easy Cube Roots, 10 and 100
respectively.
» Example 3
Find the square root of 193600
To find the prime factors of 193600, we shall use
successive divisions method.
Therefore, 193600 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 100

Taking One factor of each factor, we get = 2 × 2 × 11 × 10 =
440
SQUARE ROOT USING TABLES

Steps:
1. Pairing after decimal is a must.
2. If there are odd number of digits after decimal add
zero to make full pairs.
3. Find square root of the number without consideration
of decimals and put decimals before as many as digits
as many pairs are.
» Example 4
Evaluate:
246.8 = 246.80 (one pair after decimals)
= 157.09
= 15.7 (Answer)
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1
Find square root by factors:
1. 1681, 1225, 324 , 484
2. 676, 9216, 577600
3.
4.
5. 7.84, 156.25
What should be multiplied or divided to make the following
a perfect square:
6. 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 × 8 3 × 21 × 14.
7. 288, 980
8. Find out the square root using tables. 990, 2456, 12345
9. 153.76 0.001296, 341.14
10 235.6 correct to three significant figures.
.
ANSWERS
PRACTICE EXERCISE 2
1.
A. 39.06
B. 0.25
C. 2.5
D. 2.5 2.
2.
A. 8.41
B. 841
C. 5.38
D. 29
3. 91 ÷ 169 = 9 ÷ x then × = ?
A. 5
B. 5.6
C. 62
D. 31
4.
A. 8.4
B. 9.2
C. 81
D. 9.42 5.
5.
A. 2.2
B. 4.4
C. 3.3
D. 1.1 6.
6.
A. 54
B. 41
C. 64
D. 105
7.
A. 1.3
B. 1.4
C. 1.52
D. 1.6
8. 5th root of (161051) is
A. 11
B. 13
C. 19
D. 21
9. The square root of
10
.A. 8
B. 9
C. 16
D. 2
11
A. 1.92
.
B. 2.14
C. 2.25
D. 2.5
12 Fifth root of (64 × 36 × 216 × 16) is =
.A. 12
B. 18
C. 24
D. 32
13
.A. 0.003
B. 0.00003
C. 0.018
D. 0.3
14
.
A. 015
B. 0.59
C. 15
D. none
15 =
.
A. 81024
B. 8512
C. 8256
D. 22048
16 The smallest perfect square divisible by 5, 54 and 25, is:
.A. 225
B. 900
C. 1225
D. 625
The least square number, exactly divisible by 6, 12, 15, 18 is:
17 A. 8100
.B. 7500
C. 676
D. none
18
.
A. 0.6
B. 0.06
C. 0.006
D. (1/6)
19 Find the value of
A. 7
.
B. 2
C. 8
D. 4
20 20. Find the square root of
.A.
B.
C.
D.
21 Rationalise the denominator of
.A.
B.
C.
D.
22 Rationalise the denominator of
A.
.
B.
C.
D.
ANSWERS WITH EXPLANATIONS

Remember to factorise bigger numbers into smallest factors,
preferably which are perfect squares (Q-1, 4, 5, 10, 11...)
Try to have pairs after decimals. (Q-13, 14, 18...)
Factorise the number into two consecutive factors and select
bigger if “+” and select smaller if “-” is involved. (Q-19)
Try to have denominator in a2 - b2 shape and rationalize.
PRACTICE EXERCISE 3
Questions:10
Time: 15 minutes
1. Which of the following statements is/are false
i. (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab
ii. (a + b) 2 - (a - b) 2 = 4ab
iii. (a + b) 2 + (a - b) 2 = 2(a2 + b2)
iv. (a - b) 2 = a2 - b2 + 2ab
v. (a – b) 2 = a2 + b2
A. iv and v only
B. v only
C. ii and iv only
D. iii and i only
2. Which of the following statements is/are true?
i. 282 = 2272 + 227
ii. 712 = 722 - 71 - 72
iii. 612 = 602 + 61 + 62
iv. (x + 1) 2 = x2 + × + 1
v. 242 = 252 - 24 - 23
A. i only
B. i and ii only
C. i and iv only
D. iii and v only
3. The last two digits of 372 is
A. 69
B. 39
C. 49
D. 79
4. What is the value of 472?
A. 2249
B. 2349
C. 2209
D. 2149
5. What is the value of 532?
A. 2509
B. 2849
C. 2809
D. 2909
6. What is the value of 23 × 29?
A. 687
B. 677
C. 657
D. 667
7. What is the value of 1.272 + 2.54 × 1.73 + 1.73 × 1.73
A. 9.0146
B. 9.0219
C. 9.1349
D. none of these
8. What is the value of
A. 2.2172
B. 4.9167
C. 2.1916
D. none of these
9. The minimum number 2592 be multiplied with to get a
perfect square?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 5
D. 7
10 What minimum number should divide 23958 to get a perfect
.
cube?
A. 6
B. 12
C. 18
D. 24
ANSWERS
PRACTICE EXERCISE 4
(Prefer hit and trial or guess method wherever possible)
1.
A. 9
B. 0.9
C. 99
D. 0.99
2.
A. 19.5
B. 10.25
C. 10.5
D. 11.5
3.
A.
B.
C.
D. None of these
4.
If value of × is:
A. 1
B. 3
C. 5
D. 7
5. If value of is:
A. 0.617
B. 0.313
C. 0.577
D. 0.173
6. If value of is:
A. 544
B. 2.666
C. 1.633
D. 1.333
7. If then the value of is
A. 1.223
B. 1.224
C. 8.816
D. 0.612
8. The square roof of is:
A.
B.
C.
D.
9. The square root of 3 + is:
A.
B.
C.
D.
10
. is equal to:
A
B.
C. 12
D. 2
11 The smallest number to be subtracted from 549162 in order
. make it a perfect square is:
to
A. 28
B. 36
C. 62
D. 81
12 A general wishing to draw his 17429 men in the form a solid
.
square found that he had 5 men over. The number of men
in the front row was:
A. 174
B. 424
C. 132
D. 742
13 The least number to be added to 304 to make it a perfect
.
square is:
A. 31
B. 16
C. 7
D. 20
14 A garden plants 17956 trees in such a way that there are as
.
many rows as there are trees in a row. The number of trees in
a row are:
A. 136
B. 134
C. 144
D. 154
15 A group of students decided to collect as many rupee from
.
each member of the group as is the number of members. If
the total collection amounts to Rs. 2209, the number of
members in the group is:
A. 37
B. 47
C. 43
D. 107
The least number by which 352 must be multiplied to get a
perfect square is:
16
.A. 2
B. 11
C. 22
D. 14
17 The greatest number of six digits, which is a perfect square is:
.A. 100000
B. 1016
C. 998001
D. 998999
18 The greatest number of 4 digits, which is a perfect square is:
.A. 9996
B. 9801
C. 9900
D. 9604
19 If and the value of is:
.A. 0.064
B. 0.308
C. 0.318
D. 2.146
20 If = 1.4142, the value of is:
.A. 1.5858
B. 4.4142
C. 3.4852
D. 3.5858
21
.A.
B.
C.
D.
22
.A.
B.
C.
D.
23
A. 0
.
B. 1
C. 5
D.
24 The value of is:
A
.
B. 2
C. 4
D. 8
25 If then the value of x is:
.A. 0.6241
B. 6.241
C. 62.41
D. 0.6171
26 If then is equal to:
.(a) 2.1236
B. 2.2426
C. 2.3216
D. 2.4136
27 If then = is equal to:
A. 0.732
.
B. 1.3142
C. 0.4142
D. 0.3652
28 if then is equal to:
A. 2.4142
.
B. 2.2071
C. 0.4713
D. 0.828
29 If the value of x is:
A. 324
.
B. 64
C. 8
D. 256

It is always the unpaired factor
Rationalize and try to have denominator in the shape of a2 - b2

(Q-21, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28)
QUESTION BANK TEST NO. 1
MAXIMUM TIME: 15 MINUTES

How many did you do?
How many could you do?
How many were wrong?
Why were these wrong?
QUESTION BANK TEST NO. 1 – ANSWERS

1. Complete the following block of tables
(in 5 minutes) (some have been fille for illustrations)
2. Replace *Y* by appropriate multiple/factors when x.y is =

(in 2 minutes)
3. Fill in the blank:

(in 3 minutes)
4. Fill in the blanks
(in 5 minutes)
QUESTION BANK TEST NO. 2 –

ANSWERS
1.
2.
3.
4.
For detailed chapter on Square roots and cube roots,
please refer to the book MATHEMATICS SIMPLIFIED by the
Author.
OceanofPDF.com
2.02
PERCENTAGE
It represents a base of 100 in calculations. When we say what
% of Y is X, we mean as under:-
Let “k” % of Y = X or kY = 100 X
Any percentage question can be presented in one of the
three methods only:-
◘ X is what % of Y?
◘ Y is what % of X?
◘ X % of Y = ?
Whatever shape of the question may be the relationship will

always be better explained as
◘ X = k % of Y
◘ Y = k % of X
◘ X . Y/100 = k respectively for different values of k
The following illustrations shall further explain the concept:
» Example 1
A. What is the value o % of Rs. 400 ?

Solution
of Rs. 400 × = 400 34 . (Answer)
B. What percentage is Rs. 25 of Rs. 500 ?
Solution
(Answer)
C. A boy spends 40% of his pocket money, and is left with Rs. 3.
How much had he in the beginning?
Solution
The boy spends 40% of his pocket money, therefore he has
60% of the whole left. Hence we can conclude on what is left
with him, rather than what he has spent. i.e. he is left with 60%
Hence, 60% of the whole = Rs. 3 (Always consider what
is left with you)
∴ 100% of the whole = = Rs. 5 (Answer)
» Example 2
A man received an annual salary of Rs. 8800/- in the year 1977,

which is 10 % more than his salary in 1976. What was his salary
in 1976?
Solution
Let the salary in 1976 be Rs. 100.

From the question, the salary in 1977 was 10% more than in
1976, thus we have 110 : 100 :: 8800 : ? OR
If salary was Rs. 110 in 1977; then it was Rs. 100 in 1976
Rs. 8800 in 1977, then Rs. ? in 1976 =
= Rs. 8000 (Answer)

» Example 3
In a certain examination there are three papers and it is

compulsory for a candidate to get 35% of the total to pass. In
one paper the candidate obtained 62 out of 120, in second
paper 35 out of 150. How many marks must he obtain out of
180 in the third paper to just qualify for pass?
Solution
Let the marks obtained in the third paper be ‘x’

From the question, pass marks are 35% of the total.
or
62 + 35 + x = 35% [120 + 150 + 180]
97 + x = 157.5
∴ x = 60.5 (Answer)
» Example 4
If A’s income be 20 percent more than B’s, how much percent

is B’s income less than A’s. ?
Solution
(All such like questions must belong to one of the four

categories given below:-
P gets k% more than Q; Q gets what % less than P

P gets k% less than Q; Q gets what % more than P
P gets k% more than Q; Q gets what % of P
P gets k% less than Q; Q gets what % of P)
In the given example the problem can be dealt as under:
Let the income of B = Rs. 100
Since A’s income is 20% more than B’s income,
∴ A’s income = 100 + 20 = Rs. 120
If A’s income is Rs. 120, then B’s income = Rs. 100
If A’s income is Rs. 100, then B’s income = Rs.
∴ B’s income is less than A’s income by

(Answer)
» Example 5
A man’s net income, after paying income tax at the rate of 5

paise in a rupee, is Rs 760. Find his gross income.
Ist method:-
Since income tax on Rs. 1 is 5p = Rs.
∴ Net income = = Rs.
If the net income is Rs. , then gross income = Rs. 1
If the net income is Rs. 760, then gross income = =

Rs. 800/- (Answer)
or
2nd method:
After paying 5 p in a Re as income tax, he is left with 95 p i.e.
95% of his income.
Hence 95% of income = Rs. 760…… therefore income = Rs.
800/-
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1
1. A. Write down 15% of Rs. 34.
B. What percentage is 55 paise of Rs. 11?
C. Express as a percentage.
D. Express % as a fraction.
(e Express the statement in the form of a percentage: “In a

)
class of 45 students, 36 students passed’’
(f) What is 80% of 25?
2. A. Find % of 300 kg.
B. What is the commission at percent on the sales of

goods for Rs. 1,234.40?
3. A. Expres as a percentage of .
B. In an examination, a girl got 507 marks out of 650. Find

what percentage of the total marks she got.
4. A. What is the number, percent of which is Rs. 69?
B. 96% population of a village is 7680 . Find the total

population of the village.
5. Three candidates in an election received 936, 7836 and 11,
628 votes. What percentage of the total votes did the
winning candidates get.
A. 43 %
B. 57%
C. 52%
D. 58%
6. The population of a village is 4500, 11/18th of them are males
and the rest are females, 40% of the males are married. Find
the number of married males.
A. 900
B. 1000
C. 1100
D. 1200
7. Out of a class of 38 girls, three were absent, 20% of the
remaining did not do the home work. How many did the
home work?
A. 18
B. 20
C. 24
D. 28
8. If 60% of the students in a school are boys and the number
of girls is 812, how many boys are there?
A. 1118
B. 1218
C. 1318
D. 1418
9. A bill of Rs. 120 by cheque requires 1% commission payment
Write, in words, the total amount to be paid including bank
commission.
10 Find the gross value of an estate which yields Rs. 3800 after
.
commission of 5% has been deducted
A. 3900
B. 4000
C. 4100
D. 3610
11 A man’s income is Rs. 5000. What income remains after
.
paying an income tax of 5 paise per rupee?
A. 4950
B. 4650
C. 4800
D. 4750
12 The lead ore from a certain mine yields 60% of metal. Of this
metal % is silver. The rest of the metal is lead. How much of
.
silver in kg would be obtained from 8,000 kg of the ore.
A. 30
B. 36
C. 4764
D. 4770
13 If A’s income be 25% less than B’s, how much percent B’s
.
income is more than that of A?
A. 20
B. 25
C. 33
D. 40
14 A clerk receives an annual salary of Rs. 3660 in the year
.
2015. This is 20% more than his salary in 2014. What was his
salary in 2014?
A. 2850
B. 3050
C. 3250
D. 3400
15 If 1 liter of water is evaporated from 6 liters sugar solution
.
containing 4% sugar. Find the percentage of sugar in the
remaining solution.
A. 3.33 %
B. 4.5 %
C. 4.8 %
D. 6.57%
16 Peter can do a piece of work in 12 days. Mohan is 50% more
.
efficient than Peter. If Mohan is given that piece of work,
how long will he take to do it?.
A. 18
B. 9
C. 6
D. 8
ANSWERS
1. (a) 5.1
(b) 5%
(c) 66 2/3 %
(d) 1/16
(e) 80% passed
(f) 20
2. (a) 20
(b) Rs. 77.15
3. (a) 9%
(b) 78%
4. (a) 600
(b) 8000
5. 57%
6. 1100
7. 28
8. 1218
9. Rupees one hundred twenty one and paise twenty only.
10 (a) Rs. 4000
.
11 Rs.4750
.
12 Silver 36 Kg
13 .33 1/3 %
14 .3050
15 .4.8 %
16 .8 days
.
HINTS
Q-5. 11628 = k% of (1136 + 7636 + 11628)

Q-6. We are to find 40% of 11/18 of 4500 = ?
Q-7. Home work is done by 80%, hence we should find 80% of
(38-3) only
Q-8. 40% girls are 812, then what is 60% or (using ratios it is
40%:812:60%:X)
Q-12. The silver obtained is = % of 60% of 8000
Q-15. Out of 6 litre solution, 1 litre evaporates i.e. 4% of 6 = k%
of 5 to find k
Q-16. Peter does job in a day. Mohan does 150% of of

the job in a day.
PRACTICE EXERCISE 2
In an examination, a candidate who got 25% of the
1.
maximum marks, fails by 60 marks but another candidate
who secures 42% of the maximum marks, gets 8 marks more
than necessary for passing. Find the percentage necessary
for passing?
A. 35
B. 33
C. 36
D. 40
2. In an examination 52% of the candidates fail in science and
42% fail in mathematic. If 17% fail in both the subject, find.
The number of candidates, who failed only in science.
A. 35%
B. 40%
C. 25%
D. 30%
3. A house agent charges commission at 5% of the first Rs. 5000
and Rs. 2 1/2% on the remainder of the selling price. What
commission should he charge, if the selling price amounted
to Rs. 35,500/-
A. 7870
B. 7875
C. 7975
D. 8025
4. An architect’s fees is worked out at 10% of the first Rs.
25000/- of cost and 2 ½% on the remainder of the costs.
A. For the building cost given below; calculate the
architect’s total fee in following case:
Building cost Architect’s fee
(i) Rs. 60650 ……………….
(ii) Rs. 80460 ……………….
(iii) Rs. 89540 ……………….
A. 10000
B. 11500
C. 12000
D. 12900
5. A sample of 50 litres of glycerin is found adulterated to the
extent of 20%. Find how much pure glycerin should be
added to bring down impurity to 5%.
A. 100
B. 120
C. 130
D. 150
6. The total produce of a farm in1975 was 150 qtls. It increased
by 10% in 1985 and by 8% in 1995. Calculate the total
produced in 1995 (qtls.)
A. 178
B. 182
C. 192
D. 162
7. In an election contested by two candidates, 6% of the
voters did not cast their vote. The successful candidate won
by 6000 votes, securing 48% of the total votes. How many
votes were cast for winning candidates?
A. 144000
B. 138000
C. 142000
D. 136000
8. In an election the winning candidate received 15,744 votes
which represented 48% of the electorate. The only other
candidate secured 22% of the electorate. Calculate the
number of people who did not use their votes.
A. 9680
B. 9840
C. 9260
D. 9020
9. Two persons contested an election to the Parliament. The
winning candidate got 57% of the total valid votes polled
and won by a majority of 42000 votes. Calculate:(i) The
number of total votes in lacs polled,
A. 2.0
B. 3.0
C. 4.0
D. 5.0
10 Bhushan borrowed some money from Joshan and Surinder
.
and agreed to pay 16% and 10% of his annual profit to them
against the borrowings. Surinder received Rs. 1040 and got
Rs. 96 less than Joshan. Find annual profit?
A. 9400
B. 7100
C. 7400
D. 7800
11 A village lost 12% of its goats in a flood and 5% of the
.
remainder died from diseases. If the number left now is 8360,
what was the original number of goats before the flood?
A. 8000
B. 9000
C. 10000
D. 12000
12 In building an airliner in 2008, the materials cost 45% of the
.
total, wages 42% and other expenses 13%. By 2009 the cost
of materials had increased by 8%, wages had gone up by
one-seventh, but other expenses were reduced by 10%. Find
the percentage increase in the cost of the airliner.
A. 7.2%
B. 8.1%
C. 8.3%
D. 8.7%
13 In the year 1978 a house holder spent Rs. 250 on rent, Rs. 75
. travelling to work and Rs. 675/- on other commodities.
on
(i) Express the amount spent on rent as a percentage of his
total expenditure.
(ii) He estimated that in 1979, rent will cost 10% more,
traveling expenses 12% more and expenses on other
commodities will increase to Rs. 800. Calculate his
estimated total expenditure for 1979.
A. 30%, 1159
B. 25%, 1059
C. 30%, 1059
D. 25%, 1159
14 A publisher employees an agent and agrees to pay him Rs.
.
100 per week and 4% of the proceeds from his sales in each
year (52 weeks). All books are sold at Rs. 8 each. In his first
year the agent sells 15000 copies. Calculate his total earning
in this year.
A. 8000
B. 10000
C. 12000
D. 14000
15 Two dealers X and Y sell the same model of refrigerator with
.
the same selling price. X gives successive discounts of 25%
and 5% and Y gives successive discounts of 16% and 12%.
From whom is it more advantageous to purchase a
refrigerator.
A. X
B. Y
C. Neither
D. Either
ANSWERS WITH HINTS
Q-1. 25% of MM (Maximum Marks) + 60 = 42% of MM – 8

Substitute the value of MM on LHS or RHS to find pass
marks required.
Q-2. Failures in only science = 52 - 17 = 35%
Failures in only mathematics = 42 - 17 = 25%
Failures in both subjects = 17%
Q-3. Total commission = 5% of 5000 + 2.5% of (35,500 - 5,000)
Q-5. Let x litre of pure glycerin be added
Therefore 20% of 50 = 5% of (50+X)
Q-6. Production in 1995 = 108% of 110% of 150
Q-7. Net votes 100 - 6 = 94
Winner gets 48%, Loser 46% i.e. 2% = 6,000, What is 48% (In
all such questions, we presume that there are only 2
candidates, no votes were invalid and all votes were
cast- until and unless mentioned in the question)
Q-11. 88% of 95% of total goats = 8,360
Q-12. Net change = 8% of 45 + 1/7 of 42 - 10% of 13
PRACTICE EXERCISE 3
1. (i) What percent of 60 is 54 ?
A. 90
B. 90%
C. 9
D. 9%
(ii) What percent of 160 is 56 ?
A. 30
B. 35%
C. 32
D. 32%
2. (i) 12 is 15% of a number. What is the number ?
A. 60
B. 80
C. 75
D. 125
(ii) 35% of x is 140, find the value of x
A. 40
B. 40000
C. 4
D. None
3. Amit secures 49% marks in an examination. His score is 294
and his sister’s 372, Express her percentage.
A. 58
B. 60
C. 62
D. 64
4. Find the gross output of a coal mine, if after 25% wastage,
the net output is 60,000 tonnes.
A. 40000
B. 60000
C. 70000
D. 80000 tones
5. Price of sugar is increased by 20%. What percent of
consumption is to be decreased so that there would be no
increase in expenditure.
A.
B.
C.
D.
6. A’s salary is 50% above B’s salary. How much percent is B’s
salary below A’s?
A. 25%
B. 30%
C.
D.
7. Kant secured 20% marks in an examination and failed by 10

marks. Rika secured 42% and got 1 mark more than the bare
minimum to pass. Determine the percent necessary to pass.
A. 30
B. 35
C. 37
D. none
8. If x is 25% less than y, then by what percent does y exceed
x?
A. 20
B. 25
C. 33
D. 40
9. A transistor is sold for Rs. 510 at a loss of 15%. Find the selling
price in order to gain 15%
A. 690
B. 720
C. 750
D. 810
10 Mr Desai blends two qualities of tea from two different tea
.
gardens, one @ Rs. 25 per kg and the other Rs. 20 per kg in
the ratio of 8:12 He sells the blended variety at Rs. 24 per kg.
Determine his profit.
A. Rs. 30
B. 40
C. 50
D. No profit
11 If Mr Desai makes a profit of 20% by selling loose tea at Rs.
.
17.40 per kg.
(i) What did 40 kg of loose tea cost him?
A. 460
B. 500
C. 520
D. 580
(ii) If he sells half of the quantity at Rs.17.40 per kg and the
remaining half at Rs. 16.00 per kg; what is his profit
percent on the whole?
A. 13.2%
B. 14.2%
C. 15.2%
D. 16.2%
12 A sells an electric press to B at a profit of 5% and B sells it to
. at a loss of 5%. If C pays Rs. 23.94 for it, what did it cost to
C
A?
A. 22
B. 24
C. 26
D. 28
13 A man buys a land for Rs. 36,000. He sells one-third of this
.
piece of land at a loss of 20% and two-fifth at a gain of 25%.
At what price must he sell the remaining land so as to make
an overall profit of 10%
A. 10000
B. 12000
C. 14000
D. 16000
14 A fruit seller purchases 6 oranges for a rupee and sells them
. the rate of Rs. 2.50 per dozen. Find his gain or loss
at
percent.
A. 20
B. 25
C. 30
D. 33
15 A merchant sells tea at the rate of Rs. 7.50 per kg and loses
.
25% in the transaction. At what price must he sell the tea per
kg in order that he may gain 10%.
A. 9
B. 10
C. 11
D. 12.25
16 A sold an article at a profit of 4% to B, who in turn sold it to C
. a loss of 5% for cash payment, what profit percent does
at
he make?
17 A trader marks his goods at 20% above cost price. If he
.
allows a discount of 5% for cash payment, what profit
percent does he make?
18 An electric fan priced at Rs. 360 is sold at a discount of 10%.
.
There is a further off season discount of 5% on the net
amount. What does the customer pay for the fan?
19 A ready made gown is marked at a price of Rs. 120. During
. sale, the dealer allows a 10% discount on the marked
a
price.
A. When sold at the net sale price, the dealer makes a profit
of 20% on the cost. What was the cost price?
B. If he allows a further discount of 5% on the net sales price,
what will be his profit percent?
20 Two dealers offer an article at the same list price. The first
.
allows discounts of 25% and 15%, the other 10% and 30%.
Which is a better offer for the customer?
21 Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series of 30%,
.
20% and 10%
22 Which is more favourable to a buyer and by how much: Rs.
.
680 with discounts of 20%, 15%, 10% or with discounts of 25%,
2%, 8%.
ANSWERS
1. (a) 90%
(b) 35%
2. (a) 80
(b) 4000
3. 62 %
4. 80000 tonnes
5.
6.
7. Maximum marks = 50; 40%
8. %
9. Rs. 690
10 Profit = Rs. 40;
11 .(a) d
.(b) c
12 Rs. 24
13 .Rs. 12000
14 .b
15 .(c) 75% of cost = Rs 7.50; 110% of CP = ?
16 .Rs. 250; Payment amount is 95% of 90% of 360
17 .14 %
18 .Rs. 307.80
.
19 (a) Rs. 90 (b) 14%
20 .Payment if first offer is selected is (75% of 85% of 100)
.
Payment if second offer is selected is (90% of 70% of 100)
Second offer is better.
Consider and calculate what is being paid after discounts
21 49.6 %
22 .The second discount series is more favourable to the buyer
. Rs. 3.26.
by
PRACTICE EXERCISE 4
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE TEST
1. The duration of the test is 15 minutes
2. There are 20 questions.
1. In a class with 30 students, 18 like base ball, 5 like both base
ball and foot ball, and 8 do not like either sport. How many
students like football but not baseball?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 7
D. 9
2. Jagjit and Surjit have three children. The sum of the weights
of the two smallest children is 71 kg. The sum of the weights
of two largest children is 96 kg and the sum of the weights of
the smallest and largest child is 87 kg. What is the sum of the
weights of all three children’s.
A. 125
B. 127
C. 128
D. 130
3. If the numbers 17/24, 1/2, 3/8, 3/4 and 9/16 were first
converted into Percentage and then ordered from the
greatest to least, the middle number of the resulting
sequence would be
A. 17/54
B. 1/2
C. 9/16
D. 3/4
4. If a 10% deposit that has been paid towards the purchase of
a certain product is Rs. 110, how much more remains to be
paid?
A. 880
B. 990
C. 1000
D. 1100
5. The original price of an article was increased by 15% and
then again by 15%. New price now is equivalent to
increasing the original price by
A. 32.25%
B. 31%
C. 30.25%
D. 30%
6. In a discount store all paperbacks are discounted 20%. In a
promotion sales the store offers a further discount of 10%.
What is the effective discount on a paperback bought at
the promotion sales?
A. 20%
B. 22%
C. 25%
D. 28%
7. An engineer had her monthly wages increased by 8% and
then by 10%. If she now receives Rs. 12,376 find her original
wages?
A. 10200
B. 1900
C. 19125
D. 11625
8. The owners of a business divided up the profits as follows:
The share of the second owner was 3 times that of the third
and the share of the first owner was 4 times that of the
second. The first received Rs. 1.210 more than the third. How
many Rs did the first owner receive?
A. 13200
B. 14000
C. 25500
D. 23000
9. If k is an integer and P = (0.0010101) 102k where P > 1,000,
what is the least possible value of k?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
10 Sherry pays 15% tip for waiter. If she paid a total of Rs. 24.15
. all, her meals cost ?
in
A. 20
B. 21
C. 22
D. 23
11 Goldy purchased brand x pen @ Rs. 4 brand Y pen @ Rs.
.
2.80. If he bought 12 of those pens for Rs. 42 how many
brand x pens did he purchases?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 7
12 A VCR was advertised for sale with successive discounts of
.
10% followed by another 10%. How much in Rs will it be sold
if its original price was Rs. 300?
A. 240
B. 243
C. 253
D. 207
13 A 9 mg shaving lotion contains 30% spirit. How much water
.
added shall convert it into a resulting lotion of 5% spirit.
A. 30
B. 40
C. 45
D. 63
14 A perfect number is a natural number with the property that
.
the sum of the natural number divisors of that number
except for the number itself, is that number what is the first
perfect number?
A. 4
B. 6
C. 8
D. 9
15 A worker is paid @ Rs. 60.75 per hour. The minimum number
. hours that Jolly needs to work to earn Rs.1,500 is
of
A. 35
B. 22
C. 30
D. 38
In 1985, 45 percent of a document storage capacity was
16 availed by 630 banks. But in 1987, when the capacity was
increased,
. number of banks rose by 82 using overall 25
percent of its new capacity. What was the minimum
percent increase in storage capacity.
A. 6
B. 12
C. 9
D. 8
17 The original price of an item was increased by 30%. Then the
.
new price was reduced by 30% to get the final selling price.
The final selling price is what percent of the original price?
A. 91
B. 95
C. 98
D. 100
18 The amount of time that three secretaries work on a special
.
project are in the ratio of 1: 2: 5. If they worked a combined
total of 112 hours, how many hours did the secretary who
worked the longest spend on the project more than the
slowest?
A. 80
B. 70
C. 56
D. 16
19 If “basis points” are defined so that 1 percent is equal to 100
.
basis points, then 82.5 percent is how many basis points
greater than 62.5 percent?
A. 0.02
B. 0.2
C. 20.00
D. 200
20 A union contract specifies a 6 percent salary increase plus a
. 450 bonus for each employee. For a certain employee,
Rs.
this is equivalent to an 8 percent salary increase. What was
this employee’s salary in rupees before the new contract?
A. 21500
B. 22500
C. 23500
D. 24300
ANSWERS
Q-1.
Total players – Not playing any game = 30 - 8 = 22
Q-2. Let the children be A > B > C
B + C = 71, A + B = 96, A + C = 87, Add and find the
solution.
Q-5. 115% of 100 - 100 = Net change %
Q-7. Let original wages be W Rs., therefore, 108% of 110% of W
= 12,376/-
Q-8. Let the owners be A, B and C
Let their shares be 12x, 3x, x; therefore 11x = 1,210
Q-11. Let x pens be purchased @ Rs.4/- and (12-X) pens @
Rs.2.80/-
Therefore, 4(X) + (12 - X)(2.80) = Rs. 42.00
Q-13. Let x mg water is added to it.
Therefore 30% of 9 = 5% of (9 + x)
Q-14. Refer to the number system chapter
Q-15. He can earn this required amount in 23 hrs, why should
he work extra than the choices given?
Q-16. In 1985, 45% of capacity = 630 i.e. capacity was 1400
documents Let the rise in capacity be “x” documents
Therefore 25% of (1400 + x) = 630 + 82 = 712; x = 1488
Rise in capacity 88 which is 6.3% i.e. 8 (the only possible
answer amongst th choices given).
Q-20. Here (8% - 6%) = 2% rise = 450 i.e. bonus

MAXIMUM TIME: 10 MINUTE
◘ Compute orally as much as you can.
◘ Use standard fractions wherever approximation exists (e.g.
16.666 be read as 16-2/3 and so).
◘ Table memorization will be of immense help.
How many were right ?
How many were wrong ?
Why and why ???????
QUESTION BANK TEST NO. 1 –

ANSWERS
For detailed chapter on Percentage,

Author.
OceanofPDF.com
2.03
RATIOS
RATIO AND PROPORTION
Ratio is the relation that exists between two numbers or two

quantities of the same units. If a and b are such quantities,
then their ratio is written as a:b or a/b. For example the ratio of
5 to 15 will be expressed as 5 : 15 or or 1:3. Here a is
called the antecedent and b is called the consequent.
The equality of two ratios is called proportion. For example 3

: 5 = 6 : 10.
Here we say that 3, 5, 6 and 10 are in proportion and write

as follows:
3 : 5 :: 6 : 10
Here 3, 5, 6, 10 are respectively known as first, second, third

and fourth terms.
The first and fourth terms are known as extreme terms.
The second and third terms are known as mean terms. If four
quantities are in proportion, then
Product of means = Product of extremes

If a : x :: x : b then x is called the mean proportion between a
and b. Clearly,
x2 = ab
Thus the mean proportion between any two numbers is
equal to the square root of their products.
Ratios are of two types:

i. Simple/Direct Ratios
A : B : C : D :: 7 : 5 : 8 : 9
Where are units are directly related)
ii. Compound/Indirect Ratios
A : B :: 7 : 5; B : C :: 6 : 11
A B C
7 5
6 11
42: 30: 55
(Please note that No solution is possible with Compound
Ratio unless it is converted into a Simple Ratio)
» Example 1
If 3 : 21 :: x : 63, find the value of x.

Solution
Product of means = Product of extremes
21 × x = 3 × 63
» Example 2
Find the fourth proportional of 1, 2, 3.

Solution
Let the fourth proportional be x
∴1:3::2:x
or 1 × x = 2 × 3
or x = 6.
» Example 3
Find the third proportional of 6 and 30.

Solution
Let the third proportion be x such that 6, 30, x
Then 6 : 30 :: 30 : x
or 6x = 30 × 30
or
» Example 4
Find the mean proportional to 0.9 and 4.9

Solution
Let the mean proportional be X. Then, 0.9 , X , 4.9 or 0.9 :
X :: X : 4.9
= 2.1
All indirect ratios must be first converted into direct ratios to
find solutions.
» Example 5
Compare the ratios 5 : 6 and 7 : 8

Solution
Hence
» Example 6
If a : b = 5 : 9 and b : c = 18 : 35, then find a : c.

Solution
a : b = 5 : 9 or
or
b : c = 18 : 35
or
now , ac
=2:7
» Example 7
Two numbers bear a ratio of 2:7. If each of them is increased

by 14, then their ratio becomes 4 : 7. Find the numbers.
Solution
Let the number be 2x and 7x
(always prefer a multiple of ratios with x)

Then,
or 14x + 98 = 28x + 56 or 14x = 42
or x = 3
Hence the numbers are 6 and 21.
» Example 8
Two numbers are in ratio of 2:7. Their L. C. M. is 70. Find the

numbers
Solution
Let the numbers be 2x and 7x.
Then their L. C. M. = 2 × 7 × x = 14x = 70, x = 5
or the numbers are 10, 35
» Example 9
Divide Rs. 90 in the ratio 7:11.

Solution
Given ratio is 7:11
Sum of ratios = 7 + 11 = 18
First part
and Second Part
» Example 10
If A : B = 3 : 4 B : C = 6 : 7
Then find A : B : C.
Solution
A:B=3:4=
Now B : C = 6 : 7 =
∴A:B:C=
= 9 : 12 : 14.
For detailed chapter on Ratios,
Author.
OceanofPDF.com
2.04
AVERAGES
The Average or Mean or Arithmetic Mean of a number of
quantities of the same kind is their sum divided by their
number.
» » Example 1
The population of 4 towns is 35560, 30000, 27500 and 25600,

respectively. What is the average population of a town?
Solution
» Example 2
The average weight of 8 men in a boat is increased by 1 kg,

when one of the crew, who weighs 60 kg is replaced by a new
man. What is the weight of the new man?
Solution
The average weight of 8 men is increased by 1 kg.
Therefore, the total weight is increased by 8 × 1 = 8 kg.
Hence the weight of the new man is 60 + 8 = 68 kg.
» Example 3
The average marks of three batches of students containing 70,
50 and 30 students respectively, are 50, 55 and 45. Find the
average marks of all the 150 students.
Solution
Total of I batch = 70 × 55 = 3500
Total of II batch = 50 × 55 = 2700
Total of III batch = 30 × 45 = 1350
Total = 7600
Hence average is
» Example 4
A student secured 70%, 80%, 50% and 48% in four papers. It was
decided to give double weight to the 1st and the 3rd paper
and half to the 2nd and 4th paper.
Solution
(i) Find the changed average marks
(ii) By what % does it change from the average before
the decision was taken?
(iii) What would have been the average had the
weightage system been inter changed?
(i) New average would be 70 × 2 + 50 × 2 + 80 × +
48 × = 304/600 = 60.8%
(ii) Original average 70 + 80 + 50 + 48 = 248/4 = 72%

Therefore changed % is 11.2 / 72 × 100 = - 15.55%
(iii) New average would have been 70 × + 50 × +
80 × 2 + 48 × 2 = 316/500 = 63.2%
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The average salary of 50 workers in a factory was Rs. 350. 5
new workers with salaries 250, 260, 320, 350 and 440 were
employed. What would be the new average salary?
A. 346.64
B. 347.64
C. 348.64
D. 349.36
2. Typist A can type a sheet in 5 minutes, typist B in 6 minutes
and typist C in 8 minutes. The average number of sheets
typed per hour per typist is _____ sheets.
A. 8.83
B. 7.83
C. 7
D. None
3. A car runs its first 500 miles at 40 miles per gallon of petrol
and its next 500 miles at 36 miles per gallon. What is the
average petrol consumption for the whole 1000, miles
(gallon/mile)?
A. 0.0263
B. 0.0264
C. 0.0264
D. 0.0266
4. Find out the average rate of motion in case of a person who
rides the first mile @ 10 mph, the next mile @ 8 mph and the
third mile @ 6 mph
A. 6
B. 7.33
C. 7.66
D. 8.33
5. The population of a town increased from 10000 to 15000 in a
decade. What is the average percentage increase per year
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
6. The average monthly sales for the first eleven months of the
year in respect of a certain salesman were Rs. 12,000. Due to
his illness during the last month, the average monthly sales
for the whole year came down to Rs. 11,375. What was the
value of sales during the last month?
A. 4100
B. 3900
C. 4300
D. 4500
7. My income for 15 days averaged Rs. 7, the average for the
first 5 days was Rs. 6 and the average for the last 9 days was
Rs. 8. What was the income on the 6th day?
A. Rs. 2
B. Rs. 2.25
C. Rs. 2.50
D. none
8. If a man receives on a fourth of his capital 3%, on two-third
5% and on the remainder 11%, what % he receives on the
whole?
A. 2%
B. 3%
C. 5%
D. 7%
The average weight of 10 men is increased by 1½ kg when
9.
one of the men who weights 68 kg is replaced by a new
man. Find the weight of the new man.
A. 73 Kg
B. 83 Kg
C. 88 Kg
D. 78 Kg
10 The average age of a committee of seven trustees is the
.
same as it was five years ago, a younger man having been
substituted against one of them. How much younger was he
than the trustee whose place he took?
A. 25
B. 32
C. 35
D. 42
11 Six men A, B, C, D, E, F agree with a seventh man G to
.
provide a sum of money for some project and share among
them. A, B, C, D, E, F are to subscribe Rs. 10 each, and G is
to pay Rs. 3 more than the average of the seven. What is
the whole sum to be provided?
A. Rs. 67.50
B. Rs. 71.50
C. Rs. 73.50
D. Rs. 78.50
ANSWERS
Q-2. Let in 120 minutes (LCM) A types 24, B types 20 and C
types 15 sheet.
Q-4. If distances are same Average speed is
Q-11. Let the average be ‘A’

Therefore ( 6 x 10 + (A+3) ) = 7A-
For detailed chapter on Averages,
Author.
OceanofPDF.com
3.01
TABLES – SOLVED EXAMPLES
A table is one of the simplest and the most convenient tool
used for summarizing data and presenting it in a meaningful
way. In a table, data is arranged systematically in columns
and rows. While we are reading data in a table, the following
parts need careful observation.
a. TITLE OF THE TABLE: gives a description of the contents of the
table and defines the kind of data and/or the period for
which it occurred;
b. COLUMN HEADING: defines the information contained in
various columns and also specifies the unit of measurement
in some cases.
c. HEAD NOTE: Most frequently, the unit of measurement is
specified in the head note. Foot notes are some times also
used to point out exceptions, if any, in arriving at the data.
– Generally the information is arranged in a table in
alphabetic order or chronological order (month wise, year
wise etc.)
– Zero is always indicated by O
– A dash (–) or a blank should never be interpreted as zero.
It only indicates that the corresponding data is not
available.
1. TIPS ON SOLVING TABLE CHART PROBLEMS
A: Read the data very carefully, as even the smallest detail
may change the meaning of the question completely.
Similarly, the instructions have to be understood carefully
to prevent wastage of time in calculating such a data
that is not required, and also to find out exactly what is the
answer that is sought.
B: Try to understand the data provided to you carefully,
before jumping to some conclusions and avoid an hurried
answer to the question. The questions are designed to be
deceptive, and proper understanding of the requirements
is a must. If the Data provided is of combined variety of
graphs i.e. there are more than one data
table/charts/graphs, try to understand the relations
between/amongst the given tables.
For Example, one table may talk about absolute sales
figures, while the other table may talk of sales as a
percentage of production. Hence, a question on excess
production or Goods in stock, will require data usage from
both tables.
C: Be very careful of the units used in the tables, and the units
in which the answers (options) are provided or desired. A
small mistake in interpreting or misreading the units may
result into an entirely different answer. Also be careful of
whether the answer is required in decimal or percentage.
Such errors are common but are easily avoidable.
» Example I
The following table data provides information of

benefits/assistance provided.
Q-1. The category receiving the least percentage help from
the centre (in the entire data) is:
A. B in 2015
B. C in 2016
C. D in 2016
D. A in 2015
Q-2. The difference between the average assistance
provided by the Centre is Rs. Lakhs?
A. 120
B. 118
C. 130
D. 140
Q-3. What is monthly cost per head in the city receiving E
category assistance in 2016?
A. 7500
B. 7900
C. 8200
D. 9000
Q-4. Assuming that half of the number of persons who
received category B help in 2016 were adults who were
taking care of minor children, but the city’s contribution
towards maintaining these adults was 2/5 of the total
contribution to B program in 2016, then the average
amount paid by the city for each adult per year in 2016 is
most nearly:
A. Rs. 4900
B. Rs. 4200
C. Rs. 5500
D. Rs. 3600
Q-5. Monthly costs in ‘D’ city during 2015 and 2016 are in the
ratio
A. 2 : 7
B. 5 : 2
C. 9 : 2
D. 3 : 5
» Example II
The following table gives the enrolment of children in Primary

Schools in 2014. Study the table carefully and answer these
questions.
Q-1. What is the percentage of schools, where the enrolment

was above 59 but below 160 ?
A. 60
B. 70
C. 65
D. 55
Q-2. Find approximate percentage of schools with least
number of classes of enrolment?
A. 8
B. 9.5
C. 11.2
D. 11.6
Q-3. In how many schools enrolment is above 99 but below
160?
A. 2150
B. 1833
C. 2333
D. 2166
» Example III
Number of candidates who appeared (App.) and qualified

(Qual.) in Competitive Examinations from different States
(Maharastra – M, Nagaland –N, Punjab – P, Orissa – O,
Rajasthan – R) over the Years.
Q-1. The percentage of total number of qualified candidates

to the total number of appeared candidates among all
the five states in 2009 is?
A. 11.49
B. 11.84
C. 12.21
D. 12.51
Q-2. Combining the states P and O together in 2008, what is
the percentage of the candidates qualified to that of the
candidate appeared?
A. 12.54
B. 11.49
C. 12.35
D. 10.87
Q-3. Total number of candidates qualified in 2008 is what % of
those of 2007 ?
A. 125
B. 86
C. 77
D. 81
Q-4. Average number of candidates who appeared, during
the period, from State O?
A. 9880
B. 8990
C. 7890
D. 8785
Q-5. Which year did State P contributed maximum % of
qualified candidates?
A. 2009
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2011
Q-6. What % candidates qualified from State N over the
candidates appeared during the period.?
A. 12.14
B. 13.08
C. 10.09
D. 11.15
» Example IV
Study the following table and answer the questions based on

it. Expenditures of a Company (in Lakhs Rupees) p.a. over the
given period?
Q-1. What is the average annual interest which the company

had to pay during this period?
A. 33.66
B. 31.54
C. 39.19
D. 36.66
Q-2. The total amount of bonus paid by the company during
the given period is approximately what percent of the
total amount of salary paid during this period?
A. 1.0
B. 2.5
C. 0.9
D. 1.98
Q-3. Total expenditure on all these items in 1998 was
approximately what percent of the total expenditure in
2002?
A. 58
B. 69
C. 53
D. 68
Q-4. Total expenditure of the company over these items
during the year 2000 is?
A. 507.28
B. 449.94
C. 456.78
D. 544.44
Q-5. The ratio between the total expenditure on Taxes for all
the years and the total expenditure on Fuel and Transport
for all the years respectively is approximately?
A. 10:13
B. 7:4
C. 13:15
D. 4:7
» Example V
A company has six Zonal Depots A, B, C, D, E & F , 7 Distributors

G, H, I, J, K, L & M and 9 sub-agents N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U & V.
(i) Table A gives the cost of transporting one truckload of the
company’s products from the Zonal Depots to the
Distributors.
TABLE A
(ii) Table B gives the cost of transporting the same quantity

from Distributors to the sub agents.
TABLE B
Q-1. Find the least cost of transporting one truckload from any
Zonal Depots to any sub agents
A. 0
B. 496
C. 751
D. 1291
Q-2. What is the least cost of transporting one truckload from
any Zonal Depots to the sub agents ‘O’ ?
A. 723
B. 1555
C. 476
D. 1499
A to any sub agents?
A. 1555
B. 1499
C. 476
D. 2193
A to N?
A. 5776
B. 8564
C. 3827
D. 6285
Q-5. What will be the minimum cost of goods sent from C to T
A. 2864
B. 4584
C. 4428
D. 4418
» Example VI
A health drink company’s R&D department makes researches

in various diet formulations, which can be used for certain
specific purposes. It is done considering a choice of 5
alternative ingredients (O, P, Q, R, and S), which are used in
different proportions in the formulations. The table below gives
the composition of these ingredients. The cost per unit of each
of these ingredients is O: Rs. 150; P: Rs. 50; Q: Rs. 200; R: Rs. 500;
S: Rs. 100;
Q-1 . The company is planning to launch a balanced diet

required for growth needs of adolescent children. This
diet must contain at least 30% each of carbohydrate and
protein, no more than 25% fat and at least 5% minerals.
Which one of the following combinations of equally
mixed ingredients is feasible?
A. S & O
B. P&O
C. S&R
D. S&P
Q-2. For a recuperating patient, the doctor recommended a
diet containing 10% minerals and at least 30% protein. In
how many different ways can we prepare this diet by
mixing at least two ingredients?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
Q-3. Which among the following is the formulation having the
lowest cost per unit for a diet formed by mixing two
ingredients having 10% fat and at least 30% protein?
A. R&P
B. S&P
C. Q&S
D. R&S
Q-4 . In what proportion should P, Q and S be mixed to make
a diet having at least 60% carbohydrate at the lowest per
unit cost?
A. 2:1:3
B. 2:1:4
C. 4:1:1
D. 3:1:4
» Example VII
In Board examination, amongst five different groups viz.

Mathematics, English, Science, Physics and History an examiner
distributed ten papers each with Maximum marks 100. Group
Scores are obtained by averaging marks in the papers and the
final score is the simple average of the Group Scores – within
the group only. (Arpana, Shalini, Adya, Taruna are the girl
candidates and the remaining all are Boys)
Q-1. How many marks Taruna got in History I examination?
A. 95
B. 94
C. 96
D. 98
Q-2. Difference between marks of Pritam in Hist Sc and those
of Sanjiv in Chemistry is ?
A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. 1
Q-3. Tarpan got how many marks in Paper II of English?
A. 97
B. 96
C. 98
D. 94
Q-4. If a student is eligible for a prize who obtained at least 95
in every group and among all eligible students, if there
are more than one candidate, the student who obtained
highest Group Score in Social Science Group is awarded
this prize. The prize goes to :-
A. Ravinde
B. Adya
C. Saagar
D. Tarpan
Q-5. Among the top ten students, how many boys scored at
least 95 in at least one paper from each of the groups?
A. 6
B. 4
C. 2
D. 1
Q-6. When each student, in order to improve scores, was
given option to improve score in only one paper of
choice, each scored 100 in the paper of his/her choice.
Now who will top?
A. Tarpan
B. Taruna
C. Krisna
D. Pritam
Q-7 . Had Taruna, Adya, Ravinder and, Pritam each obtained
Group Score of 100 in the Social Science Group, then
their standing in increasing order of final score would be:
A. Ravinder, Taruna, Pritam, Adya
B. Taruna, Pritam, Adya, Ravinder
C. Adya, Taruna, Ravinder, Pritam
D. Pritam, Adya, Taruna, Ravinder
Q-8. Average total scores of the group of students is ?
A. 94.27
B. 94.7
C. 96.2
D. 95.2
» Example I
1.B: In this type of question, it is better to examine the

alternatives given rather than trying to find the least
percentage from the table. Let us now calculate the
required percentage of the given alternatives:
A- Category B in 2015 =2.6/5.0×100=52% (without
calculation eliminate this choice.)
B- Category C in 2016 was =10.05/9.4×100=16.8%
C- Category D in 2016 =10.6/42.6×100=25% (without
calculation, eliminate this choice.)
D- Category A in 2015 =17.4/38.4×100=48% (without
calculation, eliminate this choice.)
2.C. Average cost figures in 2015 = (18.4+2.6+13.0+6.6+55.0)/5
= 19.12 crores Similarly, the average in 2016:
=17.4+1.6+10.0+10.6+62.65 = Rs. 20.44 crores. The
difference = Rs. 1.32 Cr = Rs. 132 lakhs;
3.D. In 2016: 242.8/12= (20.23 crores)/2,28,795 (only rounding
can help you in such cases where choices are wide- else
don’t take a chance) 2100 lakhs/2.3lakhs = 9000
4.B. 50% of number of persons receiving B category help
during 2016 = 2986 say 3,000. City’s contribution to
maintenance:=3.2×0.4=1.28 crores; Average contribution
per head = 4,266.
5.D. We can determine the answer by simple calculation.
Since a ratio is required, we can avoid the division by 12
on each choice. Direct from the table we can conclude
that total assistance in 2015 and 2016 for Category D are
26.4 and 42.6. i.e. the ratio is 3:5
» Example II
ANSWER KEY = 1 A 2 B 3 B
» Example III
ANSWER KEY
1.B: Total qualified in 2009 = (850+920+890+980+1350) = 4990
Total appeared in 2009 = (7400+8450+7800+8700+9800) =
42,150 ; %age = 11.84%
2.C: Required percentage: =(1020+1240)/(8800+9500)×100%
=12.35%
3.A: Candidates in 2008 = 5230; In 2007 = 4160; %age 125%
4.B
5.B
6.D: Total appeared = 43,150; Qualified = 4810; % qualified =
11.15%
» Example IV
ANSWER KEY
1. D: Average amount of interest paid by the Company during
the given period:
= Rs. 23.4+32.5+41.6+36.4+49.45 lakhs = Rs. 183.35 lakhs/5
=Rs. 36.66 lakhs.
2. A: Bonus paid = (3.00+2.52+3.84+3.68+3.96) = 17; Total salary
paid = 288+342 + 324+336+420) = 1710 Required % = 1%
3. B: Expenditure in 1998 = 495.4; Expenditure in 2002 = 713.36l
% = 69.45%
4. D:
5. A: Total expenditure on Taxes = 451; on Fuel/Transport = 586;
%age = 10:13
» Example V
ANSWER KEY
1. A: from B to I to P = cost is zero – minimum
2. C: From C to K to O will cost minimum = 0 + 476 = 476
3. A: Minimum cost will be when we send from A to H to T =
1555 + 0 = 1555
4. C: It will cost Minimum if we send via route A – I – N = 2255 +
1572 = 3827
5. A : We can send from C to T as under:- C – G – T = 2839 +
3272 ;
C – H – T =4428 + 0; C – I – T= 1601 +2983; C – J – T = 1751
+1113;
C – K – T =0 + 4428; C – L – T=3782+1938; C – M – T
=2686+1742
» Example VI
ANSWER KEY
1.A: A mixture of O and S in equal proportion satisfies the

given constraints as can be seen from the table below:
2.A: Case I :The diet should contain 10% minerals. P contains
no minerals. ∴ P cannot be a part of mixture. Case II: R
and S both contain 5% minerals. ∴ Mix of R and S in any
proportion cannot give 10% minerals. Similarly, Q & S, O &
S, and Q & R are not possible. Similarly a mix of three
ingredients is not possible. ∴ The only possible mix is that of
O and Q in equal proportion.
3.D: (A) P and R should be mixed in the proportion 3:1 to
achieve 10% fat content. But 30% protein content is not
achieved; (B) P and S do not contain fat; (C)Q and S
should be mixed in the proportion 1:4 to achieve 10% fat
content and 46% protein content. The cost of this mix per
unit would be Rs.1.20p.; (D) R and S should be mixed in the
proportion 1:3 to achieve 10% fat content and 50% protein
content. The cost per unit of this mix would be Rs. 2.
4.C: if this is the ratio of mixture; Carbohydrate =
(320+10+45)/600 =62.5% Cost per unit: =(200+200+100/600)
=5/6 =0.833; has the lowest cost per unit.
» Example VII
ANSWER KEY
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. D
5.D: Tarpan was the only boy to score at least 95 in at least
one paper from each of the groups.
6.A: Krisna chooses History Paper I or II. His original group score
in History group, =94 His new score would change by:
{(94+100)/2}–945 =0.6 His new score: =96.7
Pritam chooses History. His original group score in Social
Science group, =89 His new score would change by:
{(95+100)/2}–895 His new score: =95.6
Tarpan chooses Mathematics. His original group score in
Mathematics group, =95 His new score would change by:
100–955 =1 His new score:=97 Which is the highest
Taruna scores much low scores like 79, 85, 87 and even if
goes for improvement cannot score the highest – better
don’t waste time on her.
7.C: Group scores of Adya, Taruna, Ravinder, Pritam are 95.5,
89.5, 95.5, 89 respectively. Their final scores are 94.3, 93.7,
95, 93.9. If their group scores in social science change to
hundred their final scores would be 95.2, 95.8, 95.9, and
96.1 respectively
8.A
OceanofPDF.com
3.02
LINE GRAPHS – SOLVED
EXAMPLES
Line Graphs display process performance over time. In the study of
Line Graphs or Line charts we spot various trends, cycles, and large
hidden data which may have to be investigated further. In line
graphs, events shown on the axis, are graphed against a time
period.
For Example, At a bus stand a line graph shows the number of
buses available in the morning, noon and at night. It may further
depict when more buses are poured in at peak hours to clear the
rush of office-goers, school children etc. At the weak-end and in
the evening more buses may have to be added to the pool to
facilitate commuters. Similarly in a hospital a line graph might plot
the number of patient transfers delays against the time of day or
day of the week. It could further show that there are more delays
at noon than in the morning/evening or at night times.
Further investigation of this phenomenon could unearth
potential for further improvement. These charts can also be used to
track improvements that have been observed, and steps taken to
determine their success. Also, an average line can be added to a
run chart to clarify movement of the data away from the average.
PLEASE REMEMBER
1. Some time several variables may be tracked on a single chart,
with each variable having its own line. This chart is then called
a multiple line graphs.
2. We can also add an average line, representing the average
of all the values recorded, to a run chart to clarify movement
of the data away from the average. This average line runs
parallel to the Y- axis say X = 4 or -8 or 12 and so on.
Line Graphs can also be used to track improvements that
3.
have been put into place, checking their success.
Always Remember to:-
1. Glance the data for a long period of time, so that we are able
to evident a “usual” range of variation;
2. Check if the recent data is reflected within the usual range of
variation?
3. Observe if there exists a regular pattern or cycle of the data
i.e. hourly, daily, weekly, bi-weekly or Yearly?
4. Be extra careful if you have more than abnormal points in
your data series- say more than 20 – you can use run charts to
detect special causes – something beyond the usual
variability of the process -acting on the process.
GENERALLY
1. TRENDS: Six or more consecutive jumps in the same direction
may indicate a special cause acting on the process to cause
a trend. Here flat line segments don’t count, either to break a
trend, or to count towards it;
2. PATTERN: If you observe a pattern resurfacing for eight or more
times in a row, it points towards a good idea to look for a
special cause;
3. SHIFTS: If you see eight or more consecutive points on one side
of the centre line it indicates that a special cause has
influenced the process. Again please note that points on the
central line may not count- neither do they break the string or
add to it.
It is recommended to use a control chart for better monitoring of a
process and solid information about when your process is showing
variation beyond expectation. It will detect special causes quickly
and with more accuracy.
RUN CHART STATISTICS

For each line in the run chart, the following statistics are calculated:
MIS INTERPRETATION OF LINE GRAPHS
There are some common mistakes which may be committed

when:-
- we are just observing normal process variation – though every

process has some variation – but we conclude and mistake it
as some trend or cycle.
- we may not be able to recognise a trend or cycle while it
actually does exist.
Both of these are common mistakes, but students are generally
not aware that they are committing the first type of mistake and
are tampering with a process which is otherwise behaving
normally.
» Example I
Q-1. For which of the following pairs of years the total exports from
the three Companies together are equal?
A. 2005/2008
B. 2006 /2008
C. 2007/2008
D. 2005/2006
Solution: Total exports of the three Companies X, Y and Z
together, during the given period are:
2003 = (30 + 80 + 60) = 170 2004 = (60 + 40 + 90) = 190
2005 = (40 + 60 + 120) = 220 2006 = (70 + 60 + 90) = 220
2007 = (100 + 80 + 60) = 240 2008 = (50 + 100 + 80) = 230
In 2009 = (120 + 140 + 100) = 360 Answer: D
Q-2. Average annual exports during the given period for
Company Y is approximately what percent of the average
annual exports for Company Z?
A. 93.33
B. 87.29
C. 89.39
D. 91.34
Solution : An analysis of the graph shows
1. Exports of Company Y in the given years are 80, 40, 60, 60,
80, 100 and 140 respectively. Average annual
exports=1/7x(80+40+60+60+80+100+140)=560/7= 80.
2. Exports of Company Z in the given years are 60, 90,, 120, 90,
60, 80 and 100 respectively. Average annual exports
1/7x(60+90+120+90+60+80+100) = (600/7 ).
Therefore Required percentage = 80 = X % of 600/7 = 93.33%
Answer: A
Q-3. Which year saw the difference between the exports of
Companies X and Y minimum?
A. 2003
B. 2006
C. 2009
D. 2007
Solution: Difference between the exports from the Companies
X and Y during the various years are:
2003 = (80 – 30) = 2005 = (60 – 4
2004 = (60 – 40) = 20
50 = 20
2006 = (70 – 60) = 2008 = (100 –
2007 = (100 – 80) = 20
10 = 50
2009 = (140 – 120) Difference is minimum in the
Answer: B
= 20 year 2006.
Q-4. What was the difference between the average exports of the
three Companies in 2008 and the average exports in 2003?
A. 20
B. 21.4
C. 19.33
D. 22.17
Solution : Average exports of the Companies in 2003=
[1/3x(30+80+60)]=( 170/3)
Average exports of the Companies in 2008 = [1/3 x (50 + 100 +
80) ] = (230/3)
Difference [ (230/3) – (170/3) ] = (60/3) = 20
Answer: A
Q-5. In how many of the given years, were the exports from
Company Z more than the average annual exports over the
given years?
A. 4
B. 3
C. 6
D. 2
Solution: Average annual exports of Company Z during the
given period
= 1/7 x (60 + 90 + 120 + 90 + 60 + 80 + 100) = (600/7) = 85.71
We observe from graph that the exports of Company Z are
more than the average annual exports 85.71 during the years
2004, 2005, 2006 and 2009, i.e., 4 years.
Answer A
» Example II
In a Girls college the periodical examination are held every

alternative month. In a session during 2001–2002, a student of Final
Year appeared for each of the periodical exams.
The aggregate marks obtained by her in each periodical exam are
represented in the line-graph given below:
Q-1. In which periodical exams did the student obtain the highest
percentage increase in marks over the previous periodical
exams ?
A. Oct 11
B. Feb 12
C. Jun 11
D. Dec 11
Answer: A
Q-2. The total number of marks obtained in Feb. 02 is what
percent of the total marks obtained in April 01 ?
A. 115
B. 110
C. 112
D. 118
Explanation: Here it is clear from the graph that she obtained
360, 365, 370, 385, 400 and 405 marks in periodical exams held
in Apr 01, Jun 01, Aug 01, Oct 01, Dec 01 and Feb 02
respectively. Required percentage = (405/360)*100 % = 112.5%.
=
Answer: C
Q-3. What is the percentage of marks obtained by the student in
the periodical exams of August, 01 and Oct, 01 taken
together ?
A. 77.75
B. 73.25
C. 79.55
D. 75.5
Explanation: She obtained 370 + 385 = 755 out of 500+500 =
1000 i.e. 75.5%
Answer: D
Q-4. What are the average marks obtained by the student in all
the periodical exams during the last session ?
A. 389
B. 379
C. 395
D. 381
Explanation: Average marks obtained in all the periodical
exams
= 1/6 x [360 + 365 + 370 + 385 + 400 + 405] = 380.83 = 381.
Answer: D
Q-5. In which periodical exams there is a fall in percentage of
marks as compared to the previous periodical exams ?
A. Jun 01
B. Oct 01
C. Feb 02
D. NoneTop of Form
Explanation: We observe that the total marks obtained in
periodical exams, keep on increasing. Also, the maximum
marks for all the periodical exams are the same; it means that
the % of marks also goes on increasing. We can conclude that
in none of the periodical exams, there is a fall in % of marks
compared to the previous exam.
Answer: D
» Example III
Q-1. What is the difference between the number of vehicles Y

manufactured in 2011 and 2010 ?
A. 21000
B. 33000
C. 44000
D. 51000
1. A Explanation: Required difference = (128000 – 107000) = 21000.
Q-2. What is the difference between the total productions of the
two vehicles in the given years ?
A. 22010
B. 26000
C. 28000
D. 31500
2. B Explanation: Production of Vehicle X in the given years is
119000+ 99000+ 141000+78000+120100 +159000 = 7,16,000
Production of Vehicle Y
=139000+120100+100000+128000+107000+148000 = 7,42,000
Difference = (742010 – 716000) = 26000.
Answer: B
Q-3. What is the average numbers of vehicles X manufactured by
Company during period
A. 112777
B. 118666
C. 119333
D. 116444
3.C; Explanation: Average number of vehicles X manufactured by
the Company
= 1/6 x (119000 + 99000 + 141000 + 78000 + 120100 + 159000) =
119333.
Answer: C
Q-4. In which of the following years, the difference between the
productions of vehicles X and Y was the maximum among the
given years ?
A. 2007
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. None of these
4.D; Explanation: The difference between the productions of
vehicles X and Y in various years are:
For 2007 (139000 – 119000) = 20100. For 2008 (120100 – 99000) =
21000.
For 2009 (141000 – 100000) = 41000. For 2010 (128000 – 78000) =
50000.
For 2011 (120100 – 107000) = 13000. For 2012 (159000 – 148000)
= 11000.
Clearly, maximum difference was in 2010.
Answer: D (None of these)
Q-5. The production of vehicle Y was approximately what percent
of the production of vehicle X in the year 2010 ?
A. 158
B. 160
C. 162
D. 164
5.D: Explanation: 128000 = % of 78000 = 164%
Answer: D
» Example IV
Two Finance companies “Price of Your Money (P)” & “ Quality of

Your Investments (Q)” pay fixed annual rate of interest – which may
differ from year to year – on the amounts invested with them by
investors. The annual rate of interest offered by them are shown
below.
Q-1. Parents of Baby Chia invested Rs. 4,75,000 in Company Q in
2009 for one year. How much more interest (Rs) would have
been earned if the sum was invested in Company P?
A. 9,500
B. 10,500
C. 9,750
D. 10,200
Explanation: Difference = [(10% of 475000) – (8% of 475000)]
= (2% of 475000) = 9500
Answer: D
Q-2. Mr Tanush invested two different amounts in the ratio 8:9 in
Companies P and Q respectively in 2012, the amounts
received after one year as interests are respectively in the
ratio?
A. 4:3
B. 9:8
C. 3:4
D. 7:5
Explanation: Let he invested 8X, 9X in Company P & Q
respectively.
Interest received in P: Q is 6% of 8X :: 4% of 9 X or 4:3
Answer A
Q-3. In 2010, “ M/s T & N Brokers” Company invested part of Rs.
30,00,000 in Company P and the rest in Company Q for one
year. The total interest received was 2,43,000. The amount
invested in Company P?
A. 16,00,000
B. 17,00,000
C. 18,00,000
D. 20,00,000
Explanation: Let ‘x’ lakhs be invested in Company P and ‘(30 –
x)’ lakhs in Company Q. Therefore, 7.5% of x + 9% of (30-x) =
2,43,000 i.e. x = 18;
Answer: D
Q-4. Mr Tarun, a seasoned investor invested a sum of Rs. 12,00,000
in Company P in 2008. The amount received in 2009 was re-
invested in the same Company for next year. The total
earnings on his investment?
A. 2,25,600
B. 2,98,200
C. 2,45,400
D. 2,17,900
Explanation: The shortest calculation is : (1.10) (1.08) (12,00,000)
– 12,00,000 = Rs. 2,25,600
Answer: A
Q-5. Mr Aryan, another investor invested Rs. 5,00,000 in Company
P in 2006. In 2007, the entire amount along with the interest
was invested to Company Q in 2007 for one year. What
amount will be received by Mr Aryan from Company Q ?
A. 5,93,520
B. 5,76,772
C. 5,80,425
D. 5,81,313
Explanation: Amount at the end of 2007 = 109% of 106.5% of
5,00,000 = Rs, 5,80,425
Answer: C
LINE GRAPHS OR CARTESIAN GRAPHS
Such graphs indicate the variation of a quantity with respect to

two variables displayed on x – and y -axis. You are advised to
carefully observe the peaks and depths of the graph to interpret
the data in a proper way.
{Please note in chart questions, in most of the cases it includes
questions based on use of percentage. So please clear
percentage questions before preparing it. For the convenience of
students, a separate chapter for practice on Percentage has been
added.}
» Example V
Study the graph carefully and answer the question given below
1. In which period given here Kolkata had the least number of

cases?
A. 2000
B. 2005
C. 2010
D. 2015
2. How many cases were registered in Delhi and Mumbai in 2010?
A. 350
B. 400
C. 741
D. 600
3. Number of cases registered in Chennai were how much more
than in Kolkata?
A. 130
B. 142
C. 135
D. 145
4. Maximum cases were registered in which city during the given
period?
A. Chennai
B. Delhi
C. Kolkata
D. Mumbai
5. Maximum cases registered exceeded by how much over the
Minimum number of cases ?
A. 303
B. 68
C. 158
D. 135
Answers: 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A
» Example VI
The following chart gives the ratio of the amounts of imports by a
Company to the amount of exports from that Company over the
period from 2001 to 2013. Answer the following questions based on
following Line graph
1. In how many of the given years were the exports less than
imports?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Explanation: Clearly the exports are less than the imports implies
that the ratio of value of imports to exports is more than 1. So
years are 2007, 2009 and 2013. So these are three years. Answer:
C
2. In how many years did the imports to export ratio register a rise
over the previous year given.
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Explanation : It rose 4 times over the previous years i.e.
2003,2007,2009 and 2013
3. The imports were minimum proportionate to the exports of the
Company in the year :
A. 2003
B. 2009
C. 2007
D. 2005
Explanation: From the line graph we can judge it is minimum in
year 2005 (D)
4. If the imports of a company in 2003 was Rs. 272 crores, the
exports from the company in 2003 was:
A. 300
B. 320
C. 340
D. 254
Explanation: In 2003 ratio of Import : Export is 0.85 i.e. 272 : Export
:: 85:100
Answer: B i.e. 320
5. What was the average percentage increase in imports from
2005 to 2009 ?
A. 135
B. 145
C. 150
D. 155
Explanation: % rise from 2005 to 2007 ; 35 rose to 125 i.e. 256%
% rise from 2007 to 2009; 125 rose to 140 i.e. 12%
Average % rise is 134% i.e Answer A
(it would be a blunder to consider it rose from 35 to 140 i.e. 300%
i.e. average 150%)
If the imports in 2007 was Rs. 250 crores and the total exports in
6. years 2007 and 2009 together were Rs 500 crores, then the
imports in 2009 were (crores) :
A. 620
B. 580
C. 495
D. 420
Explanation: The Ratio of imports to exports for the years 2007
and 2009 are 1.25 and 1.40 respectively
In 2007: Imports : Exports :: 1.25 ; therefore 250 : x :: 125 : 100 => x
= 200 crores Therefore, exports in 2009 = 500 – 200 = 300 crores
In 2009: Imports:Exports :: 1.40 => Imports:300 ::140:100 => Imports
= 420 crores
OceanofPDF.com
3.03
BAR GRAPHS – SOLVED
EXAMPLES
» Example I
The bar graph given below shows the sales of books (in thousand
number) from six outlets of a publishing company – during two
consecutive years 2010 and 2011.
1. What is the ratio of the total sales of branch B3 for both years to
the total sales of branch B6 for both years?
A. 41:30
B. 3:5
C. 13:17
D. 29:31
Explanation: Required ratio is (95+110) : (70+80)
Answer: A
2. Total sales of branch B5 for both the years is what percent of the
total sales of outlets B2 for both the years?
A. 110
B. 115
C. 135
D. 128 Top of Form
Explanation: (95+75) = 160 = ? % of (75+65 = 140 )
Answer B
3. What percent of the average sales of outlets B1, B2 and B3 in
2010 is the average sales of outlets B1, B3 and B6 in 2011?
A. 105
B. 95
C. 110
D. 120
Explanation: Average sales (in ‘000) of outlets B1, B2 and B3 in
2010
= (80+75+95)/3 = 250/3
Average sales (in ‘000) of outlets B1, B3,B6 in 2011 =
(105+110+80)/3 = 295/3
295/3 = (?) % of 250/3 = 118%
Answer D
4. What is the average sales of all the outlets (in ‘000) for the year
2011?
A. 82
B. 87
C. 92
D. 97
Explanation: Total sales for the year 2011 =
105+65+110+95+95+80=550
Average sales of all the six outlets (‘000) for the year 2011 = 91.67
Answer C
5. Total sales of outlets B1, B3 and B5 together for both the years (in
‘000) is?
A. 440
B. 490
C. 560
D. 590
Explanation: Total sales of outlets B1, b2 and B5 for both the
years (in ‘000)
= (80 + 105) + (95 + 110) + (75 + 95) = 560.
Answer: C
» Example II
The graph given below shows the percentage distribution of the

total expenditures of T&N Company (P) Ltd under various expense
heads during the FY 2015-16. (Total budged expenditure Rs. 1250
crores)
Q-1 The total amount of expenditures of the company is how

much (in lakhs Rs) on research and Wages together?
A. 3125
B. 31250
C. 312.50
D. 7500
Explanation: It is 5 + 25 = 25% of 1250 = 312.5 crores = 31250
lakhs Answer B
Q-2 What is the ratio of the total amount of expenditure on
Building and taxes to the total expenditure on research and
Wages?
A. 1.0
B. 1.1
C. 1.2
D. 1.25
Explanation: Total expenditure on Building + Taxes = 30%
Total expenditure on research + Wages = 5 + 20 = 25%
The ratio: 30:25 = 1.2 (CARE : it would be a futile exercise to
calculate the exact amount of expenditures on each items,
their sums and then their ratios)
Q-3 The expenditure on the Borrowings is by how much more (in
crores of Rs.) than the expenditure on Vehicle?
A. 62.50
B. 6.25
C. 625
D. 6250
Explanation: It is 17.5 – 12.5 = 5% i.e. 5% of 1250 = 62.50 crores
more (Never, never and never compute individual amounts on
each head and then find their difference. Sheer waste of time.)
Q-4 The budget for the FY 2016-17 is expected to be 20% higher
than the previous year budget. Entire data level remaining
unchanged, how much amount is expected to be spent on
Taxes then, if government announced 10% rebate on taxes
paid in advance.
A. 125
B. 130
C. 135
D. 140
Answer & Explanation: New taxes = 90% of 120% of 10% = 10.8%
of the budget i.e. 10.8% of 1250 = 135 crores.
Q-5 In continuation of Q-4, how much more (in millions Rs.) is
expected to be spent on two maximum budgets and the two
minimum heads.
A. 3700
B. 3850
C. 3900
D. 3950
Answer & Explanation: Revised expenditure :
Two maximum heads = 120% of (Building + Wages =
20+20=40%) = 48%
Two minimum heads = 120% of (Taxes + research = 90% of 10 +
5% ) = 16.8%
Difference is 31.2% of 1250 = 390 crores = 3900 millions (1crores
= 100 lakhs = 10 millions) OR (20 % + 20% ) – (10% + 5%) = 25%
i.e. 120% of 25% + 10% of 120% of 10 = 31.2% of 1250 (tedious to
understand)
» Example III
Study the following information and answer the following questions.

Q-1 The difference in the sales of cellular phones for the years 2010
and 2012 is units ?
A. 10000
B. 15000
C. -15000
D. 20100
Explanation: The required answer is got by 40,000 – 25,000 =
15,000.
Q-2 The two years period when the rate of change of cellular
phones is minimum is?
A. 2008-2009
B. 2009-2010
C. 2010-2011
D. None of these
Explanation: For year 2008 and 2009 =((40000 – 30000)/40000) x
100= 25%
For year 2009 and 2010 = ((30000 – 25000)/25000) x 100 = 20%
For year 2010 & 2011 = ((25000 – 18000 )/25000) x 100 = 28%
The lowest rate of change is for the year 2008 and 2009
Answer B
Q-3 The sum of sales of phones in the years 2007 and 2011 is less
than the sum of sales of?
A. 2008&2010
B. 2009&2010
C. 2010&2012
D. None of these
Explanation: The sums of sales are 48000+18000=66000 which is
not less than the sum of sales of the choices given.
Answer D
Q-4 The percentage increases in sales from 2009 to 2012 was % ?
A. 25
B. 30
C. 33
D. 37
Explanation: The % rise in sales is ((40000-30000)/30000)x100 =
33%
Answer: C
Q-5 In 2007 cost of production per piece was Rs.1000. If the cost of
production rose by 20% in 2012 then the difference between
the two years’ production cost was %?
A. 5,00,000
B. 70,000
C. 6,25,000
D. Nil
Explanation: In 2007 total cost of production = 48000 x 1000 =
4,80,00,000
In 2012 total cost of production = 40000 x 120% of 1000 =
4,80,00,000
No difference between the two costs.
Answer D
Q-6 The capacity of the company is to produce 45,000 pieces per
year. What % loss did the company suffer during the last 5
years period due to non-sale of its product?
A. 25
B. 30
C. 35
D. 40
Explanation: Annual surplus stock is 5000,15000,20100,27000
and 5000 pieces during the last 5 years respectively. i.e. Total
of 72010 pieces produced were not sold out of 5x45000 =
2,25,000 pieces. i.e. 31%
Q-7 Production during the years 2007,2009,2011 is % more/less than
that of the years 2008, 2010 and 2012?
A. - 7%
B. + 8%
C. + 9%
D. - 9%
Explanation: Production of 2007,2009 & 2011 =
48+30+18=96,000 pieces; Production of 2008, 2010 & 2012 =
40+25+40=105000 pieces. % change = (9000/105000 ) x 100 = –
8.6%
Answer D
» Example IV
Q-1 Which company produced maximum number of vehicles

during the given period?
A. Verna
B. WAGON R
C. Alto
D. Swift
Answer & Explanation: Productions are Verna = 29000,
WAGON R = 48000, Alto = 37000 and Swift = 29000
Answer B
Q-2 Maximum production of any company was nearly how much
more than the minimum production of any company during
the given period.
A. 10,000
B. 20,000
C. 25,000
D. 30,000
Answer & Explanation: It is a bonus question, the data is
already available for all the companies, except that of one
company. The choices are wide enough to select the
difference.
Answer B
Q-3 Which company given here had the maximum average
annual production during the period given above.
A. Amaze
B. Verna
C. Alto
D. Swift
Answer & Explanation: Again this is a bonus question. Higher
the production of a company, higher will be the average
(here WAGON R is already ignored – also you need not waste
time on finding average production of the companies)
Answer A
Q-4 How many companies have shown production below their
average production in 2012 – 2013, but above the average
production in 2013 – 2014 ?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
Explanation: Average sales of Amaze = (6 + 14 + 21)/3 =
company: 13.66
WAGON R = (12 + 18 + 18)/3 = 16 Verna = (5 + 9 + 15)/3 = 9
Alto= (16 + 9 + 12)/3 = 12.33 Swift = (8 + 14 + 7)/3 = 9.6
Q-5 The ratio of Swift production in 2013 – 2014 to Amaze’s
production in 2014 – 2015 is?
A. 2:1
B. 3:2
C. 2:3
D. 3:7
Answer B
Q-6 For how many companies has there been always a rise in
production in any year over the previous year ?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four
Answer & Explanation: we can observe that Amaze, WAGON
R and Verna have always shown a rising trend in the
production during the years given.
Answer C
» Example V
The following graphical presentation shows the composition of the

GDP of two countries viz. Hindustan and Pakistan.
Q-1 If the total GDP of Hindustan is Rs. 15,000 crores, then a GDP
accounted for by Services is how many crores ?
A. 2000
B. 2500
C. 3000
D. 3500
Answer & Explanation: 20% of 15000 = 3000
Answer C
Q-2 Hindustan spent Rs. 4,200 crores on Services & Industry. How
much was her GDP ?
A. 42,000
B. 21,000
C. 14,000
D. 35,000 crores
Answer & Explanation: On Services & Industry = 30% of GDP =
4,200; Answer C
Q-3 What fraction Services of Hindustan’s GDP was Agriculture of
Pakistan’s GDP ?
A. ½
B. ¼
C. ¾
D. 4/1
Answer & Explanation: Services of Hindustan : Agriculture of
Pakistan :: 20:40
Answer A
Q-4 If the total GDP of Hindustan is Rs.30,000 crores, and GDP of
Pakistan is 25,000 crores, then difference between combined
expenses on Agriculture, Services and Miscellaneous of the
two countries is ?
A. 500
B. 750
C. 1000
D. 1250 crores
Answer & Explanation: Hindustan spent (40 + 20 + 10) % of
30,000 = Rs.21,000 crores.
Pakistan spent (40+20+20) % of 25,000 = Rs. 20,000 crores.
Answer C
Q-5 Which country accounts for higher earning out of Services
and Miscellaneous together ?
A. Hindustan
B. Pakistan
C. Both equal
D. Can’t be found
Explanation: Although the %age on Services and
Miscellaneous for both the countries is equal, we can’t
comment since we have no data about the respective GDP’s.
Answer D
Q-6 If the total GDP of Hindustan : Pakistan is 3:2, then what ratio
exists between Pakistan’s income through agriculture over
Hindustan’s income through Services ?
A. ¾
B. ½
C. ¼
D. Can’t say
Answer & Explanation: Let the GDP of Hindustan and Pakistan
be 300x, 200x; Services, Agriculture are 20%, 40% i.e. 60x, 80x
respectively i.e. 3:4 or Answer A
Q-7 Differences between Trade and Miscellaneous of Hindustan’s
GDP is in what ratio with the difference between Agriculture
and Industry of Pakistan
A. ¾
B. ½
C. ¼
D. Can’t say
Difference of Export &Miscellaneous of Hindustan’s GDP = 20-
10 = 10%
Difference of Agriculture & Industry of Pakistan’s GDP = 40-20 =
20%
Ratio is ½
Answer B
» Example VI
M/s T & N Co (P) Ltd prepares juices of three flavours – X, Y and Z.

The production of three flavours has been expressed in the
following graphs.
Q-1 Total production of flavours X & Z in 2005 & 2006 is what % less
than the production in the year 2009 & 2010 ?
A. 2.5
B. 3.5
C. 4.5
D. 5.5
Answer & Explanation: Production of X in 2005, 2006 = 50, 45;
Production of Z = 45, 50; Total = 190
Production in 2009, 2010 is X = 60, 50 Z = 45, 40; Total = 195
Percentage less = 5/195*100
Answer A
Q-2 The total production of flovour Z in 2007 and 2008 is what
percentage more than the production of flavour X in 2005
and 2006?
A. 20
B. 25
C. 33
D. 37 ½
Answer & Explanation: Production of Z in 2007 + 2008 = 60 + 60
= 120
Production of X in 2005 + 2006 = 50 + 40 = 90 ; It is 30 more i.e.
33% more
Q-3 For which flavour was the average annual production
maximum in the given period?
A. X only
B. Y only
C. Z only
D. X & Y both
Answer & Explanation: Total production of X = 300; Y = 325; Z =
300 lakhs Bottles. (be careful, here we don’t have to find any
average of each production – which is wastage of time)
Answer B
Q-4 Average production of which year is the Maximum
A. 2005
B. 2007
C. 2009
D. None
Answer & Explanation: By visual look, we find it is 2007 which
has maximum production. Hence the Maximum average as
well.
Q-5 What is the difference between the average production of
flavour X in 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the average production
of flavour Y in 2008, 2009 and 2010?
A. 4,50,000
B. 3,60,000
C. 5,00,000
D. 4,75,890 bottles
Explanation: Total production of flavour X in 2005, 2006, 2007 =
145 lakhs bottles
Total production of flavour Y in 2008, 2009, 2010 = 160 lakhs
bottles
Difference = 15,00,000 bottles; Average annual difference =
5,00,000
Answer C
Q-6 What was the approximate decline in the production of
flavour Y in 2008 as compared to the production in 2009?
A. 15
B. 16
C. 18
D. 20
Explanation: Percentage decline in the production of flavour Y
in 2008 as compared to the production in 2009 = ((60-50)/60) x
100% = 16.66 %
Q-7 For which of the following years the percentage of rise/fall in
production from the previous year is the maximum for the
flavour Z?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2010
Answer & Explanation: % Change in 2006; 11%; In 2007 20%;
In 2008 Zer; In 2010 -11%;
Answer B
Q-8 Which flavour production had three consecutive rise or fall in
the given data.
A. X
B. Y
C. Z
D. None
Answer & Explanation: It is Z which continuously went on rise
during 3 years in a row.
» Example VII
The following graphs shows the trends of Foreign Direct Investments
(FDI) into Bharat.
Q-1 Difference of investments in 2012 & 2013 was (?) % of that of

2016 & 2017 ?
A. 40
B. 50
C. 60
D. 70%
Answer & Explanation: Difference of Investments in 2012 & 2013
= 4.45
Difference of Investments in 2016 & 2017 = 7.13 ; 4.45 = (?)% of
7.13
Answer C
Q-2 What was absolute difference in the FDI to Bharat in between
2014 and 2012 ?
A. 6.46
B. 5.46
C. 7.46
D. 4.76
Explanation: The difference in investments over 2014-2012 was
12.16-5.7 = 6.46 € millions
Q-3 If Bharat FDI from OPEC countries was proportionately the
same in 2012 and 2017 as the total FDI from all over the world
and if the FDI in 2012 from the OPEC countries was Euro 2
million. What was the amount of FDI from the OPEC countries
in 2017 ?
A. 9.17
B. 11.43
C. 13.01
D. 11.0
Explanation: Let x be the FDI in 2017; therefore 2 : 5.7 :: x :
31.36; x = 11
Q-4 Which year exhibited the highest growth in FDI in Bharat over
the period shown ?
A. 2013
B. 2005
C. 2016
D. 2017
Explanation: We see that the FDI in 2016 more than doubles
over that of 2015 and no other year is close to that rate of
growth.
Q-5 What was Bharat’s total FDI for the period shown in the figure
?
A. 98.12
B. 96.42
C. 93.82
D. 91.72
Explanation: Total FDI investment is = 5.7 + 10.15 + 12.16 + 10.22
+ 24.23 + 31.36
= 93.82 billion.
» Example VIII
Study the following bar chart and answer the questions carefully.
(Sales turnover in Rs. Crores) - here you should always assume the
data nearest to 75, 50, 25 on visual observations (e.g. Verna 825
(2012-13), WagonR 700 (2012-13).
1) What is the percentage change in the overall sales turnover of

the five companies together between 2011 – 2012 and 2012 –
2013?
A. 15.21 %
B. 14.68 %
C. 13.67 %
D. 11.24 %
Explanation: The required answer is 100 – percentage value of
the fraction (Absolute change/first year’s value).
Answer B
2) What is the absolute change in overall sales turnover of the five
companies together between 2011–2012 and 2012–2013 ?
A. 712.43
B. 542.48
C. 683.53
D. 684.45
Explanation: Absolute value of the difference between the sum
of the turnover of the five companies for 2011 – 2012 and 2012 –
2013
Answer: A
3) Which of the companies shows the maximum percentage
difference in sales turnover between the two years?
A. Verna
B. SWIFT
C. Maruti 800
D. WagonR
Explanation: Maruti 800 with 25.25 % is higher than Verna with
24.5%.
Answer: C
4) What should have been the sales turnover of SWIFT in 2012 – 2013
to have shown an excess of the same quantum over 2011 – 2012
as shown by the sales turnover of WagonR?
A. 953.86
B. 963.66
C. 852.76
D. 962.76
Explanation: SWIFT should have increased its sales turnover by
Rs.49.13 crores. Hence, the answer is 913.63 + 49.13 = 962.76.
Answer: D
5) What is the approximate difference between the average sales
turnover of all the companies put together between the years
2011 – 2012 and 2012 – 2013 ?
A 153.45
B. 142.48
C. 147.6
D. 144.98
Explanation: Difference between the sum of the two years
divided by 5.
Answer: B
» Example IX
The following line graph gives the Profit (%) earned annually by a
Company during the period 2005-2010.
Q-1 If the expenditures in 2006 and 2009 are equal, then the
approximate ratio of the income in 2006 and 2009
respectively is?
A. 1:3
B. 9:10
C. 3:5
D. 11:13
Explanation: Let each expenditure be ‘x’; and Incomes be Y1
& Y2; using formula given in the definition, we get: 55 x = (Y1-
x)100 and 70 x = (Y2-x)100 or Y1 : Y2 :: 9:10
Q-2 If the income in 2008 was 264 what was the expenditure in
2008?
A. 160
B. 143
C. 112
D. 142
Explanation: Let the expenditure is 2008 be x; Then using
formula given in the above definition, we get 65x = (264-x) 100
or x = 160;
Answer A
Q-3 In which year is the expenditure minimum?
A. 2006
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. Can’t be determined
Explanation: The graph given above gives a comparison of %
profit for different years but the comparison of the actual
expenditures is not possible without more data.
Answer D
Q-4 If the profit in 2009 was 4 what was the profit in 2010?
A. 6.3
B. 4.9
C. 7.2
D. Can’t be determined
Explanation: As in Q-3 above, to find profit of year 2010, we
should have income and expenditure figures of the year,
which cannot be determined.
Answer D
Q-5 What is the average (%) profit earned for the given period?
A. 60
B. 57
C. 56
D. 61
Explanation: Average percent profit earned for the given
years
= 1/6 x [40 + 55 + 45 + 65 + 70 + 60] = 335/6 = 55 5/6;
Answer: C
» Example X
Study the following graph and answer the questions based on it.
1. What is the difference of vehicles produced by the two

companies for the given years?
A. 20100
B. 22010
C. 24000
D. 26000
Explanation: Difference= 742010 – 716000= 26000
Answer: D
(Total Production of X = 119000+ 99000+141000+
78000+120100+159000=716000
Total production of Y =
139000+120100+100000+128000+107000+148000 = 742010)
2. What is the difference between the numbers of vehicles
manufactured by Company Y in 2010 and those manufactured
by X in 2011 ?
A. 10000
B. 80000
C. 9000
D. None of these
Explanation: Vehicles produced by Y in 2010 = 1,28,000 ;
Vehicles produced by X in 2011 = 1,20,000 ; Required Difference
= 1,28,000-1,20,000 = 8,000 : None of these.
3. What is the average number of vehicles manufactured by
Company X over the given period ?
A. 118333
B. 119333
C. 120333
D. 121333
Explanation: Average number of vehicles manufactured by
Company X =1\6(119000+99000+141000+78000+120100+159000)
= 119333
Answer B
4. In which of the following years, the difference between the
productions of Companies X and Y was the next to minimum
among the given years?
A. 2007
B. 2009
C. 2012
D. None of these
Explanation: Lets also solve it actually as it is not possible to get
the answer without that. The difference between the production
of the two companies is:-
For 2007 = (139000 – 119000) = 20100 For 2008 = (120100 – 99000)
= 21000
For 2009 = (141000 – 100000) = 41000 For 2010 = (128000 – 78000)
= 50000
For 2011 = (120100 – 107000) = 13000 For 2012 = (159000 –
148000) = 11000
Clearly the difference was Minimum in 2010; but next to
minimum was in the year2011.
5. The production of Company Y in the first three year period was
approximately what percent of the production of Company X
remaining years ?
A. 95
B. 98
C. 101
D. 103
Explanation: Production of ‘Y’ for the first three years i.e. 2007,
2008, 2009 = 3,59,000
Production of ‘X’ for the last three years i.e. 2010, 2011, 2012 =
3,57,000 Which is 101% approximately Answer C
6. Going by the trend, assuming all factors unchanged, what could
be the expected production of Company X in the year 2003
A. 198000
B. 210000
C. 220100
D. 225000
Explanation: It rose from 120 to 159 i.e. 33% ; therefore after 33%
rise from 159 it is expected to be 2,10,000 (or 120 : 159 :: 159 : X) –
(Care: it should never be mistook as 159000-120100 = 39000 rise
hence 159000 + 39000 = 198000)
7. In which year was the difference between the two production
maximum over previous year.
A. 2007
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. 2010
Explanation: From Question 4 above, the difference of 2009 is
41000 (over 100000) = 41% and in the year 2010 it is 50000 (over
128000) = 39% which is less than 40%. (quantum wise it seems to
be the year 2010 but %age wise it is 2009). Hence the answer is
C
8. Company X should produce how much more than Company Y
in the year 2003 to be at par with the latter.
A. 22010
B. 26000
C. 24000
D. Data inadequate
Explanation: This is a bonus question. From Question 1 Production
gap of 26,000 vehicles has to be more in Company X in order to
be at par with Company Y – irrespective of whatever their
productions in the year 2003.
OceanofPDF.com
3.04
PIE CHARTS – SOLVED
EXAMPLES
Pie chart is circular presentation of information divided into
number of sectors to show classes or groups of data in
proportion to the whole data set. The entire pie chart
represents whole data, while each slice represents a different
class or group within the whole.
Pie chart statistics:
How data may be represented and dealt with Pie Chart
Problems:-
- The entire Pie Chart is considered 100% of data and
proportionate %age wise calculations of data can be
done; (1% = 3.6°); OR
- The entire Pie Chart is taken equivalent to 360° and then
sector-wise angular distribution is considered for
calculation, compiling the required angle or data; OR
- Pie Cart is taken as ‘1’ and other distributions within are
taken as fractional i.e. ½, ¼... etc for evaluation of
questions; OR
- The data is represented with the help of Ratios in some of

the problems.
Figure I : Data in % age in Pie chart.
Figure II: Data in Degrees in Pie Chart
What we must look at in a Pie Chart:
- Look for the largest piece to find the most common class
with maximum occurrences.
- Notice relative sizes of pieces. Some classes might be
unexpectedly similar or different in size.
- Try looking at a two-dimensional view of the pie; 3D
charts are attractive but they make pieces at the front of
the picture look bigger than they really are.
- In a pie chart, the following statistics may be asked to be
calculated:
» Example I
Q-1-5: The following pie-chart shows the percentage

distribution of the expenditure incurred in publishing a
book. Study the pie-chart and the answer the questions
based on it.
Q-1 If a publisher pays Rs. 30,600 as printing cost, then the

amount of royalty to be paid for these books will be how
much lesser than printing cost?
A. 22,950
B. 24,550
C. 21,617
D. 23,630
Q-2 What is the central angle of the sector to the expenditure
on Binding?
A. 60°
B. 66°
C. 72°
D. 70°
Q-3 The price of the book is marked 225% above the total
cost of book. If the marked price of the book is 97.50 then
the cost of the paper used in a single copy of the book
is?
A. Rs. 12.50
B. Rs. 16.90
C. Rs. 30.00
D. Rs. 7.50
Q-4 If 2,000 copies are published and cost of transportation is
Rs. 6,900. Then what should be the Marked Price (Rs) of a
Book so that after 25% discount, publisher still earns 8%.
A. 450
B. 590
C. 500
D. 560
Q-5 The printing cost exceeds Royalty by how much in Q-4
given above?
A. Rs. 15
B. Rs. 25
C. Rs. 20
D. Rs. 18
» Example II
Q-1-7: The following pie-chart shows the sources of funds

(Rupees 57,60,000 Lakhs) expected to be collected by
the NHAI for its projects in the coming year. Study the pie-
chart and answers the question that follow.
Q-1 Total funds collection by NHAI is expected to be how

many thousand Rs. Crores?
A. 576
B. 5760
C. 57.6
D. 57600
Q-2 It proposes to pay 4% simple interest p.a. to its public
investors who contributed to 48% in its funds collections.
NHAI shall pay monthly interest (in lakhs) of Rs. ?
A. 9116
B. 9190
C. 9198
D. 9216
Q-3 External Assistance and SPVS together occupy what
angle at the Centre ?
A. 90°
B. 105°
C. 120°
D. 140°
Q-4 A little more than 60° but less than 70° is to be given to
A. Annuity
B. SPVPs+Toll
C. External
D. None
Q-5 Near about 20% of the funds are to be arranged through
A. Annuity
B. SPVPs+Toll
C. External
D. None
Q-6 Market Borrowings roughly occupy how much Central
angle nearly?
A. 147°
B. 174°
C. 187°
D. 210°
Q-7 Toll collection job is to be out sourced and the
outsourcing agency shall be paid 9% of collected funds
which are expected to be only 85% of the targeted
amount. Agency shall earn about Rs. (crores) per month.
A. 20
B. 30
C. 25
D. 40
» Example III
Q-1-5: The following pie-charts show the distribution of

students of graduate and post-graduate levels in seven
different institutes in a town.
Q-1 What is the total number of graduate and post-graduate

level students is institute ‘e’?
A. 8099
B. 9198
C. 7499
D. 9296
Q-2 Number of students studying at post-graduate and
graduate levels respectively from institute “f” are in the
ratio ?
A. 17:13
B. 13:18
C. 14:23
D. 19:14
Q-3 How many students of ‘a’ and ‘f’ are studying in the
graduation level?
A. 7863
B. 8463
C. 8678
D. 7978
Q-4 What is the ratio between the number of students
studying at post-graduate level from institutes ‘f’’ and the
number of students studying at graduate level from
institute ‘d’ ?
A. 13:17
B. 13:21
C. 18:13
D. 19:13
Q-5 Total number of students studying at post-graduate level
from institutes of ‘b’ and ‘c’
A. 6366
B. 6669
C. 6969
D. 7676
» Example IV
These questions are based on the following pie chart given

below.
Q-1 The value of the exports (in billions) of USA exceed that of
Germany by?
A. 2450
B. 2520
C. 2690
D. 2720
Q-2 The difference in the value of the exports of Japan and
France is how many times that of UK and Taiwan?
A. 1290
B. 1560
C. 1690
D. 1720
Q-3 If all countries in category of ‘others’ are treated as a
single country, in how many of these exports are more
than the average exports per country?
A. 6
B. 5
C. 4
D. 3
Q-4 Developing countries accounted for 36% of the total
worldwide exports, then the exports of Japan as a
percentage of the exports of the developing countries is
%?
A. 24.44
B. 26.66
C. 27.77
D. 28.88
» Example V
The following pie chart shows cost of constructing a house. The

total cost was Rs. 6 lakhs. (source FCI/SSC Nov. 2012)
1. The amount spent on cement is
A. Rs.2,00,000
B. Rs.1,60,000
C. Rs.1,20,000
D. Rs.1,00,000
2. The amount spent on labour exceeds the amount spent on
steel by (?) % of the total cost?
A. 50%
B. 10%
C. 67%
D. 75%
3. The amount spent on cement, steel and supervision is how
many degrees?
A. 75°
B. 90°
C. 105°
D. 180°
4. The amount spent on labour exceeds the amount spent on
supervision by Rs….. Lakhs
A. 2.0
B. 0.16
C. 0.20
D. 0.60
5. The amount spent on Timber is how much % less than that
on Labour ?
A. 10
B. 15
C. 60
D. 70
» Example VI
The total annual CO2 emissions from various sectors are 5 mmt.
In the Pie Chart given below, the percentage contribution to
CO2 emissions from various sectors is indicated.
1. Which of the following sectors together emit 2.5 mmt of CO2
every year?
A. Thermal & Transport
B. Domestic & Commercial
C. Transport & Commercial
D. Thermal
2. Which of the following sectors have emission difference of 1
mmt between them.
A. Domestic & Commercial
B. Transport & Commercial
C. Thermal & Domestic
D. None
3. Emission of Domestic sector is how much % of Transport and
Commercial sector combined?
A. 100%
B. 75%
C. 80%
D. 95%
4. In the next year, if emission from Commercial sector
decreases by 20% of its current emission, while other sectors
continue to emit same amount of CO2 as earlier then What
will be the new % contribution of Thermal power sector
(approximately)?
A. 31.9%
B. 39.8%
C. 42.7%
D. 36.5%
5. Which of the following is correctly matched?
A. Domestic=54°
B. Thermal=125°
C. Commercial =72°
D. Transport=108°
» Example I
1. A: If the Royalty is ‘R’ then 20%: 15% = 30,600 : R, Hence

R=22,950
2. C: Expenditure on binding = 20% of 360°= 72°
3. D: Cost of Book : Cost of Paper :: 325% : 25% = 97.50 : x; x =
Rs. 7.50
4. C: Total Cost = 69,000 (Because transportation is 10% of total
cost). Therefore, Marked Price of 2,900 books = 69,000 x 0.75
x 0.92 ;
5. B
» Example II
1C 2D3B4A
5 C: 20% of the total funds = Rs. (20% of 57600) crores = Rs.
11,520 crores
6C
7 B (9% of 85% of 4910 )/12
» Example III
1 A Required number: =(17% of 27300)+(14% of 24700) =8099

2 D Required ratio: =(21% of 24,700): (14% of 27,300) =19 : 14
3B
4 D The ratio is 21% of 24,700 : 13% of 27,300 = 19:13
5B
» Example IV
1C 2A
3 B: The total number of countries = 14 ⇒ Average angle
subtended by each country ≈25.7°. Clearly only USA,
Japan, Germany, Russia and Others i.e. 5 countries are
greater than 25.7.
4C
» Example V
1. C 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. C
» Example VI
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. C
OceanofPDF.com
4.01
TABULATIONS - PRACTICE
EXERCISES
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1
Total Number of Questions: 23
Suggested time: 20 minutes
Study the following information and answer the question.
*Annual sales achieved by five Exporters (in Rs. Millions)
from 2009–2014
1) In the year 2013, the sales of Exporter B is what percent of

sales of Exporter E?
A. 47%
B. 150%
C. 300%
D. 213%
2) In which year did the sales of Exporter C have the maximum
growth rate?
A. 2010
B. 2011
C. 2013
D. 2014
3) The average sales of Exporter B from 2009 to 2014 is?
A. 1007.5
B. 920.6
C. 1100.4
D. 900.3
4) What is the growth rate of Exporter C for the year 2012?
A. 20%
B. 10.9%
C. 8.5%
D. 14%
5) What is the growth rate of Exporter A for the year 2009?
A. 20%
B. 10%
C. 15%
D. Data inadequate
6) The average sales of the five Exporters is maximum in?
A. 2012
B. 2010
C. 2011
D.2014
7) The highest average sales is achieved by which Exporter for
the six years (2009-2014)
A. A
B. B
C. C
D. D
8) The simple annual growth rate of sales of Exporter D from
2009 – 2014 is?
A. 10%
B. 5.9%
C. 4.75%
D. Data inadequate
9) The compound annual growth rate of sales of Exporter C for
the year 2009 to 2014 is?
A. 10%
B. 15%
C. 20%
D. 25%
10 The sales of Exporter D in 2014 is what percent of the
)
average sales of Exporter B from 2009-2014 is?
A. 50%
B. 110.1%
C. 90%
D. 100%
11 The growth achieved by Exporter B in the year 2010 is?
)A. 40%
B. 50%
C. 30%
D. None of these
12 If the expenditure of Exporter D for the year 2012 is Rs. 600
)
Millions, what is the profit%
A. 30%
B. 33.33%
C. 25%
D. Data inadequate
If the 5 Exporters together have 50% market share in that
13 industry in 2012, what is the market share of B in 2012?
)
A. 10.4%
B. 15.35%
C. 11.15%
D. 12.2%
14 If the industry in 2013 grows by 20%, what is the market share
) B in 2013? (use data from Q-13)
of
A. 8.2%
B. 8.6%
C. 9.2%
D. 12.33%
15 Profit of A in 2014 is 15%, what is its expenditure?
)A. 843
B. 853
C. 800
D. Data inadequate
16 Which Exporter has the maximum sales in volume terms?
)A. A
B. B
C. C
D. Data inadequate
17 If the profit % of Exporter C for the year 2012 is 30% what is
)
the expenditure for that Exporter in that year?
A. 910
B. 700
C. 800
D. Data inadequate
If the average sales price per unit in 2014 of C and D are in
the ratio 2 : 3, what is the ratio of their volume sales? (2014)
18
)A. 3:2
B. 2:3
C. 5:3
D. 3:5
19 If in 2014 the expenditure and sales of Exporter B increases
) 20%, by what % does the profit % increases?
by
A. 22%
B. 25%
C. 20%
D. 0%
20 How many times is the sales of Exporter B in 2014 to that of
)
Exporter D in 2012?
A. 1.92
B. 0.50
C. 1.50
D. 1.25
21 How many times more is the sales of Exporter B in 2014 than
)
that of Exporter D in 2012?
A. 0.25
B. 0.56
C. 0.50
D. 1.50
22 If the compound annual growth rate of Exporter C is 15%,
)
what should be the sales in 2016?
A. 1150
B. 1300
C. 1322.5
D. Data inadequate
23 If simple annual growth rate is 15% the sales of 2016 of
)
Exporter C is?
A. 1150
B. 1300
C. 1322.5
D. Data inadequate
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1– ANSWERS with explanations
1)
Just by looking at the choice you should have understood

that it is just over 200%
2) A. Growth rate in sales of Exporter C in:
3) a. Average sales of Exporter B is
4) b. Refer to Solution of question 2

5) d. The sales for 1998 is not given, hence the
growth rate for 2009 Data inadequate.
6) d. The year with the maximum total sales will have the
highest average sales.
7) b. The Exporter with the maximum total sales will have the
highest average sales.
8) b. Total growth rate
Annual Growth rate
(because there are 5 times periods)

9) b. Using the formula of compound interest
Thus G = 9.85 %
10 c. Average sales of B is 1007 (Refer Q-3)
)
11 d. Growth = Sales in 2011 – Sales in 2010

)= 1040 – 785 = Rs. 255 Millions
Growth rate is (in % x 100 = 32.5%
12 b. Profit is calculated as % of cost or expenditure =

)
= or × 100
Profit % = 100 = 11.15%
13 c. In 2012, total sales of A, B, C, D & E = Rs. 4750 Millions. This

)
amounts to 50% of the market share of industry. Thus industry
sales = Rs. 9500 Millions
% Market share of B = (1060/9500) x 100 = 11.15%
14 b. Industry sales in 2012 = Rs. 9500 Millions
)Hence Industry sales in 2013 = Rs. 9500 x 12 Millions =
a. Refer to solution of question 12.

15
)
Expenditure = Rs. 843.4 Millions.
16 d. Unless the price per unit is given, it is not possible to find
)
out the maximum sales in volume terms.
17 17) b. 130% of Expenditure = Revenue
)
hence, Expenditure =
18 c. Average sales price =

)
19 d. Profit %
)If both sales & expenditure go up by 20% then,

Profit % =
Thus profit % will remain the same x% if the sales increases by

x% and expenditure increases by x%. Profit value will
however change, by x %
20 C.
21 )c.
)Sales of B is 0.5 times more than sales of D. Q-20 asked for

“how many times” while this has asked for “how many times
more”
22 c. SQ1 = (1, 15)2Sgg = 1322.5
)
23 b. Sales in 2016 will be 1300 as each year it increases by Rs.
)
150
PRACTICE EXERCISE 2
Total Questions: 20
Time suggested: 15 minutes
The following questions are based on the data of different skin
creams available in the market in 2013-2014 of which only two
have been picked up for study.
1. The value of sales (in Rs.) achieved by Priyadarshni in 2013 is

A. 100000
B. 90000
C. 95000
D. Data inadequate
2. The total value of Sales (in Rs.) for the skin cream market is
2013 is
A. 150000
B. 400000
C. 240000
D. Data inadequate
3. The growth rate of the entire skin cream market value wise
for 2013 is
A. 20%
B. 25%
C. 16.6%
D. Data inadequate
4. What is the average price per tonnes for Luxmiroop in 2013?
A. RS. 33.3
B. RS. 27.2
C. RS. 28.4
D. Data inadequate
5. The value of skin cream market in 2014 (in Rs.) is.
A. 300000
B. 600000
C. 450000
D. Data inadequate
6. The market share (by value ) of Luxmiroop in 2014 is
A. 45%
B. 25%
C. 33.3%
D. Data inadequate
7. The growth rate of Priyadarshni (by value) in 2014 is
A. 50%
B. 200%
C. 100%
D. None
8. The % change in growth rate (value wise) of Priyadarshni in
the year 2015 is
A. -50%
B. 100%
C. 25%
D. 50%
9. Growth rate of Priyadarshni of 2013 is % less than that of
Luxmiroop in 2014?
A. 25%
B. 20%
C. 33%
D. 40%
10 The average price per tonnes of Priyadarshni in 2014 is 2.5
.
times the average price of the skin cream Industry in 2014.
Find the % market share of Priyadarshni (volume wise) % in
2014
A. 25
B. 15
C. 40
D. Data inadequate
11 The values of M , Q
.A. 50%,3300T
B. 40%,3200T
C. 60%,3400T
D. 65%,3100T
12 What is the ratio of sales of Priyadarshni to Luxmiroop in the
.
year 2014 (value wise)?
A. 9 : 5
B. 6: 3.3
C. 1 : 1
D. Data inadequate
13 What is the ratio of production of Priyadarshni for the years
.
2014 and 2015?
A. 1 : 4
B. 4 : 1
C. 1: 2
D. Data inadequate
14 Difference between the Sales (volume) of the two products
. 2013 is…tons
of
A. 680
B. 700
C. 800
D. 900
15 The average price per ton for Priyadarshni in 2013 is how
.
many times the average price per ton of Luxmiroop in 2014?
A. 3
B. 4
C. 2
D. Data inadequate
16 Market value share of Luxmiroop has grown by __% from the
.
year 2013 to 2014?
A. 25
B. 33
C. 8.33
D. 40
17 Volume sales of Luxmiroop for 2014 is…. Hundered Quaintals.
.A. 330
B. 3300
C. 3300
D. 33000
18 If the total cost incurred by Luxmiroop in 2013 & 2014 is Rs. 1
.
lakhs and cost ratio for these years is 3 : 7, then what is the
profit % for Luxmiroop in 2015 ?
A. 42.9
B. 38.5
C. 33.3
D. 30
19 What is Luxmiroop’s market share (value wise in %) in 2013 if
.
the sales of Luxmiroop in 2013 is 20% of the combined sales
of Priyadarshni and Luxmiroop in the year 2013
A. 12.5
B. 25
C. 16.66
D. Data inadequate
20 Growth rate of Priyadarshni for 2014 for Volume Sales is how
.
many times more of Value Sales?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
PRACTICE EXERCISE 2 – ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS.
VALUE SALES
In 2012, 25% market share equals to a sales of Rs. 60,000, hence
the total sales for the year (100% market share) has to be Rs.
2,40,000 = B.
Sales of Priyadarshni (A) has to be 37.5% of B = Rs.90000
For 2011 share growth rate of Luxmiroop = 66.65%
Thus Luxmiroop sales in 2013 must be greater than the 2012
sales by 66.65% of 60000
Hence E = 60000 + 40000 = 100000
The total sales in 2013 have grown by 25%, hence total sales
in 2013 (D) = 240000+25% of 240000 = Rs. 300000
Market share of Priyadarshni and Luxmiroop in 2013 (H & F)
will be H = 60% F = 33.33%
Since Priyadarshni has doubled its sales from 2012 to 2013 its
growth rate (G) = 100%
Sales growth rate of Luxmiroop and Total for 2012 (I & C)
cannot be calculated without the sales figures of 2013.
VOLUME SALES
Total sales have grown from 10000T in 2012 to 15000T in 2013,
hence growth rate in 2013 for total sales (M) = 50%
Sales of Luxmiroop (L) in 2012 = 22% of 10000 = 2.200T
Growth rate of Luxmiroop in 2013 is 50% hence its sales have
gone up by 50% of 2.200T = 1100T
Sales of Luxmiroop (Q) in 2013 = 2200+1100=3300
T Thus market share of Luxmiroop in 2013 (T) = 22%
Similarly market share of Priyadarshni in 2013 (N) = 40%
Sales growth rates of Priyadarshni and Luxmiroop for 2012 (T
& S) cannot be calculated without the sales figure of 2011
For calculation of P, sales of Priyadarshni in 2012 (K) is
required.
Similarly, with the given data T & S cannot be Calculated.
The complete data table duly updated is as under:-
1. b 2. c. 3. d 4. b. 5. a 6. c 7. c. 8. b 9. a.
10 b. With the additional data given in the question, we can
.
now calculate J & K
Average price/unit of Priyadarshni in 2012 = 24 x 2.5 =
Hence, K = = 1500T,
and
Market share of Priyadarshni (on volume basis) in 2012 = J =
x 100 = 15%
11 M = 50%. Q = 3300T
.
12 a.
. It is data inadequate as we have the sales figures and not
13 d.
.
the production figures.
14 b.
15 .c. Price/Unit of Priyadarshni in 2012 = (90000/1500) = 60.
.Price/Unit of Luxmiroop in 2013 = (100000/3300) = 30.
16 b.
.a
17 a. Sum of cost incurred in 2012 and 2013 = 100000.
18
.Ratio of cost incurred in 2012 to 2013=3:7.
Thus, cost incurred by Luxmiroop in 2013 = 70000.
Sales of Luxmiroop in 2013 = Rs. 100000
Hence Profit of Luxmiroop in 2013 = Rs. 30000
Profit % = 42.9%
19 a. Combined market share of Priyadarshni and Luxmiroop =
.
62.5%.
Market share of Luxmiroop = 20% of 62.5% = 12.5%
20 a
.OceanofPDF.com
4.02
LINE GRAPHS - PRACTICE
EXERCISES
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1
Total Questions: 20
Time Suggested: 15 minutes
Index is a representation of the actual value. A year is designated
as the base year and the index for the base year is taken as 100
e.g. in the given graph for Sales, Cost & Profit the base year as 2000
(index = 100). For 2001, the sales index is 120, which means that
sales in 2001 is 20% more than the sales in 2000 and sales in 2002
(index 131) is 31% more than in the base year (2000) sales. Similarly
the cost index of 98 in 2001 indicates that the cost has gone down
by 2% over the base year of 2000 and in 2003 the cost has gone up
by 10% over cost in 2000.
Q-1-20 from the above graph answer the following questions
1. What is the value of profit in the year 2008?
A. RS. 110
B. RS. 143
C. RS.95
D. Data inadequate
2. What is the amount of increase in sales from 2000 to 2009?
A. RS. 73
B. RS. 90
C. RS.15
D. Data inadequate
3. What is the value of gross profit in 2003?
A. Rs. 27
B. Rs. 30
C. Rs.35
D. Data inadequate
4. If the value of sales in 2000 was Rs. 500 Croress, what would be
the value of sales in 2005?
A. Rs. 770 Crores
B. Rs. 870 Crores
C. Rs.950 Crores
D. Data inadequate
5. If the value of cost in 2003 is Rs. 550 Crores what would be value
of cost in 2009?
A. Rs. 910
B. Rs. 190
C. Rs.950
D. Data inadequate
6. If the value of sales in 2003 is Rs. 650, what would be the value of
cost in 2009?
A. Rs. 810
B. Rs. 890
C. Rs.850
D. Data inadequate.
7. If the value of profit was Rs. 600 in 2003, what was the value of
profit in 2000?
A. Rs. 441
B. Rs. 395
C. Rs.480
D. Rs. 545
8. In which year will the gross profit be maximum?
A. 2002
B. 2003
C.2004
D. Data inadequate
9. If the profit in 2010 is Rs. 780, what will it be in 2008?
A. Rs. 710
B. Rs. 660
C. Rs.650
D. Data inadequate
10 If in 2000 the sales is Rs. 300 and cost is Rs. 120, what is the gross
.
profit in 2005?
A. Rs. 278
B. Rs. 290
C. Rs.260
D. Data inadequate
11 Refer to the data in question 10, what would be the gross profit in
.
2010?
A. 328.5
B. 364.3
C. 338.5
D. 345.8
12 If the sales in 2000 is Rs. 700 and the costs in 2003 is Rs. 600, then
.
what is the gross profit in 2005?
A. 193
B. 344
C. 243
D. 414
13 If base of sales index is changed to 2001 = 100 in place of 2000=
.
100, what would be the index of sales for 2000?
A. 80
B. 83
C.85
D. Data inadequate
14 If base of profit index is changed to 2003 = 100, what would be
.
the index of profit in 2010?
A. 104
B. 100
C.109
D. None of these
15 If the index of cost for 2010=100, then for how many years will the
.
cost index be made more than 100?
A. 2
B. 3
C.4
D. None of these.
16 For how many years during the period 2000 to 2010 did the
.
company face losses?
A. 4
B. 3
C.2
D. Data inadequate
17 If sales was Rs. 1200 Crores in 2000, what was the total sales in the
.
period 2000– 2005?
A. Rs. 8628 Crores
B. Rs. 9828 Crores
C. Rs.9156 Crores
D. Rs. 8136 Crores
18 Refer to question 17 for data, if the cost in 2000 was Rs. 800
.
Crores, what would be the cumulative gross profit (in Rs. Crores)
for the period 2000- 2005.
A. 4412
B. 3706
C. 4102
D. Data inadequate
19 What was the average level of index for sales?
.A. 147
B. 151
C.145
D. 153.
What was the difference between the average sales index and
20 the average cost index?
.
A. 7.3
B. 7.7
C.7.5
D. 7.9
PRACTICE EXERCISE 1. - ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
Index is a representation of the actual value. A year is designated
as the base year and the index for the base year is taken as 100
e.g. in the given graph for Sales, Cost & Profit the base year as
2000(index = 100). For 2001, the sales index is 120, which means that
sales in 2001 is 20% more than the sales in 2000 and sales in 2002
(index 131) is 31% more than in the base year (2000) sales . Similarly
the cost index of 98 in 2001 indicates that the cost has gone down
by 2% over the base year of 2000 and in 2003 the cost has gone up
by 10% over cost in 2000.
Index is used to compare data over a large number of years
and to determine trends. Because the base year value is always
taken as 100, it is easy to determine the % change in any year with
respect to the base year. An index cannot give the actual value
for any year unless the actual value and the index of any one year
is given to us.
E.g. if for the given graph actual sales in 2001 (sales, index 12) is
Rs. 144 Cr, then we can say that:
Sales index of 120 = Sales of 144 Cr.
Sales index of 1 = Sales of (1.44/120) = 1.2 Cr.
Sales index of 100 = Sales of Rs. 120 Crores.
Thus we now hve the conversion factors, i.e. to convert sales

index to sales. Multiply index with 1.2 to convert sales into sales
Index. Divide sales by 1.2
Thus now we can determine line index of sales for any year if the
sales (Rs. Cr) is known and also the sales (Rs. Cr) of any year if the
sales index is known.
In the solutions below the abbreviations being used are:
SV = Sales Value SI = Sales Index

CV = Cost Value CI = Cost Index
PV = Profit Value PI = Profit Index.
1.d. Index does not give the actual value.

2.d. Index cannot be used to find the absolute change without
the conversion factors. It can give us only the % change.
3.d. Data inadequate as actual values of sales and costs are
required while we have only the indices.
4.a. Sales in 2000 = Rs. 500 Cr = Index of 100.
In 2005 the SI = 154, which is 54% above the index of 2000.
Thus sales of 2005 should be 54% more than the sales in 2000.
Thus sales in 2005 = 500 x 1.54 = Rs. 770 Crores : OR
Index of 100 = Sales of Rs. 500 Cr
Index of 1 = Share of Rs. 5 Cr.
Index of 154 = Sales of 154 × 5= Rs. 770 Cr.
5.c. In 2003 CI = 110 and CV = Rs. 550
In 2009 CI = 190 thus CV = × 190 = Rs. 950.
6.d. It is not possible to find the value across indices. With one
value of cost we can find out all the values of cost but none
of the values of sales or profits.
7.c. In 2003 PI = 125 and PV = Rs. 600
In 2003 PI = 100 thus PV = × 100 = Rs.480
8.d. Gross Profit = Sales – Cost. Since we do not have the SV and
CV for the various years, the gross profit cannot be
calculated.
9.b. In 2010 PI = 130 and PV = Rs. 780
In 2008 PI = 110 thus PV = × 110 = Rs. 660
10.a. In 2000 SI = CI = 100, SV = Rs. 300 & CV = Rs. 120. thus, SV 2005
= 154 x 3 = Rs. 462 and CV 2005 = 153 x 1.2 = Rs. 183.6.
Gross Profit = 462 – 183.6 = Rs. 278.4
In the given Q we cannot determine Profit because it is defined
as Sales – Cost – Tax and we do not have the tax for 2005.
12.c. In 2000 SI = 100 & SV = Rs. 700, thus SV 2005 = 154 × 7 = Rs.
1078 In 2003 CI = 110 & CV = 600, thus CV 2005 = 153 × 600/110
= 834.54
Gross profit = 1078 – 634.54 = Rs 243.45
13.b. Current SI 2000 = 100 x SI 2001 = 120
New SI 2001 = 120, thus New PI 2010 =(100/125) x 130 = 104
14.a. Current PI 2003 = 125 and PI 2010 = 130 New PI 2003 = 100,
New PI 2010 = 100 (100/125) × 130 = 104
15.b. Only 3 years – 2007, 2008 and 2009 have their CI more than
the CI for 2010, so for these years the CI will be more than 100
16.d. The profit index shows the increase or decrease from the
base year. To determine the PV for all the years we need the
PV for any one year.
17.b. Total SV for the period 2000-2005 = 1200 + (1.2 × 1200) +(1.31
× 1200) + (1.62 × 1200) + (1.54 × 1200) = Rs. 9828
18.a. SV for the period 2000-2005 = 9828 (Refer Q-17) Total CV for
the period 2000-95 = (100+98+95+110+121+153) × 800/100 =
5416. Difference = 9828 – 5416 = Rs. 4412.
19.a. Average of SI = 1020/11 = 147.27
20.c. Average of CI = 1537/11 = 139.72
Average SI-Average CI= 147.27-139.72 = 7.54
OceanofPDF.com
4.03
BAR CHARTS - TEST EXERCISES
TEST EXERCISE 1
Number of Questions: 10
Time : 10 minutes
The bar graph given below shows the foreign exchange reserves of
a country (in million US $) from 1991-92 to 1998-99. Answer the
questions by using graph.
1. Reserves in 1997-98 were how many times of the reserves of 1994-

95 ?
A. 2.1
B. 3.5
C. 1.5
D. 3
Foreign exchange reserves in 1997-98 rose by how much % over
2. 1993-94 ?
A. 200
B. 125
C. 150
D. 100
3. Which of the followings had the highest % rise over its previous
years in reserves?
A. 1994-95
B. 1992-93
C. 1998-99
D. 1995-96
4. The foreign exchange reserves in 1996-97 formed how much % of
the average foreign exchange reserves over the period under
review?
A. 100
B. 125
C. 85
D. 140
5. What is the ratio of number of years, when the foreign exchange
reserves were above the average reserves, to when the reserves
are below the average?:
A. 3:2
B. 3:5
C. 7:4
D. 2:7
6. Absolute differences between the total reserves for the first four
years block and the last four years block was how many million $
?
A. 3160
B. 3260
C. 3360
D. 3460
7. The sum total of reserves for the last four years was % more than
that of the first four years.?
A. 22
B. 25
C. 28
D. 31
8. Average per annual foreign exchange reserves are how many
million $ ?
A. 3380
B. 3430
C. 3480
D. 3530
9. What is expected to be the foreign reserves in the year 2001-
2002 if it is assumed that these continue rising @ 12% in each of
the next years?.
A. 2800
B. 3500
C. 3900
D. 4400
10 It is known that since 1989-1990 the reserves had been rising at
.
annual rate of 8%. What were these in then?.
A. 2450
B. 2570
C. 2260
D. 2850
TEST EXERCISE 2
Time: 5 minutes
The following Chart shows the amount of subscriptions from
different categories of Investors.
Q-1 If this information were drawn into a Pie Chart, what angle
would go to Corporate?
A. 105°
B. 94°
C. 122°
D. 148°
Q-2 If the investment by NRI’s are Rs 4,000 then the investments by
corporate houses and FII’s together is:
A. 23,463
B. 22,463
C. 24,363
D. 25,423
Q-3 What percentage of the total investment is poured from FII’s
and NRI’s ?
A. 22%
B. 33%
C. 44%
D. 55%
Q-4 If the total investment, other than by FII and corporate houses,
is Rs 5,02,500 then the investment by NRI’s and Offshore funds
will be (approximately) ?
A. 2,74,100
B. 4,11,150
C. 5,12,100
D. 6,20,000
Q-5 Ratio of investment flows into India Bonds from NRI’s to
Corporate will be?
A. 1:3
B. 2:5
C. 3:1
D. 3:4
TEST EXERCISE 3
Time : 5 minutes
Q-1 The following bar chart gives a details of expenses of Mr NT
Purohit:
(information/results of questions can be inter-exchanged for this
set)
1. Mr NT spent 20% of his expenditure on entertainment which
formed 40% of “others”. If he spent Rs.2100 on Entertainment, find
his expenditure on education.
A. 12000
B. 14,000
C. 15,000
D. 18,000
2. How much was spent on Food than on Rent and Transport
together?
A. 10,500
B. 7,500
C. 12,000
D. Nil
3. If the above data were presented into a Pie Chart, the angle (in
°) made by the expenditure on rent and ‘others’ put together
shall be ?
A. 135
B. 140
C. 180
D. 210
4. As prices index has gone down, Mr NT’s expenditure on clothes
dropped by 10%. As a result of this, his expenditure on ‘others’
decreased from Rs 10,500 to Rs 10,290. What percentage of his
expenditure on ‘others’ was spent on clothes?
A. 10
B. 15
C. 18
D. 20
5. From previous references, his expenditure on Food exceeded
that on Education by Rs.?
A. 1000
B. 1500
C. 20000
D. 2000
TEST EXERCISE 4
Time : 5 minutes
Study the following information carefully and answer the questions
given below:-
At a famous Kurukshetra Science museum, visitors are allowed to
enter or exit the museum only once every hour. On any day the
visitors can enter only at any of the five scheduled “Welcome-In”
timings — 11:00 a.m., 12:00 noon, 1:00 p.m., 2:00 p.m. and 3:00 p.m.
and exit only at any of the five schedule “Good-Bye” timings –
12:00 noon, 1:00 p.m., 2:00 p.m., 3:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. Each
visitor stays in the museum for at least one hour and none of the
visitors visit the museum more than once in the day.
The following charts detail about the distribution of all the 1200
visitors to the museum, on a particular day.
1. Of the visitors who entered or exited the museum at 1:00 p.m.,
the number of visitors who stayed in the museum for not more
than two hours is at most:
A. 540
B. 490
C. 510
D. 470
2. The number of visitors who stayed in the museum for at least
three hours, is at most
A. 400
B. 360
C. 280
D. 410
3. A group of students of a college entered together and exited
together. If it is known that the group stayed in the museum for
at least two hours, what is the maximum possible number of
students in that group?
A. 350
B. 370
C. 300
D. 410
4. If the number of people who stayed in the museum for exactly
two hours is X, the minimum and the maximum possible values of
X
A. (150,360)
B. (0,480)
C. (0,720)
D. (320,480)
TEST EXERCISE 5
5 minutes
Q-1-5 Study the given bar-charts carefully and answer the
following questions.
The graph shows the number of villages in the surroundings of
four different towns where electrification was done in different
years.
1) The number of villages in Nagpur where electrification was done
in 2013 is what percentage of the number of villages in
Travancore where electrification was done in 2014?
A. 55.5%
B. 44.4%
C. 66.6%
D. 33.3%
2) What is the ratio of the villages in Ahmedabad to those in Maya
Nagar where electrification was done in 2013?
A. 1 : 4
B. 3 : 4
C. 1 : 2
D. 4 : 5
3) In which town was the electrification work done in maximum
villages during the given three years?
A. Ahmedabad
B. Maya Nagar
C. Maya Nagar and Travancore
D. Nagpur
4) If the cost of electrification of a village is Rs.75 lakhs then what is
the cost (in millions) of electrification in four towns during the
given period?
A. RS.4319
B. RS.3825
C. RS.4143
D. RS.3557
5) In which year was the electrification work done in maximum
number of villages?
A. 2012
B. 2013
C. 2014
D. 2013
TEST EXERCISE 6
(5 minutes)
Q-1 – The following bar chart gives a details Mr NT Bhaskar
(information/results of questions can be inter-exchanged for this
set)
1. Mr NT spent 20% of his expenditure on entertainment which
formed 40% of “others”. If he spent Rs.2100 on Entertainment, find
his expenditure on education.
A. 12000
B. 14,000
C. 15,000
D. 18,000
Q-1 explanation: 20% of 40% of 35% of Income = 2100; Income =
75,000
2. How much was spent on Food than on Rent and Transport
together?
A. 10,500
B. 7,500
C. 12,000
D. Nil
3. If the above data were presented into a Pie Chart, the angle (in
0) made by the expenditure on rent and ‘others’ put together
shall be ?
A. 135
B. 140
C. 180
D. 210
4. As prices index has gone down, Mr NT’s expenditure on clothes
dropped by 10%. As a result of this, his expenditure on ‘others’
decreased from Rs 10,500 to Rs 10,290. What percentage of his
expenditure on ‘others’ was spent on clothes?
A. 10
B. 15
C. 18
D. 20
From previous references, his expenditure on Food exceeded
5. that on Education by Rs.?
A. 1000
B. 1500
C. 20000
D. 2000
ANSWERS & EXPLANATIONS
TEST EXERCISE 1
1C
2D
3 B 1994-95 = 3360; 1993-94=2520 increase 760; % increase = 30%
1992-93 = 3720; 1991-92 = 2640 increase 1080 % increase = 40%
The other choices had no increase.
4B
5 B Average foreign exchange reserves over the given period is =
3480 million US $ So three years it was above the average and
remaining five years below the average So required ratio is 3:5
6C
7C
8 C (Q-7, 8 are bonus question if you have attempted Q-6)
9 D Foreign Exchange Reserves in 2001-2002 = 3120 X 1.12 X 1.12 X
1.12 = 4383
10 C Foreign Exchange Reserves in 1989-1990 = (2640/1.08 )/ 1.08 =
2263
TEST EXERCISE 2
1C 2C 3C 4B 5A
TEST EXERCISE 3
1 C 20% of 40% of 35% of Income = 2100; Income = 75,000
2D 3C 4D 5B
TEST EXERCISE 4
1 A Explanation: Out of those who entered at 11:00 a.m., 150 would
have exit at 12:00 p.m. Hence the remaining 60 persons would
have exit at 1 p.m. and out of 240 persons who entered at 12:00
p.m., 120 persons would have exit at 1:00 p.m. And out of 360
persons who entered at 1:00 p.m.. all of them would have exit at
2:00 p.m. and 3:00 p.m. together.⇒ Total number, =180+360 =540
2 B: Solution : Out of 210 who entered at 11:00 a.m., 150 would
have exit at 12:00 p.m. To maximise the required value, the
remaining 60 persons would have exit at least after three hours.
Hence, out of 240 who entered at 12:00 p.m., 180 would have
exit at 1:00 p.m. Out of 360 who entered at 1:00 p.m., 120 would
have exit at 2:00 p.m. and the remaining 60 persons who exited
must be those who entered at 11:00 a.m.
Those who entered at 2:00 p.m. would have exit at 3:00 p.m.
Similarly, at 3:00 p.m. 120 persons entered and they would have
exit at 4:00 p.m.
The remaining 300 persons could have entered 3 hours earlier.
Required number = 360
3 C: Explanation : Until 1:00 p.m. 810 persons entered and until 2:00
p.m. 510 persons would have exited and the remaining 300 persons
would have exit at 4:00 p.m. and this is the maximum possible
number.
4 C: Solution: Of those who entered at 11:00 a.m., 150 would have
exit at 12:00 p.m. out of 240 who entered at 12:00 p.m.. 180 would
have exit at 1:00 p.m. Out of 360 who entered at 1:00 p.m., 180
would have exit at 2:00 p.m. Out of 270 who entered at 2:00 p.m.,
270 would have exit at 3:00 p.m. and the 120 persons who entered
at 3:00 p.m. with the persons remaining till now would have exit at
4:00 p.m.
Hence, the minimum possible number is 0.
Of the 210 persons who entered at 11:00 a.m., 150 would have
exit at 12:00 p.m. and the remaining at 1:00 p.m. Now out of 240
who entered at 12:00 p.m., 120 would have exit at 1:00 p.m. and
the remaining 120 at 2:00 p.m. out of 360 who entered at 1:00 p.m.,
60 would have exit at 2:00 p.m., 270 would have exit at 3:00 p.m.
and 30 at 4:00 p.m. The 270 who entered at 2:00 p.m. would have
exit at 4:00 p.m. Total maximum possible =720 (60+120+270+270)
TEST EXERCISE 5
1. 1 D :Required % = 20/60 × 100 = 33.3% of electrification of villages
in Travancore in the year 2014
2. 2 D : Number of villages in Ahmedabad where electrification
was done in 2013 = 40
Number of villages in Maya Nagar where electrification was
done in 2013 = 50
So, required ratio = 4 : 5
3. 3 C :
In Ahmedabad, the number of villages where electrification was
done = 30 + 40 + 30 = 100
In Maya Nagar = 40 + 50 + 60 = 150
In Travancore = 40 + 50 + 60 = 150
In Nagpur = 40 + 20 + 50 = 110
So, maximum electrification in both Travancore and Maya
Nagar.
4. 4 B : Total number of villages in four towns where electrification
was done = 100 + 150 + 150 + 110 = 510
So, cost of electrification = 7500000 × 510 = Rs.3825000000 = Rs.
3825 millions
5. 5. 5 A :
Number of villages where electrification was done in 2012 = 50 +
30 + 60 + 40 = 180
40 + 50 + 50 = 160
30 + 40 + 60 = 170
In 2012 maximum electrification work was done.
TEST EXERCISE 6
1C 2D 3C 4D 5B
BAR CHARTS - FULL PRACTICE EXERCISES

Number of questions: 20
Suggested Time: 15 minutes
Q-1-20 Refer to the above graph and answer the following
questions.
(Unless specified, all figures pertaining to salary below are in
thousands INR)
1. Combined average salary for Finance graduates passing out of
IIM – A, IIM – B and IIM – L?
A. 470
B. 680
C. 575
D. Data inadequate
2. The average salary for students passing out of IIM – A is ?
A. 672
B. 598
C. 683
D. Data inadequate
3. What would the average salary of IIM-L, given that out of 150
students at IIM – L, 60 opted for Finance and 40 for Marketing
and the remaining took Systems?
A.546
B.642
C. 574
D. 728
4. Further to Question 3, what is the difference in the average
salary at IIM – L and IIM – K, given that there are 60 students of
IIM – K and the breakup for the different specialization are
Finance 25, Marketing 15 and Systems 20,
A. 185
B. 196
C. 213
D. 201
5. Students at the IIM – B for different courses are – Finance 50,
Marketing 45 and System 110, then what is the average salary for
IIM – B?
A. 289
B. 647
C. 578
D. 483
6. In reference to Q-5, further if the number of students in Finance in
IIM – B increases to 100, what would be the average salary at IIM
– B?
A. 650
B. 647
C. 678
D. 626
7. Further to Q-5, if the number of students in Systems rises to 100,
what would be the average salary at IIM – B?
A. 650
B. 657
C. 668
D. 685
Given that students opting for Finance in IIM – A is 90, IIM – B is 50
8.
and IIM – C is 45, then what is the average salary of the Finance
specialists from these three institutes?
A. 635
B. 627
C. 624
D. 615
9. Using data of Q-8, if the number of students at IIM – L for Finance
is 60, what will be the average salary of the student’s taking
Finance at the IIM – A, IIM – B, IIM – C and IIM – L?
A. 606
B. 621
C. 566
D. 683
10 It is also known that number of students taking Finance in IIM – K
.
and IIM – I is 25 and 15 respectively, find the combined average
salary of Finance students of IIM – K and IIM – I.
A. 647
B. 685
C. 692
D. 655
11 Drawing an inference of the results of Question numbers 8, 9 &
.
10, find the average salary of the Finance students for the six
IIMs?
A. 628
B. 617
C. 608
D. 535
12 If number of students taking all the three courses is same in IIM –
. IIM – B and IIM – C, highest average salary would go to which
A,
institute?
A. IIM – A
B. IIM – I
C. IIM – C
D. IIM – L
13 IIM-I has 150% of the number of students in each stream than
.
what these are in IIM – C, which will have higher average salary?
A. IIM – C
B. IIM – I
C. Both Equal
D. Data inadequate
14 If number of students enrolled for all three streams, at these six
.
institutes, is equal which of the streams would have the highest
average salary?
A. Finance
B. Marketing
C. Systems
D. Data inadequate
15 If in IIM – A, the ratio of students in three streams i.e. Finance,
.
Marketing, Systems is given by 2:1:3, what will be the average
salary at IIM – A?
A. 742
B. 761
C. 691
D. Data inadequate
16 What will be the average salary of students opting for systems in
. – K and IIM – L together, if the ratio of number of students in
IIM
IIM – K to IIM – L is 1:4?
A. 615
B. 620
C. 605
D. Data inadequate
17 If in IIM – C, 500 students had opted for systems out of which 200
.
got jobs in dotcom companies with an average salary of 1000,
what will be the average salary of the remaining systems
students?
A. 740
B. 750
C.863
D. 794
18 In IIM – A, 60% of all the placements in finance were with foreign
.
placements, with an average salary of 800. Find the average
salary for finance in IIM – A for students placed in India?
A. 420
B. 350
C. 370
D. 320
19 Since IIM – K was started only last year, the placements of IIM – B
.
and IIM – K were to take place together. For marketing IIM – B
had 150 students while IIM – K had 50, Find the average salary of
IIM – B and IIM – K marketing students taken together?
A. 440
B. 468
C.470
D. 483
20 Assuming that equal number of students took the three courses
. all the IIMs, which IIM would have the second highest average
at
salary?
A. IIM – A
B. IIM – C
C. IIM – K
D. None of these
FULL PRACTICE EXERCISE 1

ANSWERS with explanations
1.d. We need the number of students opting for finance in the
three institutes to arrive at the average
2.d. Number of students in each course at IIM – A is required to find
the average salary at IIM – A
3.c. Average Salary at IIM – L = [(60x550)+(40x42) +(50x725)]/150 =
574.
4.a. Calculating as above, average salary at IIM – K = 759.
5.b. Average salary at IIM – B = [(50x540)+(45x453) +(110x775)]/ 205
= 647.
6.d. The average salary for finance in IIM – B is much lower than
that for systems. Since the number in finance have gone up,
the average salary will be lower than for Q.5. Hence the
answer is 626 (Check by calculation)
7.c. Here the number in systems has increased, the average salary
will be more than that in Q-5 by a large margin. So the answer
is 667.
8.c. Average salary for finance in IIM – A, IIM – B and IIM – C =
[(540x50)+(620x90) +(725x45)]/185 = 623.9.
9.a. As above, or [(623.9x185)+(550x60)/245 = 605.
10.b.
11.b. Use the answer of the previous to find the answer.
12.c. Since the number for all the courses at the three IIMs is the
same adding up the average salaries for each IIM will give
their relative positions for IIM – A = 2050 for IIM – B = 1768 and
for IIM – C = 2225 hence IIM – C has the highest average
salary among the three IIMs.
13.a. Let the number in finance, marketing & systems in IIM – C be l,
m & s respectively. Thus, average salary of
Thus the institute with a higher sum of the average salary of the
three streams will have the higher average salary.
14.c
15.a. Average salary =
16.d. Data inadequate because the ratio of 4.1 is of the total

number of students in IIM – L to IIM – K and not of the students
in the systems stream.
17.b. Average salary of the remaining systems students = (500 x 850
– 1000 x 200)/300 = 750
18.b. Average salary of IIM – A finance students placed in India =
(1 x 620 – 0.6 x 800)/0.4 = 350
19.d. Instead of taking number as 150 and 50, we should take their
ratio 3 : 1. Hence average = (3x453+1x575)/4=483
20.c. Add the average salary for the three streams at each IIM. This
total will give the relative average salaries of the six IIMs
Answer = IIM – K.

Total Questions: 15
Answer the following questions based on the graph given below
1. The SW is above the average for what number of years?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 4
D. 3
2. If the NWC of the company were to be 100 in the year 2005,
what would be the NWC in 2009?
A. 274
B. 194
C. 204
D. 285
3. By what % is the growth rate of NFA for the year 2006 different
from that of 2008?
A. 27.1%
B. 29.5%
C. 35.4.$
D. 25.3%
4. Assuming a constant growth rate of the SW, to what figure will
the SW rise in the year 2010 ?
A. 1333
B. 1507
C. 1408
D. 1357
5. For which of the following years is the growth rate of SW above
its average annual growth rate?
A. 1994 & 2006
B. 2007 & 2008
C. 2006 & 2007
D. None of these.
6. Which of the following has the highest compounded annual
growth rate for the period 2005-2009?
A. NFA
B. NWC
C. TD
D. SW
7. By what percentage is the growth rate of NWC in the year 2008
more/less than that of SW in the year 2009?
A. 40%
B. 33%
C. 35%
D. 28%
8. What is the compounded annual growth rate of NWC for the
period 2005 – 2009?
A. 36.6%
B. 26%
C. 30%
D. 34%
9. Which year has the maximum growth rate of TD?
A. 2005
B. 2006
C. 2007
D. 2008
10 For which year (s) is the growth rate of NWC greater than the
.
growth rate of SW?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C.2008
D. None of these.
11 By how much will the average of SW be greater than the
.
average of TD?
A. Rs. 38 mm
B. Rs. 222 mm
C. Rs. 143 mm
D. Rs. 105 mm
12 For which of the following is the difference in growth rate the
.
minimum?
A. NFA 2006-2008 and TD 2006-2008
B. SW 2005-2006 to SW 2008-2009
C. TD 2007-2008 to NWC 2007-2008
D. TD 2008-2009 to SW 2007-2008
13 What is the difference between the compounded annual
.
growth rate and simple annual growth rate of NFA for the period
2005-2009
A. 37%
B. 43%
C. 16%
D. 28%
14 For how many years is the NWC above the average for the
.
period 2005-2009?
A. 1
B. 3
C.5
D. 2
15 Assuming that the NWC continued to increase the same growth
.
rate as it has grown every year, what would have been the NWC
in 1994?
A. 270
B. 310
C. None of these
D. Data inadequate
FULL PRACTICE EXERCISE 2 – ANSWERS

WITH EXPLANATIONS
The following figures based on the graph have been used for the
calculations.
Following abbreviations have been used

SW = Shareholder’s Wealth TD = Total Debt
NFA = Net Fixed Assets NWC = Net Working
capital
1. a. Average of the TD is 556, hence the TD is above the average
for 2 years (2008 & 2009)
2. d. NWC 2005 = 350, NWC 1990 = 1000 If NWC 2005 = 100 then
NWC 2009
3. d. NFA growth rate 2006 = (250 – 180)/180 = 38.9%

NFA Growth rate 2008 = (350 – 335 )/335 = 64.2 % difference is
25.3%
4. c. Total growth = 1157 – 125 = 1032 Thus average annual growth
= 1032/4 = 258 Thus SW in 2010 = SW 2009+258 = 1408
5. d. Average annual growth rate = 205% (from Q-4) Growth rate is
< 205% for all the years.
6. d. The word compounded has no relevance and the item
which has grown the maximum will have the highest CAGR &
average annual growth rate.
7. b. NWC growth rate 2008 = (745 – 550)/550 = 35.45. SW growth
rate 2009 = (1150 – 750)/750 = 53..33% = 33%
8. c. For CAGR use the formula of Compound interest 1000 = 350
(1 + r/100)4 thus r = 30%
9. d. 2008 has the highest growth rate in TD
10.d. Growth rate of NWC is less than that of SW for all the years.
11.a. Average of SW = 2780/5 = 556 Average of TD = 2590/5 = 518
12. a. Growth rate of NFA 2006-08 = 120% & TD 2006-08 = 116%
SW 2005-06 = 124% & SW 2008-09 = 53% TD 2007-08 = 51% &
NWC 2007-08 = 35%
TD 2008-09 = 23% & SW 2007-08 = 58%
13. a. Simple growth rate =
For CAGR 760 = 180 (1+r/100)4, thus r = 43.4%. difference =

37.2%
14. d. Average NWC = 635, hence NWC for 2008 & 2009 is > the
average NWC
15. d. Cannot be determined because there is no fixed or constant
growth rate at which the NWC has grown.

Total time: 15 minutes
The following charts depict the players in the detergent market for
the year 2012-13 and 2013-14. The % market share of each player is
given below:
1. What is the percentage increase in sales of the overall detergent

market in 2013-14 over 2012-13?
A.100%
B. 150%
C. 200%
D. None of these.
2. 2. Which company had the minimum growth in sales in these two
years?
A. Johnson
B. Hindustan Lever
C. Henkos
D. Others
3. What is the growth rate of Hindustan Lever detergent in these
two years?
A.10%
B. 20%
C. 30%
D. None of these.
4. What is the ratio of sales of Johnson for the year 2012-13 to 2013-
14?
A.1:2
B. 2:1
C. 3:1
D. 1: 2 : 5
5. If each company increases its sale by 10%, then
1] By how much does the detergent market grow in 2012-13
A.15 Crores
B. 25 Crores
C. 30 Crores
D. 10 Crores.
2] What is the % growth of the detergent market.
A. 10%
B. 20%
C. 30%
D. 8%
6. If the detergent industry grows at 10% per annum for the next
two years, then what would the value of the detergent market
be in 2005?
A. 453.75
B. 450.25
C. 451.50
D. 452.25
7. If in 2010-11, the expenditure of Hindustan Lever is 30 Crores and
it increases by 10% every year, what are the following values in
2012-13 for Hindustan Lever.
Profit…………Profit %..................Margin………………………
8. The following are the growth rates of the companies from 2012-
13 to 2013-14/
Henkos…… JOHNSONS……… Nirma-run…………
Others………………
9. If the total sales of detergent market is doubled for the year
2012-13 and 2013-14 what would be the ratio of sales of Nirma-
run for the year 2013-14 to 2012-13.
A. 2 : 1
B. 3 : 4
C. 15 : 8
D. 4 : 3
for Q-10 – 15 refer the following Bar chart also and answer
10 What is the market share of Surf Excel in the detergent market in
.
2012-13?
A. 7.5%
B. 12%
C. 9%
D. Cannot be determined.
11 If total expenditure of Hindustan lever in 2012-13 is Rs. 40 Crores,
.
then what is the expenditure incurred in 2012-13 to produce Rin?
A. Rs. 5.6 Crores
B. Rs. 40 Cr
C.Rs. 12 Cr
D. Cannot be determined
12 Which company has the highest profit % in 2000?
.A. Hindustan lever
B. Johnsons
C. Henkos
13 What is the profit earned by Henkos for the year 2012-13 (assume
.
profit = 25 %)?
A. 9 Crores
B. 15 Crores
C. 4.5 Crores
14 Which company has the highest profit in 2012-13, if all of them
.
have the same expenditure?
A. Hindustan lever
B. Johnsons
C. Henkos
D. Nirma-run
15 If expenditure of Henkos is growing at the rate of 10% per
.
annum, what is the profit% in 2013-14 (refer to data in Q-13)
A. 404%
B. 304%
C. 379%
D. 278%
FULL PRACTICE EXERCISE 3 – ANSWERS

WITH EXPLANATIONS
From the charts, the sales figure in Rs. Cr. Are:
Company 2012-13 2013-14

Hindustan lever 45.0 150.00
Johnsons 37.5 75.00
Henkos 22.5 75.00
Nirma-run 30.0 56.25
Others 15.0 18.75
1. b.
2. d. Growth in sales of
JOHNSONS=(0.2x375-0.25x150) = Rs. 37.5 Cr.
HINDUSTAN LEVER = )0.4x375-0.25x150) = Rs. 105 Cr.
Henkos = (0.2x375–0.15x150) = Rs. 52.5 Cr.
Others=(0.05x375-0.1x150)= Rs. 3.75 Cr.
3. d. Growth rate of HINDUSTAN LEVER
4. a. Sale of Johnsons in 2012-13= 25% of 150%

Sale of Johnsons in 2013-14= 20% of 375
Ratio of sales in 2012-13:2013-14
5. (1) a Detergent market grows by 10% of 150 = Rs. 15 Cr.

(2) a. It is equivalent to that of the whole market = 10%
6. a. 10% annual growth for 2 years means 21% growth (using the
formula a+b+ab/100)
Sales in 2012-13 = 1.21 x 375 x Rs. 453.75 Cr)
7. Costs of HINDUSTAN LEVER in 2012-13 = 30x11 = Rs. 33 Cr.
8.
9. The ratio will not change because if the total sales are
doubled, the sales of Nirma-run will also double for both the
years. Hence the ratio will be 56.25/30 = 15/8
10. c. Surf Excel = 30% of HINDUSTAN LEVER
HINDUSTAN LEVER = 30% of detergent market
Surf Excel = 30% of (30% of detergent market) = 9% of
detergent market.
11. d. Since only break up of sales is given, the expenditure for Rin
cannot be determined.
12. d. To determine the profit %, both sales and expenditure are
required. Since we do not have the expenditure of the
companies, profit % cannot be determined.
13. c. Profit = 25%, hence Margin = 20 %
Profit amount = 20% of sales = 0.2 x 22.5 = Rs. 4.5 Cr.
14. a. Since all companies have the same expenditure, the
company with the maximum sales will have the highest profit
as well as profit %
If cost rises by Rs.90/-, Price increase by Rs.100.
If cost rises by Rs. 1. Price rises by Rs. 10/90.
If cost rises by Rs. 7500. Price increases by (100/900 X 7500 = Rs.
8333.
Thus to maintain 10% margin, Price = Rs. 108.333
15. d. Refer to question 13, margin for Henkos in 2012-13 = 20%. Thus
cost for Henkos in 2012-13 = 80% of Sales in 2013-14, cost
increased by 10%, thus Henkos’s cost in 2013-14 = 1.1 x 0.8 x
2012-13 = Rs. 19.8 Cr.
OceanofPDF.com
4.04
PIE CHARTS
PRACTICE TEST 01
Q-1-15: Based on the above Pie charts, answer the following

questions. Please note that information and the results
concluded can be inter-changed and used within this section.
1. What is the cost of one engine?
A. RS. 50,000
B. RS. 60,000
C. RS.40,000
D. RS. 30,000
2. What is the cost of 2 Gear Boxes?
A. RS. 19000
B. RS. 3000
C. RS.6000
D. RS. 5.000
3. What percentage of total cost is contributed by the brakes?
A. 55%
B. 6.6%
C.6%
D. 5.4%
4. If the price of Tyres goes up by 25%, by what amount should
be the sale price be increased to maintain the amount of
profit?
A. RS. 750
B. RS. 1250
C. RS. 1750.
D. RS. 1375
5. If transmission cost increases by 20% by what amount is the
profit reduced (total price of car remains same?)
A. Rs. 8000
B. Rs. 4000
C. Rs. 16000.
D. Data inadequate
6. What is the profit %?
A. 12%
B. 19.09%
C. 11.11%
D. 14.14%.
7. What % of sale price is contributed by clutch?
A. 6%
B. 7%
C. 8%
D. Data inadequate.
8. If transmission cost increases by 10% and Engine cost by 20%.
What is the % contribution of transmission to the cost?
A. 23%
B. 22.44%
C. 20.86%
D. 24.98%
9. If engine cost and chassis cost each increases by 10% but
the selling price remains the same, by what percent would
the profit reduce?
A. 50%
B. 90%
C. 80%
D. 70%.
10 From Q-9 above, what is the % reduction in margin ?
.A. 55%
B. 5.5%
C. 45%
D. 65%
11 If the price of Tyres increased by 10%, by what amount
.
would be price of the car have to be increased to maintain
the same profit amount per vehicle?
A. RS. 2000
B. RS. 4500
C. RS. 300
D. RS. 3000
12 If government levied a tax of 10% on the sales price
.
(payable by the firm which includes the same in the
miscellaneous expenses), then miscellaneous expenses
would increase by:
A. 30%
B. 35%
C. 40%
D. 45 %
13 What is the difference between the cost of body (Chassis,
.
Transmission & Engine) and the Miscellaneous as a % of the
total cost of a car?
A. 28.6%
B. 44.4%
C. 37.3%
D. 55.5%
14 If price of engine increased by 25%, then what should be the
.
new price of the car to maintain the same margin?
A. RS. 101,011
B. RS. 107500
C. RS.108333
D. 1,09,099.
15 If cost of ‘others’ increases to 25%, then what should be the
.
price of the car to maintain the same margin?
A. RS. 4000
B. 12%
C. 9%
D. 3500.
PRACTICE TEST 01 – ANSWERS WITH
EXPLANATIONS
The price = Rs. 1,00,000 – mentioned in the first pie chart refers
to the Sales Price and not the cost Price [because the pie
chart has margin as one of its components which is a
component of Sale Price, TC =Transmission Cost]
1. d. 30% of 100000 = Rs. 30000
2. c. 15% of 20% of 100000 = 3% of 100000 = Rs. 3000
3. Cost of breaks = 30% of TC = 30% of 20% of Price = Rs. 6000
4. Cost of tyres = 15% of 20% of Price = Rs.3000 . Increase in
price of tyres = 25% of 3750 = Rs. 750. Since the cost has
gone up by Rs. 750 to maintain the amount of profit, the
selling price should also rise by Rs. 750
5. b. TC = 20% of Price = Rs. 20000. Increase in TC = 20% of Rs.
20000 = Rs. 4000. Profit = 10% of price = Rs. 10000. Since
the cost has increased by Rs. 4000 and the sale price
remains the same, the profit should also reduce by Rs.
4000 and become Rs. 6000
6. c. Margin = 10%, hence Profit = (10/90) X 100 = 11.11%
7. Clutch = 30% of T.C.= 30% of 20% of Price = 6%
8. b. New TC = 20000 +10% of 20000 = Rs. 22000. Increase in
Engine cost = 20% = Rs. 6000. Increase in total cost = Rs.
8000. New Total cost = Rs. 98000. TC as % of total cost =
(22/98) x 100 = 22.44 %
9. b. Sale Price = Rs.100000: Cost = Rs. 90000 ; Profit = Rs. 10000
New cost after increase of 10% = Rs. 99000 ; Thus new
profit = Rs. 1000
% change in profit = – 90% (-) indicates reduction in profit.
10. c. Margin = Rs. 10000
Engine + Chassis cost = Rs. 45000
Increase in Engine + Chassis cost = Rs. 4500. Since the cost
has gone up by Rs. 4500 the margin will go down by the
same amount
% reduction in margin = 45%
11. c. Cost of tyre = 15% of 20% of Price = Rs. 3000. Increase in
price of tyre = 10% = Rs. 300. Thus to maintain the amount
of profit, the price of the car must go up by Rs. 300
12. c. Miscellaneous expense = Rs. 25000
Sales tax = 10% of price = Rs. 10000 = increase in
miscellaneous expenses, thus % increase in miscellaneous
expenses = 40%
13. Cost of body = (30+20+15)% = 65% of Price. Cost of
Miscellaneous = 25% of Price Difference = 40% of Price.
Difference as % of total cost = (40/90) x 100 = 44.44% –
You need not calculate individual values to reach the
result.
14. c. Engine cost = Rs. 30000 ; Increase in engine cost = 25% =
Rs. 7500
Margin = 10% to maintain this margin.
15. a. TC = 20% of Price = Rs. 20000 ; Cost of others=10% of TC =
2% of Price = Rs. 2000,
Thus rest of the items (Rest) in TC = Rs. 10000,
Cost of only ‘others’ increases and becomes 25% of TC;
Hence the ‘Rest’ = 75% of TC.
Cost of only ‘others’ has risen hence “Rest’= 75% of TC =
18000/3 = Rs. 6000.
Thus increase in cost of others = Rs. 4000.
Since cost up by Rs.4,000, to maintain the profit, price
should be increased by Rs. 4000/-
PRACTICE TEST 02
Q-1- 20 The given Pie Charts give a breakup of the car market
in 2009. Answer the following questions based on these two pie
charts.
1. If the total number of cars sold in 2009 in Metros was 2.5

lakhs, how many “Esteens” were sold in the City?
A. 1,00,000
B. 10,000
C. 1,10,000
D. 25,000
2. If the “Mar 80 “sales in Metros for 2009 were 48000, what was
the total car sales?
A. 1 lakhs
B. 2.0 lakhs
C. 1.1 lakhs
D. 2.20 lakhs
3. Using data given in question 1, what is the difference
between the sales of “Hm” and ‘Zem’?
A. 17,500
B. 17,000
C. 1,75,000
D. 1,65,000
4. Using data from question 2, if the number of Mar-80 cars sold
increased by 25%, what will be new sales level after
change?
A. 2,00,000
B. 2,06,000
C. 2,12,000
D. 1,88,000
5. If the total number of cars sold is 4 lakhs, what is the total
fleet of “Hyndaii”, and “Daywoo” cars taken together?
A. 1 lakhs
B. 1.2 lakhs
C. 1.4 lakhs
D. 1.6 lakhs
6. What is the number of “Santas” sold if “Santas” accounts for
75% of the “Hyndaii” sales? (Use data from question 5)
A. 75,000
B. 70,000
C. 85,000
D. 90,000
7. Using data from questions 5 and 6 above, what is the
difference in the sales of ‘Zem’ and “Santas”?
A. 34,000
B. 36,000
C. 40,000
D. 43,000
8. In the above question, if ‘Zem’ constitutes 20% of the ‘Zem’
sales, what is the difference between the sales of “Santas”
and ‘Zem’ ?
A. 68,600
B. 68,400
C. 49,400
D. 25,600
9. If the total sale of cars in 2009 in India was 24 lakhs and
Metros constituted 5% of the Total India Sales, what was the
sale of Mar 800 in Metros?
A. 25000
B. 27000
C. 28800
D. 18,000
10 In the above question, what is the difference between sales
. ‘Marutii’ and “Hyndaii” in Metros?
of
A. 16000
B. 18000
C. 20100
D. 25000
For Q-11 – 20 : Assume total car sales in 2009 in Metros =
4,00,000
11 If the car sales grow by 15% in 2010 in Metros and the
.
composition remains the same as in Pie Chart II what is the
number of cars sold by “Hm”?
A. 59000
B. 69000
C. 49000
D. 79000
12 If sales of ‘Marutii’ went up by 20% while the sales of all other
.
manufacturers remained constant, what percentage of the
total sales would ‘Marutii’ have?
A. 22.22%
B. 33.33%
C. 44.44%
D. 26.26%
13 “Hyndaii” sales in 2010 dropped by 10% though the total
.
sales went up by 30%. In the changed scenario what share
of the sales would “Hyndaii” have now?
A. 5%
B. 10%
C. 8.6%
D. 7.7%
14 In the Q-13 give above, what share “Daywoo” hold in sales?
.A. 5%
B. 10%
C. 8.6%
D. 7.7%
15 If the only changes in sales (in the year 2010) are increase of
. in “Hyndaii” and increase of 10% in ‘Marutii’, total sales
8%
for 2010 now stand for?
A. 4.24 lakhs
B. 4.52 lakhs
C. 5.26 lakhs
D. 4.96 lakhs
16 If the total sales increased by 20% and ‘Marutii’ sold 40,000
.
“Esteen” more, what would be the new share of ‘Marutii’ in
the market of the year 2010? (assuming sales of all other
models remain constant)
A. 37.77%
B. 41.67%
C. 53.33%
D. none of these
17 In Question 16 what would be the Esteen’s share in the sales
.
breakup of ‘Marutii’ (assuming sales of all other models
remains constant)?
A. 24%
B. 25%
C. 28%
D.30%
18 Using data from Question 16, what would be the new share
. ‘Zem’ in the ‘Marutii’ sales chart?
of
A. 16%
B. 18%
C. 20%
D. Data inadequate.
19 How many ‘Opera’ cars were sold in 2009 if the “other”
.
category in figure (II) consists of 25% ‘Opera’ cars ?
A. 6000
B. 8000
C. 9000
D. 10000
20 From Q-19 above, if the sales of ‘Opera’ cars increased by
.
10% in the year 2010 with its average selling price as Rs. 6.5
lakhs, then total sales were (Rs. Crores)?
A. 715
B. 7150
C. 71500
D. 71500000

EXPLANATIONS
1. b. Number of “Esteen” = 10% of 40% of 2.5 lakhs = 4% of 2.5
lakhs = 10,000
2. b. 60% of 40% of total car Sales = 48000 i.e. 24% of total
sales = 48000. Thus, total sales = 48000/0.24 = 2 lakhs.
3. a. “Hm” market share = 15% ‘Zem’ market share = 20% of
40% = 8%
Therefore, difference = (15-8) % = 7% or 7% OF 2.5 LAKHS =
17500
4. c. No. of ‘Marutii’ sold = 40% of 2 lakhs = 80000. Sale of “Mar
80 “= 48000.
Increase in of “Mar 80” sold = 25% of 48000 = 1 2010.
New total sales of ‘Marutii’ = 9 2010 = 0.92 lakhs.
New Total car Sales = 201000+1 2010 =2.12 lakhs
5. c. The number of “Hyndaii” & “Daywoo” = (10+25) % of 4
lakhs = 1.4 lakhs
6. a. Number of “Santas” = 75% of 25% of 4 lakhs = 75000
7. d. Number of “Santas” = 75000 (from Q-6)
Number of ‘Zem’=20% of 40% of 4 lakhs=3 2010.
Difference between “Santas” and ‘Zem’ Sales = 43000
8. a. Number of “Santas” = 75000 (from Q-6).
Number of ‘Zem’ =20% of 3 2010 = 6400.
Difference between “Santas” & ‘Zem’ sales = 68600
9. c. Sales of “MAR 80” = 60% of 40% of 5% of total India sales
= 0.012 x 24 lakhs = 28000
10. b. Difference in sales of ‘Marutii’ and “Hyndaii” = (40% –
25%) of (5% of total India Sales) = 15% of 5% of 24 lakhs =
18000
11. b. Sales in 2013=1.15 x 4 lakhs = 4.6 lakhs; “Hm” Sales = 15%
of 4.6 lakhs = 69000
12.c. ‘Marutii’ Sales in 2012=40% of 4 lakhs = 1.6 lakhs.
Increase in ‘Marutii’ sales in 2013 = 20% of 1.6 lakhs = 0.32
lakhs
Thus, ‘Marutii’ sales in = 1.6+0.32 = 1.92 lakhs and total
sales = 4 + 0.32 = 4.32 lakhs. % share of ‘Marutii’ =
(1.92/4.32)x100 = 44.44%
13.d. “Hyndaii” sales in 2012 = 25% of 4 lakhs = 1 lakhs.
“Hyndaii” Sales in 2013 = 90% of 1 lakhs = 0.9 lakhs.
Total sales in 2013 = 130% of 4 lakhs = 5.2 lakhs,
“Hyndaii”’s share of sales = (0.9/5.2)x100=17,3%
14.d. Total area in 2013 = 5.2 lakhs (Refer question 13)
“Daywoo” sales in 2012 = 10% of 4 lakhs = 0.4 lakhs.
“Daywoo” share in 2013 (0.4/5.2) * 100 = 7.7%
15.a. Sales of ‘Marutii’ rise by = 10% of 40% of 2012 sales = 4%
of 2012 sales. Sales of “Hyndaii” rise by = 8% of 25% of
2012 sales = 2% of 2012 sales. Total increase in sales = 6%
of 2012. Thus, sales of 2012 = 1.06 x 4 lakhs = 4.24 lakhs.
16.b. Sales of ‘Marutii’ in 2012 = 40% of 4 lakhs = 1.6 lakhs.
Increase in Sales of Esteen in 2013 = 40000.
Thus, sales of ‘Marutii’ in 2013 = 2 lakhs.
Total sales in 2013 = 1.2 x 4 lakhs=4.8 lakhs; % share of
‘Marutii’=(2/4.8) x 100 = 41.67%
17.c. Sales of Esteen – in 2012 = 16000; in 2013 =
40000+16000=56000
Sales of ‘Marutii’ in 2013 =2 Lac (Refer Q-16)
Esteen’s share in ‘Marutii’ Sales =(0.45/2) x 100 = 28%
18.a. Sales of ‘Zem’ in 2013 = Sales of ‘Zem’ in 2010 = 3 2010.
Sales of ‘Marutii’ in 2013 = 2 lakhs.
‘Zem’’s share in ‘Marutii’ sales =( 0.32/2) * 100 = 16%
19.d. Sales of ‘Opera’ cars in 2012 = 25% of 10% of 4 lakhs =
10000
20.a. Sales of ‘Opera’ cars in 2013 = 1.1 x 10000 = 11000.
Sales value = Rs. 11000 x 6,50,000 = Rs. 71500 Lakhs or Rs.
715 Cr.
PRACTICE TEST 03
Number of Questions : 8
Q-1-8 : Refer to the following information and answer:-
Six siblings -cum-friends — Aman, Bhavya, Palak, Aryan, Yetin

and Deepak — availed a new SMS – call your friend offer,
according to which there will be no charges for the SMSs sent
or received within the group. The following pie charts pertain
to the details regarding the number of SMSs sent by these
persons within the group during the month of April.
The first pie chart gives the break-up of total number of SMSs
received by Aman from his siblings in April according to the
sibling from whom he received the SMSs and the second pie
chart gives the break-up of the total SMSs sent by these five
persons within the group (i.e., excluding Aman) in the same
month according to the person sending the SMSs.
For all the following questions, assume that the SMSs (having
Integral value) were sent and received without loss of time
within the group in the month of April.
1. What could be the minimum value of N

A. 3,800
B. 4,000
C. 3,975
D. 4,175
2. Difference between the SMSs sent by Aryan and Yetin was
A. 100
B. 190
C. 150
D. 200
3. Palak sent how many % of SMSs more than Yetin?
A. 50
B. 67
C. 35
D. 40
4. Who sent the minimum number of SMSs to Aman ?
A. Bhavya
B. Palak
C. Aryan
D. Yetin
For Q-5-6 It is also given that Bhavya sent Minimum 25% SMSs
and Yetin sent Maximum of 40% SMSs to Aman
5. How many persons could have sent more than 79% of SMSs
to Aman?
A. 6
B. 2
C. 4
D. 3
6. Aryan sent how many % of SMSs to Aman ?
A. 35
B. 45
C. 55
D. 50
7. The difference between the SMSs sent by Bhavya and
Deepak is ?
A. 405
B. 355
C. 425
D. 475
8. Palak sent how many % more SMSs than Aryan?
A. 20
B. 25
C. 30
D. She sent less.
EXPLANATIONS
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5 D 6. D 7. A 8. B
1.a Messages received from Bhavya: 10% of 3000 = 300
Similarly messages received from Palak, Aryan, Yetin and
Deepak are 750, 600, 450 and 900 respectively.
The total messages sent by each person must not be less
than the messages received by Aman from that person. For
Bhavya: 15% of N ≥ 300 ⇒ N ≥ 2000
For Palak: 20% of N ≥ 750 ⇒ N ≥ 3750
For Aryan: 16% of N ≥ 600 ⇒ N ≥ 3750
For Yetin: 25% of N ≥ 450 = N ≥ 1800
For Deepak: 24% of N ≥ 900 ⇒ N ≥ 3750
The value of N, that satisfies all the above cases is N ≥ 3750
But if total messages are 3750. than the messages sent by
Aryan and Deepak are not integers.
Hence, the least possible value is 3800 (For which. all the
values are integers).
5.d. Solution: Messages received from Bhavya:=300, Similarly
messages received from Palak, Aryan, Yetin and Deepak
are 750, 600, 450 and 900 respectively. From the required
values for Bhavya and Yetin are: 2000/N and 1800/N
respectively. 2000N ≥ 0.25 ⇒ N ≤ 8000 The number of
persons will be maximum for N = 4500 ⇒ Messages sent by
Bhavya, Palak, Aryan, Yetin and Deepak are 675, 900,
720, 1125 and 1080 respectively. The percentages are
44.44%, 63.33%, 83.33%, 40% and 83.33% respectively.
Three persons have more than 80% of their messages sent
to Aman.
6.d. Solution: Messages received from Bhavya:=300 ; Similarly
messages received from Palak, Aryan, Yetin and Deepak
are 750, 600, 450 and 900 respectively. The required value
for Aryan is 3750/N From the above solution, the value of
N varies from 4500 to 8000. ⇒ 3750/4500 → 3750/8000 ⇒
83.33% → 46.875% ⇒ 50% is the only possible value
PRACTICE TEST 04
Total Questions: 20
Answer the following questions based on these two pie charts.
1. If the total number of cars sold in 2009 in Maharastra was 2.5

Lakhs, how many Esteem – A were there in the State?
A. 1 Lakhs
B. 0.1 Lakhs
C. 1.1 Lakhs
D. none of these
2. If the MARUTI 800 sales in Maharastra for 2009 was 48000,
what was the total car sales?
A. 1 Lakhs
B. 0.1 Lakhs
C. 1.1 Lakhs
D. none of these
3. Using data given in question 1, what was the difference
between the sales of HINDUSTAN and Zen-D?
A. 17500
B. 17000
C. 175000
D. 165000
4. Using data from question 2, if the number of MARUTI 800 sold
increased by 25%, by approximately how many percentage
points will the Maruti market share go up?
A. 6 Points
B. 2.5 Points
C. 3.4 Points
D. Data inadequate
5. If the total number of cars sold is 4 Lakhs, how many cars do
Hyundai, and Daewoo together account for?
A. 1 Lakhs
B. 1.2 Lakhs
C. 1.4 Lakhs
D. 1.6 Lakhs
6. What is the number of Santros sold if Santro accounts for 75%
of the Hyundai sales? (Use data from question 5)
A. 75000
B. 70000
C. 85000
D. 90000
7. Using data from question 5 and 6 what is the difference in
the sales of Zen-D and Santro?
A. 34000
B. 36000
C. 40000
D. 43000
8. In the above question, if Zen-VX constitutes 20% of the Zen-D
sales, what is the difference between the sale of Santro and
Zen-VX?
A. 68600
B. 68400
C. 49400
D. 25600
9. If the total sales of cars in 2009 in India was 24 Lakhs and
Maharastra constituted 5% of the India Sales, what was the
sales of MARUTI 800 in Maharastra?
A. 25000
B. 27000
C. 28800
D. Data inadequate.
10 In the above question, what is the difference between sales
. Maruti and Hyundai in Maharastra?
of
A. 16000
B. 18,000
C. 20,000
D. 25,000
For Q-11 – 20 assume total car sales in 2009 in Maharastra = 4
Lakhs
11 If the car sales grow by 15% in 2010 in Maharastra and the
.
composition remains the same as in figure (II) what is the
number of cars sold by HINDUSTAN?
A. 59000
B. 69000
C. 49000
D. 79000
12 If sales of Maruti went up by 20%while the sales of all other
.
manufacturers remained constant, what percentage of the
total sales would Maruti have?
A. 22.22%
B. 33.33%
C. 44.44%
D. none of these
13 Hyundai sales in 2010 drop by 10% while total sales go up by
.
30%. What share of the sales does Hyundai have now?
A. 5%
B. 10%
C. 8.6%
D. 7.7%
14 In the above question # 13, what is the share of Daewoo’s
.
sales?
A. 5%
B. 10%
C. 8.6%
D. 7.7%
15 If the only change in sales in 2010 is an 8% increase in
.
Hyundai sales and a 10% increase in Maruti, what is the total
sales for 2010?
A. 4.24 Lakhs
B. 4.52 Lakhs
C. 5.26 Lakhs
D. 4.87 Lakhs.
16 If the total sales increased by 20% and Maruti sold 40000
.
more Esteem – A’s, what would be the new share of Maruti
in 2010? (assuming sales of all other models remain
constant)
A. 37.77%
B. 41.67%
C. 53.33%
D. none of these
17 In question 16 what would be the Esteem – A’s share in the
.
sales breakup of Maruti (assuming sales of all other models
remains constant)?
A. 24%
B. 25%
C. 28%
D.30%
18 Using data from question 16, what would be the new share
. Zen-D in the Maruti sales chart?
of
A. 16%
B. 18%
C. 20%
D. 19%
19 How many Opels were sold in 2009 if the “other” category in
.
figure (II) consists of 25% Opels ?
A. 6000
B. 8000
C. 9000
D. 10000
20 If the Opel sales increased by 10% in 2010 and the average
.
selling price of Opel is Rs. 6.5 Lakhs, then what is the sales in
Rs. Crores? (Use data of question 19)
A. 715
B. 7150
C. 71500
D. 71500000
PRACTICE TEST 4.- ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
1. b Number of Esteem- As = 10% of 40% of 2.5 Lakhs = 4% of
2.5 Lakhs = 0.1 Lakhs
2. c 60% of 40% of total car Sales = 48000 i.e. 24% of total
sales = 48000. Thus, total sales = 48000/0.24 = 2 Lakhs.
3. a HINDUSTAN market share = 15% Zen-D market share =
20% of 40% = 8%
Difference = 7% 7% OF 2.5 LAKHS = 17500
4. c No. of Maruti sold = 40% of 2 Lakhs = 80000. Sale of
MARUTI 800 = 48000. Increase in of MARUTI 800 sold = 25%
of 48000 = 12000.
New total sales of Maruti = 92000 = 0.92 Lakhs. New Total
car Sales = 200000+12000 = 2.12 Lakhs
% share of Maruti =
Thus, percentage points by which Maruti share has
increased = 43.4 – 40 = 3.4 points
5. c. The # accounted for Hyundai & Daewoo = (10+25) % of
4 Lakhs = 1.4 Lakhs
6. a. Number of Santros = 75% of 25% of 4 Lakhs = 75000
7. d. Number of Santros = 75000 (from Q.6) Number of Zen-
D=20% of 40% of 4 Lakhs=32000. Difference between
Santro and Zen-D Sales = 43000
8. a. Number of Santros = 75000 (from Q.6). Number of Zen-D
VX=20% of 32000 = 6400. Difference between Santro &
Zen-D VX sales = 68600
9. c. Sales of MARUTI 800 = Maruti = 60% of 40% of 5% of total
India sales = 0.012 x 24 Lakhs = 28000
10. b. Difference in sales of Maruti and Hyundai = (40% – 25%)
of (5% of total India Sales) = 15% of 5% of 24 Lakhs =
18000
11. b. Sales in 2010=1.15 x 4 Lakhs = 4.6 Lakhs. Thus, HINDUSTAN
Sales = 15% of 4.6 Lakhs = 69000
12. c. Maruti Sales in 2009=40% of 4 Lakhs = 1.6 Lakhs. Increase
in Maruti sales in 2010 = 20% of 1.6 Lakhs = 0.32 Lakhs
Thus, Maruti sales in = 1.6+0.32 = 1.92 lakhs and total sales
= 4 + 0.32 = 4.32 Lakhs. % share of Maruti = (1.92/4.32)x100
= 44.44%
13. d. Hyundai sales in 2009 = 25% of 4 Lakhs = 1 Lakhs. Hyundai
Sales in 2010 = 90% of 1 Lakhs = 0.9 Lakhs. Total sales in
2010 = 130% of 4 Lakhs = 5.2 Lakhs, Hyundai’s share of
sales = (0.9/5.2)x100=17,3%
14. d. Total in 2010 = 5.2 Lakhs (Refer question 13) Daewoo
sales in 2009 = 10% of 4 Lakhs = 0.4 Lakhs. Daewoo share
in 2010 (0.4/5.2) x 100 = 7.7%
15. a. Sales of Maruti rise by = 10% of 40% of 2009 sales = 4% of
2009 sales. Sales of Hyundai rise by = 8% of 25% of 2009
sales = 2% of 2009 sales. Total increase in sales = 6% of
2009.Thus, sales of 2009 = 1.06 x 4 Lakhs = 4.24 Lakhs.
16. b. Sales of Maruti in 2009 = 40% of 4 Lakhs = 1.6 Lakhs.
Increase in Sales of Esteem – A in 2010 = 40000. Thus,
sales of Maruti in 2010 = 2 Lakhs. Total sales in 2010 = 1.2 x
4 Lakhs = 4.8 Lakhs. % share of Maruti in 2010 =(2/4.8) x
100 = 41.67%
17. c. Esteem – A sales in 2009 = 16000. Esteem – A sales in 2010
= 40000+16000=56000 Sales of Maruti in 2010=2 Lac
(Refer Q-16) Esteem – A’s share in Maruti Sales =(0.45/2) x
100 = 28%
18. a. Zen-D Sales in 2010 = Zen-D sales in 2010 = 32010. Sales of
Maruti in 2010 = 2 Lakhs. Zen-D’s share in Maruti sales =(
0.32/2) zx 100 = 16%
19. d. Opel sales in 2009 = 25% of 10% of 4 Lakhs = 10000
20. a. Sales of Opel in 2010 = 1.1 x 10000 = 11000. Sales value =
Rs. 11000 x 650000 = Rs. 71500 Lakhs = Rs. 715 Cr.
OceanofPDF.com
5.01
PRACTICE TEST PAPERS
PRACTICE TEST PAPER - 1

Maximum Suggested time : 10 minutes
Q-1-12 : Answer the questions on the basis of the information
given below. (Information derived can be used for these
questions anywhere within).
Pie chart shows the breakup of monthly savings of Baidwan
couple (i.e., the savings of Mr. and Mrs. Baidwan put together).
Bar charts show the break up — according to different

expenditure heads of the incomes of Mr. and Mrs. Baidwan, (It
is a 2+2 family with children named Ria and Amani).
1. If Mr Baidwan individually saves double of their total

combined investment in fixed deposits, what is the ratio of
the income of Mr. Baidwan to that of Mrs. Baidwan?
A. 5:8
B. 9:5
C. 7:8
D. 9:11
2. If incomes of Mrs and Mr Baidwan are in the ratio 1:3, then
investment in PPF is how much % of Mr Baidwan’s savings ?
A. 85
B. 72
C. 66
D. 69
3. Males pay 30% and females pay 20% tax on an income
above Rs.1.0 lakhs, what is the ratio of incomes of Mrs and
Mr Baidwan.
A. 4:7
B. 3:2
C. 4:5
D. 6:7
4. Expenditure of Mrs Baidwan is 250% of that of Mr Baidwan.
Their incomes are in the ratio ?
A. 4:5
B. 5:4
C. 5:6
D. 6:5
5. Expenditure of Mrs Baidwan on Entertainment exceeds her
expenditure on Food by Rs...?
A. 12,000
B. 15,000
C. 18,000
D. 22,000
6. Difference of individual expenses on “Food” by the couple is
Rs...?
A. 26,500
B. 36,500
C. 34,000
D. 28,750
7. How many Rs…does Mr Baidwan spend more than Mrs
Baidwan on the heads “Food” and “Entertainment”
combined together ?
A. 51,000
B. 57,000
C. 61,000
D. 64,240
8. If Mrs and Mr Baidwan decide to contribute 10 & 12 % of
their incomes towards PPF what would be their contribution
for PPF together ?
A. 45,000
B. 47,000
C. 50,000
D. 52,000
9. What is the total Tax paid by Baidwans ?
A. 65,000
B. 62,000
C. 58,000
D. 67,000
10 “Others” includes contribution towards Charity by Mrs & Mr
.
Baidwan @ 2% and 3% of their Incomes respectively. Both
contributed Rs… towards Charity?
A. 9,750
B. 10,300
C. 10,900
D. 11,500
11 They have got insurance for their children (Ria and Amani)
. a sum of Rs.50 lakhs each. Total annual premium of Rs.
for
1,26,000 is to be shared by both in the inverse ratio of their
incomes. How much shall be paid by Mrs. Baidwan?
A. 56,000
B. 70,000
C. 14,000
D. 72,000
Ria and Amani have monthly educational expenses of Rs.
12 50,000 and Rs. 40,000 respectively. Ria, is college going and
asks for 40% of it through Mr Baidwan. Amani, is school going
.
and takes 60% of her expenses through Mrs Baidwan. What is
the difference between the contributions of Baidwans
towards their children?
A. 20,000
B. 22,000
C. 2,000
D. 4,000
PRACTICE TEST PAPER – 1: ANSWERS

WITH EXPLANATIONS
1.B 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. A 10. D 11. B 12. D
1.b. Solution: Fixed Deposits = 15% of their total savings and it is
given that this is half of Mr. Baidwan’ savings, Mr.
Baidwan’s savings are 30% of their combined savings and
the remaining 70% must be Mrs. Baidwan’s savings.
Ratio of their savings = 3 : 7 OR 5% of Income of Mr.
Baidwan : 21% of income of Mrs. Baidwan=3:7 ⇒Income of
Mr. Baidwan: Income of Mrs. Baidwan=63:35; So, 9:5
2.b. Solution: Given ratio of Incomes is 3:1 ⇒ Ratio of their
savings = 5 : 7 Let the total savings be Rs.12; Investments
in PPF = 30% of total savings ⇒30% of 12=3.6
Required % = 3.6 = ? % of 5 = 72% of Mrs Baidwan salary.
3.c. Solution:
Mrs Baidwan: Tax = 10% of Income = 20% of (Income –
One lakh ); Income = 2 lakhs.
Mr Baidwan: Tax = 18% of Income = 30% of (Income – One
lakh ); Income = 2.5 lakhs
PRACTICE TEST PAPER – 2
Total Questions = 30
Suggested Time : 25 minutes
The graphs above pertain to TATA Ltd, the famous car maker.
The bar graphs represents the production level (‘000 of units)
and the line graphs represents the % growth rate of the entire
car industry for that year. The other line graph gives the
average price per car in Rs Lakhs
1. The average annual % growth for TATA Car price for the
year 2006 to 2009 is:
A. 25%
B. 28%
C. 45%
D. 33.33%
2. For the period 2006–2010, in how many years did the total
production of cars witness a down trend?
A. 3
B. 2
C. 1
D. none of these.
3. % change over the previous year in average price per car of
TATA is maximum for.
A. 2008
B. 2007
C. 2009
D. 2010
4. What is the average revenue in Rs… Crores, earned by TATA
for the year 2006 – 2010?
A. RS. 65
B. RS. 6550
C. RS. 655
D. Data inadequate
5. The average annual growth rate of TATA car production for
2007 – 2010 is:
A. 50%
B. 33.33%
C. 100%
D. 25%
6. The average price per car of TATA for the year 2006 – 2010 is
Lakhs :
A. RS. 3
B. RS. 2.97
C. RS. 3.03
D. RS.3.54
7. What is the growth rate of the entire car industry for the
period 2006-2008?
A. 23%
B. 26.6%
C. 24.29%
D. Data inadequate
8. What is the growth rate of the entire car industry for the
period 2006-2010?
A. 43.5%
B. 49.7%
C. 48 %
D. 47.8%
9. The ratio of TATA cars produced to that of the total cars
produced in 2008 is:
A. 1:4
B. 1:3
C. 1:2
D. Data inadequate
10 The average of the average price per car of TATA for the
.
year 2006 to 2010 is:
A. Rs. 3 Lakhs
B. Rs. 2.97 Lakhs
C. Rs. 3.02 Lakhs
D. Rs.3.54 Lakhs
11 What is the % share of TATA in 2008 if the total production of
.
the car industry is 2 Lakhs in 2008?
A. 40%
B. 25%
C. 50%
D. 33.3%
12 From Q-11, what is the total number of cars produced by the
.
car industry in 2006?
A. Rs. 1.61 Lakhs
B. Rs. 1.68 Lakhs
C. Rs. 1.46 Lakhs
D. Rs.2.48 Lakhs
13 If production equals sales, then what is the sales revenue
.
achieved by TATA in 2007?
A. 90000 Cr
B. 900 Cr
C. 9000 Cr
D. Data inadequate
14 The ratio of revenue earned by TATA in 2008 to that of 2007
.
is:
A. 35:18
B. 18:35
C. 35:32
D. Data inadequate
15 Using data from question 11, what is the share of Hyundai in
.
the car industry in 2008, if it produced 20,000 cars.
A. 25%
B. 15%
C. 10%
D. Data inadequate
16 Using data from question 11 and 15, what is the ratio of
.
share of TATA to Hyundai cars?
A. 5:2
B. 2:5
C. 3:2
D. Data inadequate
17 What is the average annual growth rate of the entire car
.
industry for the period 2006-2010?
A. 10.9%
B. 19.45%
C. 8.5%
D. 13.88%
18 If only 80% of the TATA cars produced in 2007 were sold in
.
2007 and the rest were sold in 2008, what is the revenue of
TATA in 2007, assume zero inventory at the beginning of
2007?
A. 720 Crores
B. 72010 Crores
C. 7200 Crores
D. Data inadequate
19 If inventory at the end of 2008 is zero then, using data of
.
question 18, what is the total revenue of TATA for 2007 and
2008 put together in Rs. Cr,.?
A. 2720
B. 2500
C. 2680
D. Data inadequate
20 If production = sales, using data from question 11, what is
.
the turnover (in Rs.’000 Crores) of the entire car industry in
2008?
A. 500
B. 700
C. 900
D. Data inadequate
21 If production equals sales, then which year witnessed the
.
maximum growth in revenue for TATA?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2010
22 If production equals sales, then which year witnessed the
.
maximum growth rate of revenue?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2009
D. 2010
23 If the average price of TATA car is 80% of average price of
.
the rest of car industry then what is the car industry turnover
(in Rs.Cr) for 2009? (Use data of question number 11)
A. 3000
B. 1010
C. 1825
D. Data inadequate
24 If production equals sales, what is the average price per car
. 2009. If TATA has a market share of 62.5% by volume?
in
Given that the average price per car of the car industry is
Rs. 4.5 Lakhs.
A. Rs. 5 Lakhs
B. Rs. 4.66 Lakhs
C. Rs. 5.33 Lakhs
D. Rs.7.4 Lakhs
25 If production equals sales, what is the growth in turnover of
.
TATA in the period 2006 to 2010?
A. 87.5%
B. 75%
C. 25%
D. 150%
26 What is the break even point of TATA in 2007, if in 2006 the
.
break even point of TATA is 23000 vehicles?
A. 12010
B. 14000
C. 10000
D. Data inadequate
27 For the year 2008, if fixed cost is Rs. 50 Crores and variable
.
cost is Rs. 3.10 Lakhs per car, what is the break even point?
A. 2500
B. 12500
C. 5550
D. Data inadequate
28 What is the growth rate of profit for TATA in2008?
.A. 20%
B. 30%
C.15%
D. Data inadequate
In 2006, if 10% of what is produced gets rejected due to
29 defects what is the turnover (in Rs.Cr.) of TATA. (Assume sales
.equals production less rejection)?
A. 840
B. 800
C. 720
D. Data inadequate
30 If rejection rate decreases at the rate of 2% every year from
.
2006 what is the number of cars rejected by TATA in 2008?
(Use data of question 29)
A. 4800
B. 4802
C. 3000
D. 3006.
PRACTICE TEST PAPER – 2– ANSWERS

WITH EXPLANATIONS
1. d. Total % growth = (4–2) = 100% Average annual growth
rate = 100/3 = 33.33% (because there re 3 times period
from 2006 – 2010)
2. d. The car industry has a positive % growth so there is no
down trend in the total production of cars.
3. d. % change in the average price of for : 2007=50% ;
2008=16.66% ; 2009=14.28% 2010=37.5%
4. d. Revenue cannot be determined as the data is of
production and not of sales. If production = sales then
the revenue can be determined by multiplying
production with the average price.
5. b. Production of TATA in 2007 = 30000 and Production of
TATA in 2010 = 60000 Average annual growth rate for
2007-00 =
6. b. Average price per car =
7. c. If in 2006 the total production of the car industry was 100

units, then in 2007 it would be 108 (upto by 8%) and in
2008 the total production would be: 108 x 1.15 = 124.2
units. Hence total % increase = 24.2%
OR
In 2007 the car industry grew by 8% and in 2008 it grew by
15% , so total growth can be calculated by using the
formula a + b + ab/100= 8+15 + (15 x 8)/100 = 24.2%
8. a. From the previous question % growth for the period 2006-
2008 = 24.2 % Similarly the total % growth for 2006 – 2010
= 5 + 10 + (5 x 10)/100 = 15.5% Now 24.2% and 15.5% can
be used to calculate net % growth rate for 2006 to 2010
24.2 + 15.5 + (24.2 x 15.5))/100 = 43.45%
9. d. Cannot be determined because total cars produced by
the car industry is not known for any year.
10. a. The average of average price per car of TATA for 2006
to 2010 = (2 + 3 + 3.5+ 4 + 2.5 )/ 5 = Rs. 3 Lakhs.
11. b. Production of TATA in 2008 = 50000
% share of TATA =
12. a. Production 2008 = Production 2006 x 1.08 x 1.15
Production in 2006 =
13. b. Sales (Rs.) = Price per car x No. of cars sold = Rs. 3 Lakhs
x 30000 x Rs. 900000 Lakhs = Rs. 900 Crores.
14. d. The assumption that p roduction = sales
is not valid unless it is specifically stated.
15. c. % share of Hyundai =
16. a. % share ratio is same production ratio = 50000 : 20100 = 5

:2
17. a. Growth of the car industry for the period 2006-2010 =
43.45% (Refer Q-8) thus average annual growth rate =
43.45/4= 10.9%
18. a. Cars sold in 2007 = 80% of 30000 = 24000. Price per car in
2007 = Rs. 3 Lakhs Revenue in 2007 = 24000 x 3 Lakhs =
72010 Lakhs.
19. c. Revenue in 2007 = 72010 Lakhs (Refer Q-18) In 2008 the
entire production of 2008 and 20% 2007 production is
sold = 56000. Revenue in 2008=56000 x 3.5 = 196000 Lakhs
Revenue 2007 + 2008 = 268000 Lakhs.
20. d. The turnover of the entire car industry cannot be
determined as we have neither the total production of
the car industry nor the price per car for the industry.
21. c. Revenue for each year is given below (in Rs.
2006 : 40 x 2 = 80000 Lakhs
2007: 30 x 3 = 90000 Lakhs
2008: 50 x 3.5 = 175000 Lakhs
2009: 40 x 4 = 160000 Lakhs
2010: 60 x 2.5 = 150000 Lakhs
Thus in 2008 TATA has the highest growth.
22. a. 2008. Calculate from Q-21.
23. d. Again, we cannot assume that production = sales.
24. c. Average price per car for TATA = Rs. 4 Lakhs. Average
price per car of car industry = Rs. 4.5 Lakhs. Market share
of TATA = 62.5%. Let average price of rest of the car
industry = p, then 0.625 x 4 + 0.375 p = 4.5, Thus p = Rs.
5.33 Lakhs.
25. Refer Q-21 for turnover (revenue) in 2006 = Rs. 800 Cr
2010 = Rs. 1500 Cr.
Growth in turnover = 87.5%
26. d. FC = Fixed Cost VC = Variable cost/unit SP = Selling price
N = No. of units sold Break Even Point = BEP, is the
production level at which the company is in a no profit
no loss situation. BEP = FC/(SP – VC), since the question
does not give us all the required data, we cannot
determine the BEP..
27. b. BEP = FC/(SP – VC);
FC = Rs. 50 Cr
SP = Rs. 3.5 Lakhs/car;
So if number of vehicles produced is less than 12500 then

the company incurs a loss. If the company produces more
than 12500 vehicles then it makes profit if the company
produces exactly 12500 vehicles then it is in no profit no
loss position.
28. d. For calculating the profit the total cost incurred in 2007 &
2008 along with the sales revenue. Since both are not
known, the % growth of profit Data inadequate
29. c. 40000 cars are produced in 196. If 10% gets rejected, net
production = 36000. Turnover = 36000x2 Lakhs = 72010
Lakhs = 720 Cr.
30. b. Initially rejection rate is 10%, if it decreases by 2% then
the net decrease can be calculated by using the
formula a + b +ab/100
Net change for 2 years = –2–2+0.04 = 3.96% Rejection rate
in 2008=10%–3.96%–3.90% of 10%=0.604 % Vehicles
rejected=9.604 %of 50000=4802
OceanofPDF.com
6.01
FULL LENGTH TESTS –
TABULATION
FULL LENGTH TEST – 1

Total Questions: 27
Maximum Time: 27 minutes
I – Directions for Questions 1 to 5: Answer the questions on the
basis of the information given below.
The Examination Wing Vigilance Department recently scanned
results of students into their central computer system. Some
data which could not be read by the character reading
software was left blank (here marked (*). The output given by
the scanner reads as follows:-
In the grading system, A, B, C, D, and F grades fetch 6, 4, 3,
2, and 0 grade points respectively. The Grade Point Average
(GPA) is the Arithmetic Mean of the grade points obtained in
the five subjects. For example Tarun Sharma’s GPA is (6 + 2 + 4
+ 6 + 0) /5 = 3.6.
Some additional facts, as detailed, are also known about

the students’ grades:-
i) Soumaya obtained the same grade in Marketing as

Anju Chawla obtained in Financial and Planning;
ii) YP Malhotra obtained the same grade in Planning as
Urvashi did in Marketing;
iii) Tarun Kumar received the same grade in exactly three
courses.
Q-1 GPA of Maninder is
A. 3.2
B. 3.8
C. 3.6
D. 4.1
Q-2 Mean of GPAs of Urvashi and Soumaya is?
A. 2.7
B. 2.4
C. 3.6
D. 2.9
Q-3 What grade did Priya Gill obtain in Statistics?
A. A
B. B
C. D
D. F
Q-4 In Organisation, Tarun Kumar could have received the
same grade as?
A. Jasmin
B. Harinder
C. Jiwan
D. Navansh
Q-5 What grade did Urvashi obtain in Financial?
A. F
B. C
C. A
D. B
II – Directions for Questions 6 to 9: There are six teams in Pool A
of World Cup hockey and all played with each other exactly
once.
(i) Point systems is (i) Winner = 3 points; (ii) Draw = One
point (iii) Loss = No point
(ii) It is also decided that the two teams who score highest
points shall qualify for semi finals. But in a tie-up game a
team having maximum difference between Goals For &
Goals Against shall qualify.
(iii The two teams with the highest points qualify for the
)
semi finals. In case of a tie, the team with the highest
goal difference (Goal For – Goals Against) qualifies.
(iv In the opening match, Spain lost to Germany. After the
)
second round (after each team played two matches),
the pool table looked as shown below.
(v In the third round, Spain played Pakistan, Argentina
)
played Germany, and New Zealand played South
Africa. All third round matches were drawn.
The following are some results from the fourth and fifth round
matches.
(i) Spain won both the fourth and fifth round matches.
(ii) Both Argentina and Germany won their fifth round
matches by 3 goals to 0.
(iii Pakistan won both the fourth and fifth round matches
) 1 goal to 0.
by
Q-6 – 9 Answer the questions on the basis of the information
given above
Q-6 Which one of the following statements is true about
matches played in the first two rounds?
A. Germany beat New Zealand by 1 goal to 0.
B. Spain beat New Zealand by 4 goals to 0.
C. Spain beat South Africa by 2 goals to 0.
D. Germany beat South Africa by 2 goals to 1
Q-7 Which one of the following statements is true about
matches played in the first two rounds?
A. Pakistan beat South Africa by 2 goals to
B. Argentina beat Pakistan by 1 goal to 0.
C. Germany beat Pakistan by 2 goals to 1
D. Germany beat Spain by 2 goals to 1.
Q-8 Which team finished at the top of the pool after five
rounds of matches?
A. Argentina
B. Germany
C. Spain
D Can’t be determined from the data
Q-9 If Pakistan qualified as one of the two teams from Pool A,
which was the other team that qualified?
A Argentina
B. Germany
C. Spain
D. Can’t be determined from the data
III – Directions for Q-10-11 Read the following data and answer
(Note: In 2015 prices were 150% of prices in 2005)
Q-10 By what percentage has the GDP of the country

increased since 2005 considering base price of 2015?
A. 122%
B. 78%
C. 166%
D. 81%
Q-11 In terms of prices of 2005, what is the approximate
percentage increase in Business Investment from 2005 to
2015?
A. 57%
B. 152%
C. 43%
D. 143%
Q-12-16 Study the following data and answer the questions
given below:-
Q-12 Land Mortgages shall constitute how many degrees if

the above data is converted into a Pie Chart?
A. 109
B. 210
C. 298
D. 187
Q-13 Out of the total savings with T&N, what will be the daily
income from “others” if the average rate of interest is
reckoned @ 3.25% p.a.?
A. 5800
B. 4000
C. 6700
D. 8800
Q-14 ‘Shares & Stocks’ have how much more amount (Rs in
lakhs) than the ‘Liquidity’?
A. 318
B. 278
C. 358
D. 228
Q-15 By how many degrees the central angles of ‘Liquidity’
and ‘others’ differ?
A. 3
B. 8
C. 5
D. 12
Q-16 By what % the amounts of ‘Tax Bonds’ and ‘Land
Mortgage’ differ?
A. 24
B. 29
C. 27
D. Can’t say
Q-17-21: Study the following table and answer the questions
given below.
States with Population in a given year (Total Sample
Population = 32,76,000).
Q-17 The percentage of total number of males in U.P., M.P.
and Goa together to the total population of all the given
states is given by?
A. 28.5
B. 26.5
C. 22.5
D. 31.4
Q-18 What was the total number of illiterate people in A.P.
and M.P.?
A. 971660
B. 1161160
C. 886401
D. 929292
Q-19 What is the ratio of the number of females in T.N. to the
number of females in Delhi?
A. 12:11
B. 7:11
C. 15:14
D. 15:13
Q-20 4. What was the number of males in U.P.?
A. 321770
B. 294840
C. 267480
D. 274840
Q-21 If there was an increase of 10% in the population of U.P.
and 12% in that of M.P, over the previous year, then what
was the ratio of populations of U.P. and M.P. in the last
year?
A. 41:47
B. 55:42
C. 42:55
D. 47:41
Q-22-27: Read the following table carefully and answer the
questions given below it. Data related to number of students
who got admission and who left the given five colleges during
the given years.
Q-22 What is the average number of students who got

admission in HINDU during all the given years taken
together?
A. 156
B. 164
C. 166
D. 158
Q-23 If the respective ratio of number of boys and girls in LADY
SRC at the end of 2010 was 5:6, what was the number of
girls in LADY SRC at the end of 2010?
A. 212
B. 186
C. 208
D. 192
Q-24 In which of the given colleges the number of students
was the highest at the end of 2009?
A. HANS RAJ
B. LADY SRC
C. HINDU
D. RAM JAS
Q-25 What was the total number of students in SHRI RAM at
the end of the year 2011?
A. 335
B. 347
C. 329
D. 341
Q-26 Number of students in HANS RAJ at the end of year 2009
is what percent more than the number of students is
RAMJAS at the end of year 2009 ?
A. 9.2
B. 11.2
C. 3.8
D. 7.6
Q-27 What is the respective ratio between total number of
students who joined RAMJAS in 2010 and 2011 together
and the total number of students who left HANS RAJ in
the years 2010, 2011 and 2012 together?
A. 22:17
B. 11:9
C. 13:9
D. 11:7
FULL LENGTH TEST – I : ANSWERS

WITH HINTS
10B. GDP in 2005=$180 mn;. GDP in 2015=$480 mn.in 2015

prices = (480/1.5)mn = $320mn in 2005 prices. Increase =
$(320-180)mn=$140mn. The % increase in 2005 prices =
(100/180)x140=77.78% say 78.%.
11D. Business investment in 2005=$35 mn. Business investment
in 2015=$125 mn.in 2015 prices = $(125/1.5) mn = $83.3mn
in 2005 prices; Increase = $(83.3-35) mn=$49.8mn. say
$50mn; The % increase in 2005 prices = (100/35)x50=143%.
16B :- The given information can be restructured as under:-
23d: Total admitted student till 2010 = 148 + 172 + 188 = 508
Total number of students who left till 2010 = 60 + 96 = 156
Difference = 352; Therefore, Number of girls = 6/11 x 352 =
192
24a: SHRI RAM = 161 + 148 – 58 = 251
LADY SRC = 148 + 172 – 60 = 260
RAMJAS = 179 + 161 – 90 = 250
HINDU = 116 + 208 – 60 = 264
HANS RAJ = 128 + 191 – 50 = 269
26d: Students of HANS RAJ at the end of 2009 = 128 + 191 – 50
= 269
Students of RAMJAS at the end of 2009 = 179 +161 – 90 =
250
Percentage = (269-250)/250 * 100 = 38/5 = 7.6 %
27b: Ratio = (143 + 165 ) : (79 + 82 + 91 ) = 11 : 9

Q-1 to 8: Table given below pertains to Bank rates for 100 units
of various foreign currencies converted into Indian rupees:-
Q-1 In how many case is the currencies difference > Rs. 35/-
between buying and selling rates (per 100 units )?
A. 5
B. 4
C. 3
D. 6
Q-2 In how many cases is the currencies difference between
the rates for buying and selling approximately equivalent
to the buying rate of one unit of that currency?
A. Deutsche Mark
B. US Dollar
C. Swiss Franc
D. Swedish Kroner
Q-3 Mr Bharat Bhushan wants to convert Rs. 10,000 into
foreign currency which gives him the maximum number
of units. Which currency should he buy?
A. Pound Sterling
B. French Franc
C. Japanese Yen
D. U.A.E. Dirham
Q-4 What is the approximate ratio of the buying rate of
Australian Dollar to the U.S. Dollar?
A. 15
B. 1.09
C. 1.92
D. 0.98
Q-5 If the Bank buys 200 Pounds Sterling and 400 U.A.E.
Dirham, how money Rs the seller of the foreign currency
will get?
A. 12800
B. 12000
C. 12600
D. 12850
Q-6 Rs. 20,000 was converted into 50 Australian Dollars, 100
French Franc and balance in Swiss Franc. Number of Swiss
Franc bought?
A. 860
B. 870
C. 890
D. 905
Q-7 How many Japanese Yen can be bought by sale of 450
Swedish Kroner?
A. 5000
B. 5500
C. 6000
D. 6200
Q-8 US $ 500 can be converted into how many Pound
Sterling?
A. 320
B. 300
C. 250
D. 298
Q-9-15: As you know these days business of software is growing
due to fast spread of Internet In the given table a breakdown
of the growth of the internet software market is displayed and
you are advised to answer the following questions :-
Internet Software Market Business (in million US $ ) –
Breakdown – an estimate
Q-9 Which markets showed maximum growth from the year

2000 to the year 2015?
A. Retrieval
B. Server
C. Browsers
D. Authoring
Q-10 At what approximate CAGR rate total internet software
market is expected to grow between the years 2000 and
2015 (growth is measured after every 5 year period)?
A. 110%
B. 150%
C. 175%
D. 200%
Q-11 How much % business is contributed by Browsers over the
given period?
A. 6.5
B. 5.5
C. 7.25
D. 8.64
Q-12 Which software showed minimum growth rate over the
period given?
A. Retrieval
B. Server
C. Browsers
D. Authoring
Q-13 How much % business was generated by Browsers and
Authoring in the given period?
A. 22.22
B. 13.13
C. 19.19
D. 24.24
Q-14 Business in the years 2000 & 2005 is what % of that of the
years 2010 & 2015?
A. 25
B. 40
C. 50
D. 10
Q-15 Which year witnessed more jump in business over its
previous year?
A. 2000
B. 2005
C. 2010
D. 2015
Q-16–23 The results of half-yearly and annual examinations are
shown in the table given below.
Q-16 Find the total strength of Section A given that no other

information exists?
A. 84
B. 112
C. 98
D. 106
Q-17 Strength of passed candidates in Half-Yearly examination
of Section A and Section B together is
A. 122
B. 140
C. 142
D. 150
Q-18 Total strength of Section C & Section D is ?
A. 206
B. 215
C. 219
D. 223
Q-19 If the examinations difficulty level is measured by the
number of Candidates who have passed that
examinations. Then we can say:-
A. Half Yearly exams are more difficult
B. Annual Exams are difficult
C. Both Exams are difficult
D. No comparison between the both
Q-20 How many students are there in the Institute?
A. 285
B. 490
C. 385
D. 430
Q-21 Which section has the maximum pass percentage in at
least one of the two examinations?
A. Section A
B. Section B
C. Section C
D. Section D
Q-22 Which section had the maximum pass percentage in
Annual Examination?.
A. Section A
B. Section B
C. Section C
D. Section D
Q-23 Which section has the minimum failure rate in half yearly
examination?
A. Section A
B. Section B
C. Section C
D. Section D
Q-24–28 A recent upcoming firm “N & T New Lights Ltd”
manufactures/deals in sales of batteries manufactured by its
one of the outlets at Sherpura Maur on NH-10 at 230 km
milestone. The sales (in thousands) during the period are given
as under. :-
Q-24 By what % the sales of 551NT batteries changed in the

year 2015 over the year 2001?
A. 34
B. 35
C. 38
D. 39
Q-25 Which type of batteries never tasted a rise in its sales
during the entire period?
A. 351NT
B. 41NT
C. 321NT
D. 71NT
Q-26 The sale price of a 351NT battery is Rs 8,000/-. By how
many lakhs of Rupees total sales for the years 2002 & 2010
differed ?
A. 3120
B. 3470
C. 3360
D. 3040
Q-27 A battery is deemed to be more popular if its sale
exceeds the sale of other batteries. In the given period
which battery has been the most popular?
A. 351NT
B. 41NT
C. 71NT
D. 321NT
Q-28 Which type of battery never saw any rise in its sales
during the period?
A. 351NT
B. 41NT
C. 71NT
D. 321NT
FULL LENGTH TEST – 2: ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1. B 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. D
10. B 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. C 18. B
19 Explanation: Number of Candidates who passed half-yearly
exams in the Institute = (Number of Candidates passed in half-
yearly but failed in annual exams) + (Number of Candidates
passed in both exams) = (6 + 17 + 9 + 15) + (64 + 55 + 46 + 76) =
288.
Also, Number of Candidates who passed annual exams in
the Institute = (Number of Candidates failed in half-yearly but
passed in annual exams) + (Number of Candidates passed in
both exams) = (14 + 12 + 8 + 13) + (64 + 55 + 46 + 76) = 288.
Since, the number of Candidates passed in half-yearly = the
number of Candidates passed in annual exams. Therefore, it
can be inferred that both the examinations had almost the
same difficulty level.
20 Explanation: We find that the classification of the
candidates is being done on the basis of their results and also
sections form independent groups, total candidates can be
computed as = (28 + 23 + 17 + 27 + 14 + 12 + 8 + 13 + 6 + 17 + 9
+ 15 + 64 + 55 + 46 + 76)=430
21 Explanation: Pass percentages in at least one of the two
examinations for different sections are: Section A 84/112 * 100
= 75%; Section B = 84/107*100 =78.5; Section C 63/80 * 100 =
78.75% Section D = 104/131*100 = 79.39%
22 Explanation: Total Candidates passed in annual exams in a
section = [(No. of Candidates failed in half-yearly but passed in
annual exams) + (No. of Candidates passed in both exams)]
Success rate in annual exams in Section A=78/112*100 =
69.64% Similarly, success rate in annual exams in: Section B =
62.62%; Section C = 67.5%; Section D= 67.94%
23 D 24 A 25 D 26 A 27 D 28 C

In this type data is arranged in the form of tables in horizontal
rows and vertical columns
TABLE – I : Q-1- 5
(5 minutes)
Data relating to total subsidy, LPG subsidy, and LPG usage by
residents of various Service Areas in India. It is given that, the
data and questions deal with household consumers and all
LPG sale is covered by subsidy, which is same inside every
state. The subsidy given on a cylinder is in direct proportion to
its weight.
Q-1 As the consumer connections are linked with ADHAAR no

consumer can have more than one connection, so what
is the total number of LPG consumers in Jharkhand?
A. 2.83 Lakhs
B. 1.69 Lakhs
C. 2.41 Lakhs
D. 2.03 Lakhs
Q-2 Mumbai accounts for 2% of total LPG market in India in
terms of total subsidy on LPG. 60% of subsidy on LPG goes
towards small cylinders. These small cylinders account for
80% of LPG market in India. By the given information what
is the value of subsidy on small cylinders in LPG market in
India?
A. 200 Crores
B. 600 Crores
C. 500 Crores
D. 250 Crores
Q-3 Which of the following is NOT TRUE?
i) Subsidy per unit of LPG is higher for Kolkata than that of
Utrakhand;
ii) LPG consumption per person is least for Jharkhand
(among given Service Areas);
iii) The amount of subsidy usage through LPG is highest for
Uttar Pradesh (among given Service Areas)
A. iii only
B. ii only
C. i & iii
D. None of these
Q-4 Which of the given states has the highest LPG subsidy per
consumer?
A. Kolkata
B. Jharkhand
C. Mumbai
D. LUCKNOW
Q-5 If government employees form 5% of total population
and the number of LPG connections are given to 4%
people find the number of government employees in
Jharkhand?
A. 42.75 Lakhs
B. 52.86 Lakhs
C. 70.42 Lakhs
D. 51 Lakhs
TABLE – II : Q-6-9
(4 minutes)
Table below shows the comparative costs, in US Dollars, of
major surgeries in America and a few Asian countries.
The equivalent of one US Dollar in the local currencies is given

below.
It is decided to take the services of a consultation firm to study

the quality of the health services as these were not the same in
all the countries. The study found that poor quality of a surgery
has a significant repercussion and results in more cost in
correcting mistakes. The cost of poor quality of surgery is given
in the table below.
On the basis of the information given above, please answer
the following questions:
Q-6 Now when Rs.35 can buy One US $, find the difference in
cost for Spinal Fusion between China and India.
A. 2500
B. 2900
C. 2600
D. 2400
Q-7 Approximately, what difference in US $ a Sri Lanka citizen
shall have to pay if she were to get a hysterectomy done
in India instead of in her native country, taking into
account the cost of poor quality? Please add a cost of
single ticket travelling of 7,500 also.
A. 3,500
B. 2,044
C. 3,900
D. 4,300
Q-8 A US citizen is hurt in an accident and requires an
angioplasty, hip replacement and a knee replacement.
(Cost of foreign travel and stay is not a consideration
since the government will take care of it). Which country
will be preferred in the cheapest package, taking cost of
poor quality into account?
A. Pakistan
B. India
C. Sri Lanka
D. China
Q-9 Taking the cost of poor quality into account, which
country/countries will be the most expensive for knee
replacement?
A. Pakistan
B. India
C. Sri Lanka
D. China
TABLE III – Q-10-14
(5 minutes)
An airline connects ten Indian cities, A to J. The distance
between a pair of airports and the corresponding price
charged by the company is given as under. The customers do
not travel by a route where they have to stop at more than
two intermediate airports. Travel is permitted only from a
departure airport to an arrival airport.
Q-10 What is the lowest price, in rupees, Mr Hemant Sharma,
CEO of a Pharma Company has to pay for travelling by
the shortest route from A to J?
A. 2930
B. 3450
C. 1750
D. 2095
Q-11 A market survey reveals that if the company introduces
a direct flight from A to J, all the existing passengers will
prefer it only if it is priced 95% of its present fare. What
should be the proposed fare?
A. 2583
B. 2986
C. 2161
D. 2695
Q-12 If the airports C, D and H are closed down owing to
security reasons, what would be the minimum price, in
rupees, to be paid by a passenger travelling from A to J?
A. 2720
B. 1980
C. 2670
D. 2850
Q-13 The company always keeps a margin of 10% over the
cost. For flying from A to J, the minimum cost Rs. per km
should be?
A. 0.97
B. 0.79
C. 0.88
D. > 1.21
Q-14 For flying from A to J what distance shall minimize the
total cost per km, if the price is charged keeping 15%
margin over the total cost that the company incurs.
A. 2270
B. 2495
C. 2395
D. 2350
FULL LENGTH TEST – 3 ANSWERS

WITH HINTS
1. B 2. B 3. D 4. D 5. C 6. A 7 . B 8. A 9. B
10. A 11. C 12. D 13. C 14. D
Q-1 LPG subsidy for Jharkhand = (550x12)/100
No. Of Consumers = (550x12)/(100x325x12) = 1.69 Lakhs
Q-2 LPG subsidy for Mumbai = 20% of 100 Crores =20 Crores (=
2% of LPG subsidy in India)
Hence LPG subsidy for India is =1000 Crores
Now Subsidy on small cylinders is 60% of total subsidy i.e.
1000x60/100 =600Crores
Q-3 By observation (i) is false and (iii) is true. But (ii) statement
can’t be exactly determined therefore (d) is the answer.
Q-4 LPG subsidy per consumer in :-
Mumbai: = (100 x 20)/(100x320x12) = 0.0052
Lucknow = (840x15)/(100x350x12) = 0.03
Kolkata = (520x18)/(100x310x12) = 0.0251
Utrakhand = (310x10)/(100x300x12) = 0.0086
Jharkhand = (550x12)/(100x325x12) = 0.0169
Q-5 Number of LPG consumers in Jharkhand =
(550x12)/(100x325x12x12) = 1.69 Lakhs.
Therefore, number Of government employees =
(1.69x100)/(5x0.04x12) = 70.42 Lakhs
Q-6 Cost of spinal fusion in India with increased value of
Rupee: = Rs.5500×40.928=6431$
Cost of Spinal Fusion in China, =9000 $ Required difference:
=9000−6431 =2569$
Q-7 Cost of Hysterectomy in Sri Lanka: =10500 US $;
Cost of Hysterectomy in India: =8000 US$ + Travelling cost
of INR 15,000 /32.89 = 456
US $; Difference = 2,044 US $
Q-8 As shown in the table, Pakistan will have the cheapest
package.
Q-9 From the above table, as explained India is the costliest

for knee replacement.
Q-10 Possible routes from A to J are as shown in the table
below.
The shortest distance is by the route A-C-F-J; The price is: =
1350 + 430 + 1150 = Rs. 2930
Q-11 From the above chart, the proposed fare should be
(0.95)(2275) = 2,161 on AHJ route
Q-12 From the above chart AFJ will be the only cheapest
route
Q-13 The minimum cost per km that the company incurs
would correspond to the minimum price per km route. By
observation from the table, minimum price per kilometre
is for the route AHJ and is equal to: = 2275/2350 = 0.97.
Therefore, Minimum cost per kilometre: 0.97/1.1 = 0.88/km
Q-14 Even if the margin for the prices changes the minimum
cost per km would correspond to the same route namely
A-H-J. ∴ From the table, the distance for the travel = 2350
km

No. of questions: 15
Time 10 minutes
Directions: for Q-1 -5: Refer to the following table and answer:-
Q-1 Find the absolute difference between the number of

candidates who passed with cut off of 30 marks in
Mathematics and in aggregate each?
A. 11
B. 6
C. 5
D. 9
Q-2 How many candidates can go for higher studies in
Economics if it requires minimum of 60% marks.
A. 12
B. 8
C. 32
D. 48
Q-3 How many % age of candidates score more than 60% in
Mathematics from amongst those who score 40% in
aggregate?
A. 35
B. 40
C. 45
D. 30
Q-4 How many candidates secured less than 40% in
aggregate?
A. 23
B. 26
C. 28
D. 14
Q-5 If UGC announces a selection of 23 candidates from
Mathematics. What range of qualifying marks will it have
to decide?
A. 30–35
B. 50–60
C. 20–25
D. 20–30
Q-6-15 Table shows the number of new employees who joined
and the number of employees who left M/s Nav-Divya
Constructions (Pvt) Limited in a year since the foundation of
the Company in 1975. Record for the period 1975 – 2004 could
not be fed into the Computers and therefore, the strength as
at the end of Financial Year (FY) 2004 has been taken as
“New” for the FY year as on 01.04.2005.
Q-6 What is the final strength of HR Managers at the end of FY

2010 ?
A. 1342
B. 1242
C. 1345
D. 1522
Q-7 The final strength of Engineers differs by how many MBAs
as on 01.04.2010 ?
A. 52
B. 62
C. 72
D. 58
Q-8 How many more Engineers were added more than MBAs
in the Company during the period 2006-2010.
A. 88
B. 72
C. 98
D. 79
Q-9 How many helpers were employed during the FY 2009?
A. 452
B. 1192
C. 1272
D. 372
Q-10 Which category witnessed maximum % age rise in its
strength during 2005-2010?
A. HR Managers
B. Engineers
C. Executives
D. MBAs
Q-11 Total strength of Executives and Helpers as 31.03.2010 is ?
A. 2830
B. 2630
C. 2730
D. 2903
Q-12 Executives at the end of March 2010 form what % of the
strength of Engineers
A. 60
B. 65
C. 70
D. 75
Q-13 Which category had the maximum strength at the end
of FY 2010?
A. HR Managers
B. Engineers
C. Executives
D. MBAs
Q-14 What is the average of the number of employees of all
categories in the yea 2007?
A. 1235
B. 1195
C. 1325
D. 1265
Q-15 During the data period Executives who left form what %
of the total number o Executives who joined the
Company?
A. 27
B. 23
C. 29
D.17
FULL LENGTH TEST – IV: ANSWER

KEY
1. B 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. B 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. A
11. C 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. C
OceanofPDF.com
6.02
FULL LENGTH TESTS
FULL LENGTH TEST - 1

Total questions = 20
Suggested time ; 20 minutes
The graphs above pertain to MAA-ROTI, a famous car maker of the

New World Land. The area graph represents the production level
(‘000 of units). Also given is the % age growth over previous year of
the entire car industry for that year. The adjoining line graph gives
the average price per car in Rs lakhs.
1. The average annual % growth for MAA-ROTI Car price for the
given period is:
A. 25%
B. 60%
C. 40%
D. 33.33%
2. For the period under study in how many years the total
production of cars witnessed a down trend?
A. 3
B. 2
C. 1
D. none of these.
3. % change in the average price (over previous year) per car of
MAA-ROTI is maximum for.
A. 2008
B. 2007
C. 2009
D. 2010
4. Average revenue in Rs… Crores, earned by MAA-ROTI for the
years given is?
A. Rs. 565
B. Rs. 655
C. Rs. 855
D. Data inadequate.
5. The average annual growth rate of MAA-ROTI car production for
the period 2007–2010 is:
A. 50%
B. 33.33%
C. 40%
D. 45%
6. The average price per car of MAA-ROTI for the year 2006 – 2010
is:
A. Rs. 3 lakhs
B. Rs. 2.97 lakhs
C. Rs. 2.03 lakhs
D. Rs.3.04 lakhs
7. What is the growth rate of the entire car industry for the period
2006-2008?
A. 23%
B. 26.6%
C. 24.29%
D. 26.98%
8. What is the growth rate of the entire car industry for the period
2006-2010?
A. 43.5%
B. 33.7%
C. 38.56%
D. 37.8%
9. The ratio of MAA-ROTI cars produced to that of the total cars
produced in 2008 is:
A. 1:4
B. 1:3
C. 1:2
D. Data inadequate.
10 The average price per car of MAA-ROTI for the year 2006 to 2010
.
is:
A. Rs. 3 lakhs
B. Rs. 3.97 lakhs
C. Rs4.02 lakhs
D. Rs.3.74 lakhs
11 What is the % share of MAA-ROTI given that 2 lakhs cars were
.
produced in 2008?
A. 40%
B. 35%
C. 45%
D. 33.3%
From above question, total number of cars produced by the car
12 industry in 2006?
.
A. Rs. 1.61 lakhs
B. Rs. 1.88 lakhs
C. Rs. 1.76 lakhs
D. Rs.1.48 lakhs
13 All cars produced were sold, then the sales revenue achieved
. MAA-ROTI in 2007?
by
A. 800 Cr
B. 900 Cr
C. 8000 Cr
D. Data inadequate.
14 The ratio of revenue earned in 2008 : 2007 is:
.A. 5: 8
B. 18: 5
C. 35:31
D. Data inadequate.
15 Using data from question 11, what is the share of Padmini in the
.
car industry, in 2008, which produced 20,000 cars.
A. 15%
B. 12%
C. 10%
D. 13.33%.
16 Which year witnessed the maximum growth in revenue for MAA-
.
ROTI if all its cars produced were sold in the same year?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2009
17 Which year witnessed the maximum growth rate of revenue if
.
Production = Sales?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. 2010
18 If the average price of MAA-ROTI car is 80% of average price of
.
the other cars in the industry then turn over of the entire car
industry (in Rs. Crores) for 2009?
A. 2340
B. 1074
C. 1877
D. Data inadequate.
19 MAA-ROTI has captured 62.5% of the car market and all cars are
.
sold in advance booking? Finds its average price of a car if the
average price of the car industry is Rs. 4.5 lakhs.
A. Rs. 3.5 lakhs
B. Rs. 4.9 lakhs
C. Rs. 5.33 lakhs
D. Rs.6.4 lakhs
20 If production equals sales, what is the growth in turnover of MAA-
.
ROTI in the period given?
A. 87.5%
B. 65%
C. 95%
D. 50%
FULL LENGTH TEST – 1 : ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
1. d. Total % growth = (4 – 2) = 100% Average annual growth rate
= 100/3 = 33.33%
2. d. The car industry has a positive % growth so there is no down
trend in the total production of cars.
3. d. % change in the average price of for : 2007=50%
2008=16.66% 2009=14.28% 2010=37.5%
4. d. Revenue Data is of production and not of sales. If production
= sales then the revenue can be determined by multiplying
production with the average price.
5. b. Production of Maa-roti in 2007 = 30000 and Production of
Maa-roti in 2010 = 60000
Average annual growth rate 33%
6. b. Average price per car = Rs. 2.97 lakh
7. c. Production in 2008 = 115% of 108% of 100 = 124.2
Hence total % increase = 24.2%
8. a. From the previous question % growth = 24.2 %
Similarly the total % growth for 2006 – 2010 = 15.5%
Therefore, net % growth rate = 24.2 + 15.5 + (24.2 x 15.5))/100 =
43.45%
9. d. (total cars produced by the car industry not given
anywhere)
10. a. The average of average price per car of Maa-roti for 2006 to
2010 = (2 + 3 + 3.5+ 4 + 2.5 )/ 5 = Rs. 3 lakh.
11. b. Production of Maa-roti in 2008 = 50000
% share of Maa-roti = 25%
12. a. Production 2008 = Production 2006 x 1.08 x 1.15
Production in 2006 = = 161030
13. b. Sales (Rs.) = Price per car x No. of cars sold = Rs. 3 lakh x
30000 = Rs. 900 Crore.
14. d. We must not assume that production = sales unless it is
specifically stated here.
15. c. % share of Padmini =
16. c. Revenue for each year is given below (in Rs.

2006 : 40 x 2 = 80000 lakh
2007: 30 x 3 = 90000 lakh
2008: 50 x 3.5 = 175000 lakh
2009: 40 x 4 = 160000 lakh
2010: 60 x 2.5 = 150000 lakh
Thus in 2008 Maa-rooti has the highest growth.
17. a. 2008.
18. d. Here also we cannot assume that production = sales.
19. c. Average price per car for Maa-roti = Rs. 4 lakhs. Average
price per car of car industry = Rs. 4.5 lakhs. Maa-rooti
occupies 62.5% of the market share. If we assume that
average price in the the car industry = X, then 0.625 x 4 +
0.375 X = 4.5, Thus X = Rs. 5.33 lakh.
20 Turnover (revenue) in 2006 = Rs. 800 Cr 2010 = Rs. 1500 Cr.
Growth in turnover = 87.5%

Total Questions 22
Q-1-7 In reference to the below given population data chart,
answer the following questions.
Population of four metro cities at the beginning of the year 1990
Bombay = 1,05,70,000 Delhi = 70,00,000
Calcutta = 1,05,70,005 Madras = 80,00,000
Q-1 Population of Bombay and Calcutta forms what % of the

remaining Metros.?
A. 130
B. 140
C. 71
D. 29
Q-2 How much is the average population of these metros less than
10 millions?
A. 9,45,000
B. 9,65,000
C. 9,55,000
D. 9,62,700
Q-3 Population of Delhi and Madras metros is expected to rise by
0.5% and by 0.3% in a year. By how much total population of
these two metros will go up by end of next year?
A. 53,875
B. 57,675
C. 59,000
D. 59,690
Q-4 If Calcutta were to become the most populous city
(population of other metros remaining unchanged) at the
end of the year, what minimum number of people must
migrate to Calcutta, assuming that every year 1.25% of its
population shifts to other cities
A. 1,32,124
B. 1,32,125
C. 1,32,126
D. 1,32,127
Q-5 If to create a metro a minimum population of 2.5 million is
required. How many more metros could be created out of
these four metros- assuming that the entire population is to be
absorbed in the newly created metros only?
A. 14
B. 15
C. 16
D. None of these
Q-6 If the least populous city has 36% female population, and the
most has 38% female population, then the difference
between male populations of these two cities is closest to:-
A. 15 lakhs
B. 18 lakhs
C. 20 lakhs
D. 21 lakhs
Q-7 In Bombay & Calcutta 29% males are married. In Delhi &
Madras 32% males are married. Assuming that all married
persons are adult and have only single spouse, 3% are infants
in each metro and remaining are categorised as minor. How
many millions of minors are in these metros?
A. 12
B. 13
C. 14
D. 15
Q-8–10 From the table given below, answer the following questions
The number of deaths due to fire accidents in 2012.
Q-8. The average number of deaths per day during the given
period is
A. 22.04
B. 22.98
C. 23.16
D. 21.09
Q-9 Out of the total deaths from 30th March to 8th May, if 22%
occurred in place X and 10% of them are because of
cigarettes, then the number of fire accidents for the given
period in place X because of cigarettes is approximately.
A. 19
B. 20
C. 22
D. 23
Q-10 Average deaths per day during which group period given
below were the maximum
A. II
B. III
C. V
D. VII
Directions for questions 11 to 14: These questions are based on the
following bar diagram.
Q-11 The average production for the last three years when
compared with the average production for the first three
years has dropped by
A. 5%
B. 8%
C. 11%
D. 2%
Q-12 If Left over = Production – Consumption, then the year in
which there is the least left over as a percentage of
production is
A. 1995
B. 1993
C. 1994
D. 1992
Q-13 Total production during the period is approximately (in
tonnes)?
A. 1300
B. 1600
C. 1000
D. 1900
Q-14 Which of the following statements is true?
A. The steepest increase in production immediately follows the
steepest fall in consumption.
B. There is a steady increase in production from 1991 to 1995.
C. The consumption is increasing and decreasing in alternate
years.
D. None of the above.
Directions for questions 15 to 17: These questions are based on the
following bar diagrams.
(Commercial Vehicle* consists of Ashok-Leyland, Telco, Bajaj

Tempo and DCM-Toyota. Passenger Car© consists of Hind Motors,
Maruti and Premier Auto.)
Q-15 What was the percentage increase in the sales of
commercial vehicles over the one year period mentioned?
A.25%
B.16%
C. 33 1/3%
D. 22 6/7%
Q-16 If Bajaj Tempo had a 10% share of the commercial vehicles
market and sold its vehicles at 10% less than the list price,
what were its sales (in rupees) in 1993-94, if the list price of its
vehicles was Rs.8,000?
A. 10,858 crore
B.133.8 lakh
C.108.58 crore
D.133.8 crore
Q-17 Which of the following is true of the percentage increase in
the sales of passenger cars for the given period?
a. It was higher than the percentage increase in the

production of cars for the given period.
b. It was lower than the percentage increase in the production
of cars for the given period.
c. It was equal to the percentage increase in the production
of cars for the given period.
d. Insufficient information to decide.
Q-18– 22 The following chart shows the funds (In Rs Crores) to be
collected by the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) for its
Phase II projects. Study the chart and answer the questions that
follow.
Q-18 NHAI shall arrange around 20% of the funds through
A. Annuity
B. External Assistance
C. Market Borrowings
D. SPVS
Q-19 As per Expectations, NHAI received only 9700 crores as
External Assistance and the shortfall had to be made up from
Market Borrowings, which should be increased by %?
A. 6
B. 4.5
C. 7.2
D. 8.1
Q-20 The Toll collection has been outsourced and is to be paid 12%
as service charges. It should collect how many Rs. crores not
to deviate from NHAI target of Toll collection?
A. 5300
B. 5400
C. 5500
D. 5600
Q-21 If the above data is converted into a Pie chart, Market
Borrowings shall occupy a Central Angle of
A 62°
B. 127°
C. 178°
D. 187°
Q-22 Toll collection makes what % of the Market Borrowings?
A. 12 ½%
B. 14.3%
C. 16.67%
D. 18.75%
FULL LENGTH TEST – 2 – ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C
5. D (Total population = 3,61,40,005 # of metros that can be
created in this = 14.4 say 14 only – Four metros already exist,
hence number of more metros is 10 only).
6. D
7. C (Population of each Bombay & Calcuatta who are adults &
infants = 29+29+3=61% i.e. Minors are 39% = 82,44,600. Similarly
minors in others = 33% each = 48,50,000. Total minors in all
metros 1,31,94,600 i.e. 13+ millions i.e. Answer C)
8. A. 970/44 = Total deaths/Total days = 22.04.
9. A. 850 x 0.22 x 0.1 = 19.
10. A. (Average deaths per day II-170/4; III-150/8; V- 130/8; VII –
120/4
11. A. Required %
= 5.26%
12. A. By observation it is the least in 1995
13. A.
14. A. By observation, only statement three is true
15. A. Percentage increase 3.02/12.06 *100= 25 Choice(A).
16. C. Sales of Bajaj Temp 1993-94 1.508 x 105 x 9000 = Rs.135.72
crores.
17. B. The % increase of sales of cars = 27.5% which is lower than
the % increase in production of cars (28.57%.)
18. b. 20% of the total funds to be arranged = 11486 crores through
External Assistance
19. a. Shortage of funds arranged through External Assistance =
11486-9700 = 1786 Crores i.e. 6% .
= 112% of the Funds required from Toll for projects of Phase II)
= Rs. 4910 crores + Rs. (12% of 4910) crores: Answer C
21. d. Central angle corresponding to Market Borrowing
22. c.

Number of questions 30
Time 25 minutes
For each of the following questions, you are advised to calculate
mentally. Observe the data, graph fully and try to solve as many as
questions orally as are possible. In case of dire need only, you are
advised to work.
Q-1-4 – Purana-Slow’ and Naya-Fast two brands of kitchen juicer-
mixer-grinders, introduced in the market are available in the local
market. For both these brands, 20% of the juicer-mixer-grinders
bought in a particular a year are disposed off as junk exactly at the
end of two years. It is given that Ten pieces of Purana-Slow’ juicer-
mixer-grinders were disposed off in 2007. The following data shows
the number of Purana-Slow’ and Naya-Fast juicer-mixer-grinders in
use during the period 2005-2010.
Q-1 How many Naya-Fast juicer-mixer-grinders were purchased in

2009?
A. 64
B. 50
C. 73
D. 46
Q-2 How many Naya-Fast juicer-mixer-grinders were disposed off
by the end of2010?
A. 17
B. 16
C. 19
D. 24
Q-3 How many Purana-Slow’ juicer-mixer-grinders were purchased
in 2009?
A. 20
B. 18
C. 29
D. 32
Q-4 How many Purana-Slow’ juicer-mixer-grinders were disposed
off in 2010?
A. 7
B. 140
C. 24
D. Data inadequate
For Q-5–9 : The Bar charts below show imports for steel over a six
month period from January 2015 to June 2015. Answer the
following questions based on the information.
Q-5 Which month in 2015 showed the largest decrease in imports

over the previous month?
A. Jan
B. Mar
C. Jun
D. May
Q-6 How much worth of sheet steel (in $) was imported over the 6
month period?
A. 56,550
B. 55,300
C. 55,550
D. 52,370
Q-7 What percentage of scrap steel was imported in the 6 month
period?
A. 32.5
B. 34.2
C. 33.1
D. 31.2
Q-8 What was the difference between coil and sheet steel imports
from Jan 2015 to Mar 2015?
A. 15000
B. 26000
C. 28000
D. 20000
Q-9 Ratio of sheet and coil steel imports in the first 3 months of the
year?
A. 11:9
B. 7:9
C. 7:13
D. 13:18
Question 10–15 The bar graph provided below gives the data of
the production of paper (in lakhs tonnes) by three different
companies X, Y, Z over the years.
Q-10 Difference (in tons) between the production of Company Z in
2008 and of Company Y in 2006?
A. 20,00,000
B. 25,00,000
C. 30,00,000
D. None of these
Q-11 Find the ratio of the average production of Company X in the
period 2008-2010 to the average production of company Y.
A. 23:25
B. 27:28
C. 23:26
D. 24:23
Q-12 Percentage increase in the production of Company Y from
2006 to 2009 ?
A. 45%
B. 60%
C. 57%
D. 54%
Q-13 Which company had the average maximum production for
five years?
A. X
B. Y
C. X&Y
D. X&Z
Q-14 Percentage rise/fall in production from the previous years was
maximum in which year for Company Y ?
A. 2007
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. 2010
Q-15 Production of Company Z to that of Y was maximum for the
year ?
A. 2006
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. 2010
Q-16–20: Study the following bar graph and answer the questions
below:
Q-16 In how many years the production of fertilizers exceeded the

average production in the given period time?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Q-17 The average production of 2005 and 2011 was exactly equal
to the average production of which of the following pair of
the years?
A. 2009 & 2010
B. 2010 & 2005
C. 2005 &2009
D. 2006 & 2007
Q-18 What was the percentage decline in the production of
fertilizers from 2007 to 2008?
A. 22.7
B. 23.9
C. 25
D. 27.2
Q-19 In which year the percentage increase in production as
compared to previous year is the maximum?
A. 2011
B. 2009
C. 2006
D. 2007
Q-20 In 2012 compared to that in 2005 what was the percent
increase in production of fertilizers
A. 180%
B. 200
C. 240
D. 220
Q-21–25: A Departmental Store had 5 different products in each of
its five outlets. The sales of these five products during 2005 and 2010
(in lakhs number of packs) are shown as under.
The above bar graph can also be presented or interpreted in
Tabulation shape as given below:-
(Sale in lakhs units)
Q-21 The sales have increased by nearly 55% from 2005 to 2010 for
which product ?
A. Talcum
B. Nail Polish
C. Shampoos
D. Conditioners
Q-22 Which product had minimum rate of rise in sales during the
period 2005-2010 given?
A. Lipsticks
B. Nail Polish
C. Talcum
D. Conditioners
Q-23 In 2010 the sales of lipsticks exceeded by what % the sales of
nail Polish?
A. 20
B. 22
C. 26
D. 28
Q-24 In 2005 the sales of shampoos were by what % more than the
sales of conditioners?
A. 30
B. 32
C. 34
D. 36
Q-25 What is the approximate ratio of the sales of nail Polish in
2010 to the sales of Talcum powder in 2005 ?
A. 5:2
B. 3:7
C. 7:3
D. 9:11
Q-26– 30 Study the following bar graph carefully and answer the
questions given below
Q-26 Which year saw maximum gap between the import and
export?.
A. 2011-2012
B. 2012-2013
C. 2013-2014
D. 2014-2015
Q-27 The gap between the imports and exports was minimum in ?
A. 2012 – 2013
B. 2013 – 2014
C. 2014 – 2015
D. None of these
Q-28 Exports in 2011–2012 were approximately how many times of
the 2013-2014?.
A. Two
B. Three
C. Four
D. Five
Q-29 Find the ratio of the number of years in which export was
found more than imports to the years where import exceeded
exports?.
A. 3 : 2
B. 2 : 3
C. 3 : 1
D. 1 : 3
Q-30 Find absolute difference between the average of imports
and average of exports.
A. 100
B. 90
C. 80
D. 70
FULL LENGTH TEST – 3- ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
1. B 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. D 8. D 9. A
10.A: As per bar chart, Difference will be [45-25]*100000 = 20,00,000
tonnes. Convert the answers into tonnes as graph is given in
“lakh” tonnes.
11.A:
Average production of X in the period 2008-2010 =
[1/3∗(25+50+40)]=(115/3) lakhs tonnes
Average Production of Y in the period 2008-2010 =
[1/3∗(35+40+50)]=(125/3) lakh tonnes Required Ratio =115/3:
125/3=115: 125=23:25
12.B: To get the percentage increase, we have to first get the
difference between the final value and initial value, we can
calculate the difference as percentage of “initial value”.
Percentage increase in the production of Company Y from
2006 to 2009 = [40−25]/25∗100]% = 60%
13.D: Average production in (lakh tonnes) for three companies are:
Company X = (1/5)(30+45+25+50+40) = 190/5 = 38
Similarly for Y it is 37 and for Z it is 38; So for X and Z it is equal
and maximum
14.A: Percentage change(rise/fall) in the production of Y in
comparison to the previous year, for different years are:
for 2007 =[(35−25)/25∗100]=40% for 2008 =[(35−35)/35∗100]=
for 2009 = for 2010 =
[(40−35)/35∗100]=14.29% [(50−40)/40∗100]=25%
15.A: The % of production of Company Z to that of Company Y in
various years is as:
for 2006 =(35/25∗100)%=140% for 2007 =(40/35∗100)%=114.29%
for 2008 =
for 2009 =(35/40∗100)%=87.5%
(45/35∗100)%=128.57%
So for 2006 the percentage is
for 2010 =(35/50∗100)%=70%
highest.
16.C: Average production will be
1/8(25+40+60+45+65+50+75+80)=55; We observe that the
production in the years 2007, 2009, 2011 and 2012 is more than
the average production.
17.D: Average production of 2006 and 2007 (in 10000 tonnes) was
(40+60)/2=50 ; for 2009 and 2010 = (65+50)/2=57.5; for 2010
and 2011 =50+752=62.5 for 2005 and 2009 =(25+65)/2=45; for
2005 and 2011 =(25+75)/ 2=50
18.C: We can get the difference between two and then find
difference is what percent of the initial value. Percentage =
(45−60) /60∗100 =−25%
19.C: Let us find the % increase in production compared to
previous year for different years: In 2007 = 50% ; In 2006=60% In
2009 =44.44%; In 2011 =50%
20.D: Required Percentage =220%
21.C: Make it a habit to glance the data and try to judge and
solve a majority of the questions. In case we inculcate this
habit a lot of time and exercise can be saved. By a mere
observation that shampoo is the right answer. In case we are
not good at observation, we will have to go a lengthy way of
actual solution. Lipsticks=139.06%; Nail Polish =536.76%;
Shampoos=54.95% ; Conditioners=103.39% So Shampoo is
approx 55%
22.C: Always keep a track of data, that you have ever solved.
Here we have already calculated the % rise in sales for all
items. Hence we have to work one calculation for Talcum
only. Which witnessed 1497 to 2914 – almost < than double i.e.
rise 100%. So talcum is the choice
23.D: Percentage=27.57%
24.D: Percentage=36.42%
25.A: It is 3716: 1497=5:2 the nearest choice. (for better
understanding, we can round these as 3716 – say 3750 and
1497 as 1500
26.C: It is very clear from the graph that the gap between import
and export was maximum in 2013-2014.
27.C: From the graph we can say that the gap between imports
and exports is minimum in 2014-2015 i.e. 400 – 350 = 50 crore.
28.C: The exports of the year 2011 – 2012 = 600; The exports of the
year 2013 – 2014 = 150; Therefore, Exports of 2011 – 2012 is 4
times more than exports of 2013 – 2014.
29.B: In 2 years i.e. 2010 – 2011 and 2011 -2012 exports are greater
than imports In 3 years i.e. 2012 – 2013, 2013 – 2014 and 2014 –
2015 imports are greater than exports
30.D: Average of imports in the span of 2010 – 2015; Average of
exports in the span of 2010 – 2015 Difference = 470 – 400 = 70 ;

Total Questions: 45
Maximum Time : 45 minutes
SECTION I (Time 15 minutes)
Q-1-15: Refer to the above assumed data salary graph and answer
the following questions. (Unless specified, all figures of salary in the
questions below are in Rs. ‘000)
Q-1 What is the average salary for MBA graduates working in
WIPRO, TCS and WAVES?
A. 570
B. 580
C. 560
D. Data inadequate
Q-2 What is the average salary for employees working in WIPRO?
A. 683
B. 680
C. 679
D. Data inadequate
Q-3 Given that out of 150 employees at WAVES, 60 are MBA and
40 are MBA/B.Tech while the rest B.Tech, what is the average
salary of employees in WAVES?
A.747
B.553
C. 574
D. Data inadequate
Q-4 Refer to data in question 3 and further known that there are
60 employees of DELL and the breakup for the different
specialization are MBA 25, MBA/B.Tech 15 and B.Tech 20,
what is the difference in the average salary at WAVES and
DELL?
A. 185
B. 206
C. 12
D. 312
(Q-5-7 : information can be inter-exchanged)
Q-5 Given that the number of employees at the TCS for different
streams are – MBA 50, MBA/B.Tech 45 and System 110, what is
the average salary for TCS?
A. 540
B. 647
C.778
D. 605
Q-6 Refer to the data in question 5, if the number of employees in
MBA in TCS increases to 100, what would be the average
salary at TCS?
A. 650
B. 647
C.678
D. 626
Q-7 Refer to question 5 for data, if the number of employees in
B.Tech increases to 100, what would be the average salary at
TCS?
A. 650
B. 637
C.668
D. 635
Q-8-11 : (information can be exchanged within)
Q-8 The number of employees who are MBA is – WIPRO 90, TCS 50
and INFOSYS 45, what is the average salary of the MBA
specialists from these three Corporate?
A. 615
B. 647
C.624
D. 635
Q-9 Refer to question 8 for data, if the number of employees at
WAVES who are MBA is 60, what will be the average salary of
the employees who are MBA at the WIPRO, TCS, INFOSYS and
WAVES?
A. 606
B. 627
C.588
D. 635
Q-10 If the number of MBA employees in DELL and SYNERGI is 25
and 15, what will be the average salary of MBA employees of
DELL and SYNERGI together?
A. 647
B. 685
C.678
D. 695
Q-11 What is the average salary of the MBA employees for the six
CORPORATEs?
A. 628
B. 617
C.608
D. 535
Q-12 If equal number of employees worked in WIPRO, TCS and
INFOSYS, which Corporate would have the highest average
salary?
A. WIPRO
B. TCS
C. INFOSYS
D. Data inadequate
Q-13 If the number of employees in every stream is 1.5 times of
those in SYNERGI than what they are in INFOSYS, which of the
two will have higher average salary?
A. INFOSYS
B. SYNERGI
C. Equal
D. Data inadequate
Q-14 If equal number of employees belonged to MBA,
MBA/B.Tech, and system, at these six Corporate, which of
these would have the highest average salary?
A. MBA
B. MBA/B.Tech
C. B.Tech
D. Data inadequate
Q-15 If in WIPRO, the ratio of employees in three streams i.e. MBA,
MBA/B.Tech, B.Tech = 2:1:3, what will be the average salary at
WIPRO?
A. 742
B. 761
C. 691
D. Data inadequate
SECTION II (MAXIMUM TIME 20 MINUTES)

Q-1-20: Study the following Bar Charts giving Sales, Cost and Profit
with Base year 2005 = 100 and answer the questions given below:-
- NOTE: Index represents actual value. A particular year may be

designated as the base year and the index for the base year is
taken as 100 e.g. in the given graph for Sales, Cost & Profit the
base year as 2005 (index = 100).
- For 2007, the sales index is 95, which means that sales in 2007 is
5% less than the sales in 2005 and sales in 2012 (index 1.73) is 73%
more than in the base year (2005) sales.
- Similarly the cost index of 98 in 2006 indicates that the cost has
gone down by 2% over the base year of 2005 and in 2008 the
cost has gone up by 10% over cost in 2005.
Q-1 Find the profit in the year 2013?
A. Rs. 110
B. Rs. 143
C. Rs.95
D. Data inadequate
Q-2 By how much sales increased from 2005 to 2014?
A. Rs. 73
B. Rs. 90
C. Rs.15
D. Data inadequate
Q-3 Value of gross profit in 2008?
A. Rs. 27
B. Rs. 30
C. Rs.35
D. Data inadequate
Q-4 If the value of sales in 2005 was Rs. 500 Crores, what it would
be in 2010?
A. Rs. 770 Crores
B. Rs. 870 Crores
C. Rs.950 Crores
D. Data inadequate
Q-5 If the cost in 2008 is Rs. 550 Crores what would be value of cost
in 2014?
A. Rs. 910
B. Rs. 190
C. Rs.950
D. Data inadequate
Q-6 For how many years during the period did the company face
losses?
A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. Data inadequate
Q-7 If sales were Rs. 1200 Crores in 2005, what were the total sales
in the period 2005 – 2010?
A. Rs. 8628 Crores
B. Rs. 9828 Crores
C. Rs.9156 Crores
D. Rs. 8136 Crores
Q-8 Refer to question 7 for data, if the cost in 2005 was Rs. 800
Crores, what would be the cumulative gross profit (in Rs.
Crores) for the period 2005- 2010.
A. 4412
B. 3706
C. 4102
D. Data inadequate
Q-9 The average level of index for sales?
A. 147
B. 151
C. 145
D. 153.
Q-10 The difference between the average sales index and the
average cost index?
A. 7.3
B. 7.7
C.7.5
D. 7.9
Q-11 If sales in 2008 is Rs. 650, what would be the value of cost in
2014?
A. Rs. 810
B. Rs. 890
C. Rs.850
D. Data inadequate.
Q-12 If profit was Rs. 600 in 2008, what was the value of profit in
2005?
A. Rs. 441
B. Rs. 395
C. Rs.480
D. Rs. 545
Q-13 We find maximum profit in the year ?
A. 2007
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. Data inadequate
Q-14 If the profit in 2015 is Rs. 780, what will be the profit in 2013?
A. Rs. 710
B. Rs. 660
C. Rs.650
D. Data inadequate
Q-15 What is the gross profit in 2010 if in 2005 the sales were Rs. 300
and cost is Rs. 120?
A. Rs. 278
B. Rs. 290
C. Rs.260
D. Data inadequate
Q-16 Refer to the data in question 15, what would be the gross
profit in 2015?
A. 328.5
B. 364.3
C. 338.5
D. 345.8
Q-17 What is the gross profit in 2010 given that the sales in 2005 is
Rs. 700 and the costs in 2008 is Rs. 600,?
A. 193
B. 344
C. 243
D. 414
Q-18 If base of sales index is changed to 2006 = 100 in place of
2005= 100, what would be the index of sales for 2005?
A. 80
B. 83
C. 85
D. Data inadequate
Q-19 If base of profit index is changed to 2008 = 100, what would
be the index of profit in 2015?
A. 104
B. 100
C. 109
D. None of these
Q-20 If the index of cost for 2015 = 100, then for how many years
will the cost index be made more than 100?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. None of these.
SECTION III – MAXIMUM TIME 10
MINUTES
1. For how many years we find that the shareholder’s wealth is

above the average?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
2. Net working capital of the company is assumed to be 100 in
2005, what would it be in 2009?
A. 274
B. 254
C. 134
D. 285
3. Growth rate of net fixed assets for 2006 differs from that of 2008
by what %?
A. 37.1%
B. 39.5%
C. 55.4.%
D. 25.3% t
4. To what figure will the shareholder’s wealth rise in the year 2000
assumed that the rate of growth is constant ?
A. 4333
B. 3507
C. 1408
D. 2357
5. Which years listed here have the growth rate of shareholder’s
wealth above its average?
A. 1994 & 2006
B. 2007 & 2008
C.2006 & 2007
D. None of these.
6. Among the given heads which one has the highest
compounded annual growth rate for the period 2005-2009?
A. Net Fixed Assets
B. Net Working Capital
C. Total Debt
D. Shareholder’s Wealth
7. By how much % the growth rate of net working capital of 2008
deviates from that of shareholder’s wealth in the year 2009?
A. 30%
B. 33%
C.35%
D. 28%
For the period given, what is the compounded annual growth
8. rate of net working capital?
A. 36.6%
B. 42%
C. 30%
D. 41%
9. Growth rate of total debt is the maximum for the year?
A. 2005
B. 2006
C. 2007
D. 2008
10 Which year the growth rate of net working capital was more
.
than that of shareholder’s wealth?
A. 2006
B. 2007
C. 2008
D. None of these

EXPLANATIONS
SECTION I
1.d. We need the number of employees who are MBA in the three
Corproates to arrive at the average
2.d. Number of employees in WIPRO is required to calculate the
average salary at WIPRO
3.c. Average Salary at WAVES = [(60x550)+(40x42) +(50x725)]/150 =
574.
4.a. Calculating as above, average salary at DELL = 759. Average
salary of DELL – WAVES = 759 – 574 = 185.
5.b. Average salary at TCS = [(50x540)+(45x453) +(110x775)]/ 205 =
647.
6.d. The average salary for MBA in TCS is significantly lower than
that for B.Tech. Since the number of MBAs have gone up, the
average salary will be lower than what we calculate for Q. 5.
Thus the answer is 626 (Check by calculation)
7.c. Now since the strength of B.Tech has increased, the average
salary will be more than the average salary in Q-5 by a large
margin. So the answer is 667.
8.c. Average salary for MBA in WIPRO, TCS and INFOSYS =
[(540x50)+(620x90) +(725x45)]/185 = 623.9.
9.a. Recalculate, as above, or [(623.9x185)+(550x60)/245 = 605.
10.b. Calculate as above, answer 685.
11.b. Use the answer of the previous Qs. Average = [(606x245)+
(685x40)]/ 285 = 617.
12.c. Since the number for all three CORPORATEs is the same
adding up the average salaries for each CORPORATE will give
their relative positions for WIPRO = 2050 for TCS = 1768 and for
INFOSYS = 2225 hence INFOSYS has the highest average salary
among the three CORPORATEs.
13.a. Let the number of MBA, MBA/B.Tech & B.Tech in INFOSYS be
l, m & s respectively. Thus, average salary of
Thus the Corporate with a higher sum of the average salary of

the three streams will have the higher average salary.
14.a
15.a. Average salary =
= 741.8
SECTION II
We use Index to compare data over a large number of given years
and to find out trends. Because the base year value is always
taken as 100, it is easy to determine the % change in any following
year with respect to the base year. An index cannot give the
actual value for any year unless the actual value and the index of
any one year is given to us.
e.g. if for the given graph actual sales in 2006 (sales, index 12)
is Rs. 144 Cr, then we can say that:
Sales index of 120 = Sales of 144 Cr.
Sales index of 1 = Sales of (1.44/120) = 1.2 Cr.
Sales index of 100 = Sales of Rs. 120 Crores.
Thus we now have the conversion factors, i.e. to convert sales
index to sales. Multiply index with 1.2 to convert sales into sales
Index. Divide sales by 1.2
Thus now we can determine line index of sales for any year if
the sales (Rs. Cr) is known and also the sales (Rs. Cr) of any
year if the sales index is known.
In the solutions below the abbreviations being used are:
CV = Cost Value CI = Cost Index PV = Profit Value PI = Profit
Index.
SV = Sales Value SI = Sales Index
1.d. Index does not give the actual value.
2.d. Index cannot be used to find the absolute change without
the conversion factors. It can give us only the % change.
3.d. Data inadequate as actual values of sales and costs are
required while we have only the indices.
4.a. Sales in 2005 = Rs. 500 Cr = Index of 100. In 2010 the SI = 154,
which is 54% above the index of 2005. Thus sales of 2010 should
be 54% more than the sales in 2005. Thus sales in 2010 = 500 x
1.54 = Rs. 770 Crores
OR
Index of 100 = Sales of Rs. 500 Cr
Index of 1 = Share of Rs. 5 Cr.
Index of 154 = Sales of 154 x 5= Rs. 770 Cr.
5.c. In 2008 CI = 110 and CV = Rs. 550
In 2014 CI = 190 thus CV = × 190 = Rs. 950.
6.d. The profit index shows the increase or decrease from the base
year. To determine the PV for all the years we need the PV for
any one year.
7.b. Total SV for the period 2005-2010 = 1200 + (1.2 x 1200) +(1.31 x
1200) + (1.62 x 1200) + (1.54 x 1200) = Rs. 9828
8.a. SV for the period 2005-2010 = 9828 (Refer Q-17) Total CV for
the period 2005-95 = (100+98+95+110+121+153) x 800/100 =
5416. Difference = 9828 – 5416 = Rs. 4412.
9.a. Average of SI = 1020/11 = 147.27
10.c. Average of CI = 1537/11 = 139.72
Average SI-Average CI= 147.27-139.72 = 7.54
11.d. It is not possible to find the value across indices. With one
value of cost we can find out all the values of cost but none of
the values of sales or profits.
12.c. In 2008 PI = 125 and PV = Rs. 600
In 2008 PI = 100 thus PV = x 100 = Rs.480
13.d. Gross Profit = Sales – Cost. Since we do not have the SV and
CV for the various years, the gross profit cannot be calculated.
14.b. In 2015 PI = 130 and PV = Rs. 780
In 2013 PI = 110 thus PV =
15.a. In 2005 SI = CI = 100, SV = Rs. 300 & CV = Rs. 120. thus, SV 2010
= 154 x 3 = Rs. 462 and CV 2010 = 153 x 1.2 = Rs. 183.6. Gross
Profit = 462 – 183.6 = Rs. 278.4 In the given Q we cannot
determine Profit because it is defined as Sales – Cost – Tax and
we do not have the tax for 2010.
16.a
17.c. In 2005 SI = 100 & SV = Rs. 700, thus SV 2010 = 154 x 7 = Rs.
1078 In 2008 CI = 110 & CV = 600, thus
CV 2010 = 153 x 600/110 = 834.54
Gross profit = 1078 – 634.54 = Rs 243.45
18.b. Current SI 2005 = 100 x SI 2006 = 120
New SI 2006 = 120, thus New PI 2015 =(100/125) x 130 = 104
19.a. Current PI 2008 = 125 and PI 2015 = 130 New PI 2008 = 100,
thus New PI 2015 = 100 (100/125) x 130 = 104
20.b. Only 3 years – 2012, 2013 and 2014 have their CI more than
the CI for 2015, so for these years the CI will be more than 100
SECTION III
1.a. Average of the total debt is 556, hence the total debt is
above the average for 2 years (2008 & 2009)
2.d. NWC 2005 = 350, NWC ; 2009 = 1000 If NWC 2005 = 100 then
NWC 2009 =
3.d. NFA growth rate 2006 = (250 – 180)/180 = 38.9%

NFA Growth rate 2008 = (350 – 335 )/335 = 64.2 %
Hence the difference is 25.3%
4.c. Total growth = 1157 – 125 = 1032 Thus average annual growth
= 1032/4 = 258 Thus SW in 2000 = SW 2009+258 = 1408
5.d. Average annual growth rate = 205% (Refer Q-4) Growth rate is
less than 205% for all the years.
6.d. The word compounded has no relevance and the item which
has grown the maximum will have the highest CAGR &
average annual growth rate.
7.b. NWC growth rate 2008 = (745 – 550)/550 = 35.45. SW growth
rate 2009 = (1150 – 750)/750 = 53..33% = 33%
8.c. For CAGR use the formula of Compound interest thus r = 30%
9.d.
10.d. Growth rate of NWC is less than that of SW for all the years.

No. of questions: 19
Time : 15 minutes
Q-1-5: Refer the given table about monthly payments (EMI)
required to repay a loan availed @ 10.0%. per annum at simple
rate of interest.
(Any higher amount of EMI will be calculated in the highest possible
multiples and breakups after that in downward order (e.g. 25,400 =
2x10,000 + 5,000 + 400 and not like 5x5000 + 400 or 3x8,000 + 2x700
etc. etc. )
Q-1 Find the EMI needed to pay off a Rs.1,00,000 loan in 15 years?
A. Rs.10,750
B. Rs. 10,800
C. Rs. 10,747
D. Rs.11,083.
Q-2 A loan of Rs.5000 will be repaid in how many years when
monthly payment is Rs.50?
A. 8
B. 12
C. 1
D. 18.
Q-3 Difference in each EMI between a 17 year loan of Rs.8,000
and an 18-year loan for the same amount at the same rate?
A. Rs. 0.85
B. Rs.1.01
C. Rs. 1.71
D. Rs. 1.25.
Q-4 According to this table for an 14-year loan the monthly
payment for a Rs.500 loan is what percent of the amount of
the loan?
A. 0.11%
B. 1.11%
C. 1.15%
D. 10.0%.
Q-5 How much money will be paid in interest on a Rs.5000 loan at
10% over a period of 16 years?
A. Rs.2990
B. Rs.4000
C. Rs.3368
D. Rs.3890
Q-6 to 10: The following table gives Tax slabs (in the Land of NO
MAN'S-ISLAND) in a particular year as announced.
Q-6 How much tax is payable by Mr Dharam Pal on his income of
Rs.7500?
A. Rs.75
B. Rs.80
C. Rs.125
D. Rs.150.
Q-7 Your income for a year is Rs. 24,000. After you receive a salary
rise, next year your income is set to be 29,000. How much
more tax will you pay next year if the tax slabs are
unchanged?
A. Rs. 370
B. Rs. 380
C. Rs.340
D. Rs.410.
Q-8 Soumaya paid Rs.130 in taxes. Which statement is true about
her income ‘x’?
A. 0 < x < 4,000
B. 4,000 < x < 6,000
C. 6,000 < x < 8,000
D. 8,000 < x < 10,000
Q-9 A village Suchan Kotli has a population of 15,000 which has
36% males who pay tax. The average income of each male of
the village is Rs. 6,700 per year. What is the total amount paid
in taxes (Rs. in lakhs) by the people of Suchan Kotli?
A. 14.14
B. 5.454
C. 15.15
D. 4.656
Q-10 Naresh Kumar, a resident of the above village, with an
income of Rs.10,000 shall pay what percent (to the nearest
percent) of his income in taxes?
A. 3.8
B. 4.9
C. 5.6
D. 6.7
Directions Q: 11 to 15 refer to the following graph
Q-11 Fructose is about how many times sweeter than lactose?

A. 0.09
B. 0.1
C. 1.54
D. 10.6
Q-12 Increase in sweetness is how much % changed by substituting
maltose for lactose in equal amount?
A. 16
B. 50
C. 100
D. 500
Q-13 How many grams of sucrose must be added to one gram of
saccharin to get a mixture 100 times as sweet as glucose?
A. 7
B. 8
C. 9
D. 10.
Q-14 Find the ratio of glucose to lactose in a mixture as sweet as
maltose?
A. 8 : 21
B. 21 : 8
C. 29 : 8
D. 32 : 5.
Q-15 A mixture of glucose, sucrose, and fructose in the ratio of 1 : 2
: 3 is approximately how many times sweeter than sucrose?
A. 0.6
B. 1
C. 1.3
D. 2.9.
Q-16 to 19 refer the following table:
Q-16 “K” tablespoons of Cream- light have the same number of

calories as 8 oz of Milk – skim have, then K is?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 6
D. 5
Q-17 How many calories of cream would be needed to have the
same number of grams of protein as there are in 4 ounces of
Milk – chocolate?
A. 55
B. 95
C. 110
D. 220
Q-18 Which has the Maximum number of calories per oz.?
A. Cheese cottage
B. Cheddar-type cheese
C. Swiss cheese
D. Milk – whole
Q-19 Which of the following shall provide maximum number of
grams of protein per unit weight?
A. Milk – whole
B. Cheese cottage
C. Cheese- American
D. Milk – chocolate

EXPLANATIONS
You will find that Q-1 – 5 require no working at all. You have to be
quick enough, glance the data and shall find that it is only a 3
minute job.
1. C 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. C
8. C 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. C 13. B 14. A
15. C 16. C 17. D 18. C 19. C

Number of Questions 20
Q-1- 5: Study the following Pie chart and Bar Chart : Flow of tourists
from India going abroad
Q-1 From India what % tourists flow was to USA or United Kingdom?
A. 36
B. 40
C. 28
D. 9
Q-2 What was the %age of Indian tourists going to foreign
countries (other than UAE, Canada and Others ) over the
number of Indian tourists who were above 30 years of age is:
A. 70
B. 75
C. 80
D. 125
Q-3 USA has decided to allow VISA to all applicants > 50 years of
age; to 50% of those < 30 years of age. Then what % of total
applicants is allowed visa by US.
A. 50%
B. 57 ½
C. 42 ½
D. Data inadequate
Q-4 25% of tourists from India normally drive in UAE. What % do
they form of the strength of motorists in UAE who are below 30
years age?
A. 3.75
B. 0.375
C. .0375
D. 37.5
Q-5 Out of a total tourists flow of 75,000 in a particular year, what
% formed those who went to Canada and were in 30-50 years
age group?
A. 29%
B. 24%
C. 20%
D. 25%
Q-6-10 The following table shows the distribution of Market share by
value of different computer companies. It is given that total units
sold during the currency of data were 1,600 PCs for a total value of
US $ 17,60,000.
Q-6 From the data given above, which company seems to have
the maximum average price per unit sales?
A. COMMODORE-e
B. Others
C. APPLE-b
D. Can’t say
Q-7 If during this period sales of APPLE-b increased by 20% and of
COMMODORE-e by 10%, without any change elsewhere, by
how much % the sale would increase?
A. 2.8
B. 3.1
C. 0.9
D. 3.7
Q-8 The average sale price per unit of an HP PC was
approximately (US$)?
A. 1215
B. 1415
C. 1315
D. 1115
Q-9 Difference between the market shares (by volume) of (IBM-
A+TEXAS-C) is how much % of that of (HP + APPLE-B) ?
A. 88
B. 93
C. 114
D. 107
Q-10 HP had to pay back the cost of 18 PCs, sold by it, to its
customers because of some defects. But it recovered 78% of
the cost of these PCs by re-using the spare parts. How much
did HP suffer actually (in US $) ?
A. 4600
B. 4800
C. 5200
D. 5600
Q-11-15 : The Pie chart shows the percentage of students in each
faculty enrolled with a University in India.
The Bar Chart details number of non-Indian students in the Arts
faculty (total strength = 1440 students).
You are advised to use the above information to answer the

following questions.
Q-11 Arts faculty is approximately what % of Non-Indian?
A. 18
B. 37
C. 29
D. 24
Q-12 Students in Engineering & Business Faculty together are?
A. 1260
B. 1369
C. 1440
D. Data inadequate
Q-13 Total strength of University is approximately how much less
than 10,000?
A. 2400
B. 3800
C. 2900
D. 2600
Q-14 For a sample study the students of Computing, Arts and
Engineering were not included. If 35% of the sample study
formed girls, how many boys were studied for the sample?
A. 956
B. 936
C. 876
D. Data inadequate
Q-15 “American” and “European” students formed what % of total
strength of University?
A. 4.8
B. 5.3
C. 5.8
D. 6.3
Q-16-20 : Study the following Bar chart and Pie Chart and answer
the given questions: –
16 What is the difference between the number of working females
) Barnala and the number of working males in Cornool?
in
A. 12,500
B. 11,000
C. 12,000
D. 10,000
In which city is the income per working person the minimum?
17 A. Dina Nagar
)B. Jawalapur
C. Barnala
D. Cornool
18 What is the sum of the average working male and average
)
working female population in thousands) of the given six cities
(calculate approximate value)?
A. 63.35
B. 49.96
C. 51.48
D. 53.75
19 In Dina Nagar, what is the difference (in Rs. lakhs) between the
)
income of males and that of females? (Assume each person
(male/female) has equal income.)
A. 6.545
B. 5.055
C. 2.935
D. 3.455
20 The number of working females in Mansa is what % of that of
)
working males in Barnala?
A. 95%
B. 110%
C. 120%
D. 132%

EXPLANATION
1A 2C 3B 4B 5D 6D 7D 8B 9C 10
11 C 12 C 13 B 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 B 18 D 19 A 20
6.d: Although it seems to be COMMODORE-e, the answer cannot
be determined due to the fact that we are unaware of the
break-up of the sales value and volume of companies
compromising the other categories.
8.b: No. of HP PCs sold = 7% of 1600 = 112; total value = 9% of
17,60,000. Per Unit Price of PC = US $ 1414.28.
9.c: It is sheer wastage of time to compute individual sales, their
sums and then their differences. Simply compute (11% + 13%) is
how much % of (9% + 12%)
10.d : Total loss = 22 % of 18 x 1415 = 5603
16.d : The difference between the working females in Barnala and
the working males in Cornool = 32.5 - 22.5 = 10,000
17.b : (Income per working person = Total income of city/Number
of working people in city )
Income in Dina Nagar = 36% of 2 Crores/ (30+25) thousands =
Rs.130.9
In Cornool = Rs.80;
In Mansa = Rs.61.53
In Karnal = Rs.44.8
In Barnala = Rs.34.78
In Jawalapur = Rs.18.82
The income per working person in Jawalapur is the minimum.
18.d : Average number of working males = 1/6 × (30 + 22.5 + 35 +
30 + 25 + 17.5) = 26.66 thousands
Average number of working females = 1/6 × (25 + 17.5 + 30 +
32.5 + 32.5 + 25) =27.08 thousands; So, required sum = 26.66 +
27.08 = 53.75 thousands
19.a: Income per person = Rs.130.9
So, required difference of income = 5000 × 130.9 = Rs.6,54,500
20.c : Required % = 30/25 × 100 = 120%

Total Questions 15
The following Pie charts give the players in the detergent market for
the year 2012 and 2013. The % market share of each player is given
below:
Q-1-8; Answer the following questions based on the above Pie

charts:-
Q-1 What is the percentage increase in sales of the overall
detergent market in 2013 over 2012?
A.100%
B. 150%
C. 200%
D. None of these.
Q-2 Which company had the minimum growth in sales in these
two years?
A. P & G
B. Hindustan Lever
C. Henkel-powder
D. Other Products
Q-3 What is the growth rate of Hindustan Lever detergent in these
two years?
A. 10%
B. 20%
C. 30%
D. None of these.
Q-4 What is the ratio of sales of P&G Products for the year 2012 to
2013?
A. 1:2
B. 2:1
C. 3:1
D. 2 : 5
Q-5 If each company increases its sale by 10%, then by how much
does the detergent market grow in 2012
A. 15 Crores
B. 25 Crores
C. 30 Crores
D. 10 Crores.
Q-6 If the detergent industry grows at 10% per annum for the next
two years, then what would the value of the detergent
market be in 2015?
A. 453.75
B. 450.25
C. 451.50
D. 452.25
Q-7 If in 2011, the expenditure of Hindustan Lever is 30 Crores and
it increased by 10% every year, what are the Profit % in 2012
for Hindustan Lever.
A. 34.4
B. 36.4
C. 28.9
D. 31.7
Q-8 If the total sales of detergent market is doubled for the year
2012 and 2013 what would be the ratio of sales of Nirma-
powder for the year 2013 to 2012.
A. 2 : 1
B. 3 : 4
C. 15 : 8
D. 4 : 3
Q-9 – 15: Refer the following chart and answer
Q-9 What is the market share of Surf Excel in the detergent market
in 2012?
A. 7.5%
B. 12%
C. 9%
D. Data inadequate.
Q-10 If total expenditure of Hindustan Lever in 2012 is Rs. 40 Crores,
then what is the expenditure incurred (Rupees Crores ) in 2012
to produce Rin?
A. 5.6
B. 40
C. 12
D. Data inadequate
Q-11 Which company has the highest profit % in 2000?
A. Hindustan levers
B. P & G
C. Henkel-powder
D. Data inadequate
Q-12 What is profit earned by Henkel-powder for the year 2012
(assume profit = 25 %) ?
A. 9 Crores
B. 15 Crores
C. 4.5 Crores
D. Data inadequate
Q-13 Which company has the highest profit in 2012, if each has the
same expenditure?
A. Hindustan Lever
B. P & G
C. Henkel-powder
D. Nirma-powder
Q-14 If expenditure of Henkel-powder is growing at the rate of 10%
per annum, what is the profit % in 2013 (refer to data in Q-13)
A. 404%
B. 304%
C. 379%
D. 278%
Q-15 In 2013 expenditure of P & G is 80% of sales in the year. What
is the profit % in 2014 if both swales and expenditure increase
by 10% in 2014?
A. 10 %
B. 20%
C. 25%
D. Data inadequate

EXPLANATIONS
From the Pie charts, the derived sales figure in Rs. Crores are:
1.b.
2.d. Growth in sales of

P&G=(0.2x375-0.25x150) = Rs. 37.5 Cr.
HINDUSTAN LEVER = )0.4x375-0.25x150) = Rs. 105 Cr.
Henkel-powder = (0.2x375–0.15x150) = Rs. 52.5 Cr.
Other Products=(0.05x375-0.1x150)= Rs. 3.75 Cr.
3.d. Growth rate of Hindustan Lever =

4.a. Sale of P&G PRODUCTS in 2012= 25% of 150%
Sale of P&G PRODUCTS in 2013= 20% of 375
Ratio of sales in 2012:2013 =
5.a Detergent market grows by 10% of 150 = Rs. 15 Cr.

6.a. 10% annual growth for 2 years means 21% growth (using the
formula a+b+ab/100)
Sales in 2012 = 1.21 x 375 x Rs. 453.75 Cr)
7.b. Costs of Hindustan Lever in 2012 = 30x11 = Rs. 33 Cr.
Profit = 45 – 33 = 12 Cr.
Profit % =
8. The ratio will not change because if the total sales are
doubled, the sales of Nirma-powder will also double for both
the years. Hence the ratio will be 56.25/30 = 15/8
9.c. Surf Excel = 30% of Hindustan Lever
Hindustan lever = 30% of detergent market
Surf Excel = 30% of (30% of detergent market) = 9% of
detergent market.
10.d. Since only break up of sales is given, the expenditure for Rin
Data inadequate.
11.d. To determine the profit %, both sales and expenditure are
required. Since we do not have the expenditure of the
companies, profit % Data inadequate.
12.c. Profit = 25%, hence Margin = 20 %
Profit amount = 20% of sales = 0.2 x 22.5 = Rs. 4.5 Cr.
13.a. Since all companies have the same expenditure, the
company with the maximum sales will have the highest profit
as well as profit %
14.d. Refer to question 13, margin for Henkel-powder in 2012 = 20%.
Thus cost for Henkel-powder in 2012 = 80% of Sales in 2013,
cost increased by 10%, thus Henkel-powder’s cost in 2013 = 1.1
x 0.8 x 2012 = Rs. 19.8 Cr.
15.c. P&G’s profit in 2000 =
If both sales and costs increase by 10%, then sales will be 1.1S
and cost will be 1.1(0.8S) and hence the profit % will remain at
25%
Total Questions: 16
1. What was the cost of engine in INR?
A. 24,000
B. 30,000
C. 40,000
D. 15,000
2. What is the cost (INR) of Gear Box?
A. 9,600
B. 6,400
C. 5,000
D. Rs. 3.500
3. What percentage of total cost is shared by the brake?
A. 5.5%
B. 6.6%
C.6%
D. 5.4%
4. If the price of Tyres goes up by 25%, by what amount should be
the sale price (INR) be increased to maintain the amount of
profit?
A. 750
B. 850
C. 350
D. 395
5. If transmission cost increases by 20% by what amount is the profit
reduced (total price of car remains same?)
A. RS. 3,600
B. RS. 4,000
C. RS. 4,800
D. 5,750
6. What is the profit %?
A. 10%
B. 9.09%
C. 11.11%
D. 8.8
7. What % of sale price is contributed by clutch?
A. 6%
B. 3.8%
C. 4.2%
D. 5.73
8. If transmission cost increases by 10% and Engine cost increases
by 20%. What is the % contribution of transmission to the cost?
A. 19%
B. 22.44%
C. 11.86%
D. 21. 8%
If all engine cost and chassis cost increase by 10% and the selling
9. price remains the same, by what percent would the profit
reduce?
A. 75%
B. 90%
C. 43%
D. 86
10 If the engine cost and chassis cost increases by 10% each what is
.
the % reduction in margin if the price of the car remain the
same?
A. 55%
B. 5.5%
C. 45%
D. 4.5%
11 If the price of Tyres is increased by 10%, by what amount would
. price (INR) of the car have to be increased to maintain the
be
same profit amount per vehicle?
A. 2,600
B. 1,500
C. 2,300
D. 3,100
12 If government levied a tax of 10% on the sales price (payable by
.
the firm) which is included in the miscellaneous expenses, then
miscellaneous expenses would increase by:
A. 36%
B. 35%
C. 40%
D. 47%
13 What is the difference between the cost of body (chassis,
.
Transmission & Engine) and the miscellaneous as % of the total
cost of a car?
A. 22.22%
B. 44.44%
C. 33.33%
D. 55.55%
14 If price of engine were to increase by 25%, then what should be
.
the revised increased price of the car (INR) to maintain the same
margin?
A. 1,00,000
B. 1,07,500
C. 1,08,333
D. Can’t say
15 If cost of others increases and become 25%, then what should
.
be the increase in the price of the car to maintain the same
margin?
A. RS. 4000
B. 8.5%
C. 6,700
D. > 12.5%
16 If all costs and the price go up by 10%, what will be the margin?
.A. 8.33%
B. 11.11%
C. 10%
D. 9.09%

EXPLANATIONS
The price = Rs. 1,00,000 – mentioned in the first pie chart refers to
the Sales Price and not the cost Price (because the pie chart has
margin as one of its components – which is a component of Sale
Price )
[Note: In the solutions given here: TC =Transmission Cost]
1. d. 30% of 100000 = Rs. 30000
2. c. 15% of 20% of 100000 = 3% of 100000 = Rs. 3000
3. c. Cost of break = 30% of TC; TC = 20% of Price,
Thus, cost of brake = 30% of 20% of price = 6% of Price = Rs.
6000
4. a. Cost of Tyres cost = 15% of 20% of Price = Rs.3000 . Increase in
price of Tyres = 25% of 3750 = Rs. 750. Since the cost has gone up
by Rs. 750 to maintain the amount of profit, the selling price
should also rise by Rs. 750
5. b. TC = 20% of Price = Rs. 20000; Increase in TC = 20% of Rs. 20000
= Rs. 4000. Profit = 10% of price = Rs. 10000; Since the cost has
increased by Rs. 4000 and the sale price remains the same, the
profit should also reduce by Rs. 40000 and become Rs. 6000
6. c. Margin = 10%, hence Profit = (10/90) X 100 = 11.11%
7. Clutch = 30% of T.C.= 30% of 20% of Price = 6%
8. b. increase in TC = 10% = Rs. 2,000. New TC = 20,000 +2000 = Rs.
22,000.
Increase in Engine cost = 20% = Rs. 6,000.
Increase in total cost = Rs. 8,000;
New Total cost = Rs. 98,000.
TC as % of total cost = (22/98) x 100 = 22.44 %
9. b. Sale Price = Rs.1,00,000:
Cost = Rs. 90,000;
Profit = Rs. 10,000
New cost after increase of 10% = Rs. 99000;
Thus new profit = Rs. 1,000
% change in profit = x 100 = – 90% (-) indicates
reduction in profit.
10 c. Margin = Rs. 10,000
.Engine + Chassis cost = Rs. 45,000
Increase in Engine + Chassis cost = Rs. 4,500. Since the cost has
gone up by Rs. 4,500 the margin will go down by the same
amount
% reduction in margin = (4500/10000) x 100 = 45%
11 c. Cost of Tyres = 15% of 20% of Price = Rs. 3,000. Increase in price
. Tyres= 10% = Rs. 300. Thus to maintain the amount of profit, the
of
price of the car has to go up by Rs. 300
12 c. Miscellaneous expense = Rs. 25,000
.Sales tax = 10% of price = Rs. 10,000 = increase in miscellaneous
expenses, thus % increase in miscellaneous expenses = (10/250 x
100 = 40%
13 Cost of body = (30+20+15)% = 65% of Price. Cost of
.
Miscellaneous = 25% of Price Difference = 40% of Price = Rs.
40,000. Difference as % of total cost = (4/9) x 100 = 44.44%
14 c. Engine cost = Rs. 30,000
.Increase in engine cost = 25% = Rs. 7,500
Margin = 10% to maintain this margin.
If cost rises by Rs.90/-, Price increase by Rs.100.
If cost rises by Rs. 1. Price rises by Rs. 10/90.
If cost rises by Rs. 7500. Price increases by (100/900 X 7500 = Rs.
8,333.
Thus to maintain 10% margin, Price = Rs. 1,08,333
15 a. TC = 20% of Price = Rs. 20,000
.Cost of others = 10% of TC = 2% of Price = Rs. 2,000,
Thus rest of the items (Rest) in TC = Rs. 10,000,
Cost of only ‘others’ increases and becomes 25% of TC, hence
the ‘Rest’ should be 75% of TC. Cost of only ‘others’ has risen
hence “Rest’= 75% of TC = 18000/3 = Rs. 6000. Thus increase in
cost of others = Rs. 4000. Since cost has increased by Rs. 4,000, to
maintain the profit, price should be increased by Rs. 4000/-
16 c. Total cost = Rs. 90,000,
.Total price = Rs. 1,00,000
10% increase makes the total cost =Rs.99,000.
10% increase makes the total price = Rs. 1,10,000/-.
So the margin = (11000/110000) x 100 = 10%

Total number of Questions: 20
The population of famous city of Panipat in 2008 consisted of 45%

men, 35% women and the remaining children. Of the children, 40%
were female and 60% male. Of the men, 10% were over the age of
60 years and 25% below the age of 40 years. Of the women, 20%
were over the age of 60 years and an equal number were under
40 years of age. The number of men increased by 4% in 2009 and
that of women increased by 6%. The population of the town in 2008
was 2,00,000
Based on the above information, please answer the following
questions:
1. What is the number of men in 2007?
A. 90000
B. 92000
C. 93000
D. 94200
2. What was the number of adults above the age of 60 years in
2008?
A. 20000
B. 23000
C. 26000
D. cannot be determined.
3. What percentage of the population in 2009 consisted of
children?
A. 16%
B. 20%
C. 13%
4. What percentage of the total females in 2008 were children?
A. 18.6%
B. 20%
C. 15.7%
5. What percentage of the population in 2008 are women below
40 years of age?
A. 20%
B. 15%
C. 7%
D. none of these.
6. In 2009, what is the number of women who were above 60 years
of age?
A. 14000
B. 14840
C. 15200
7. If the number of children remains constant, what is the
percentage of children in 2009?
A. 19.2%
B. 20%
C. 18.1%
D. cannot be determined
8. In 2008 how many women above 60 years of age?
A. 10000
B. 14000
C. 16000
9. Using Data from Question # 7 above if the percentage of
women above 60 years remains the same, what is their number
in 2009?
A. 14000
B. 14840
C. 15200
10 In the above question, what is the number of men below 40
.
years of age, assuming that the composition of men in the given
age groups is constant?
A. 23200
B. 23200
C. 23400
D. none of these.
11 If the population of the town increases by 10% in 2009, by what
.
percentage points has the number of children changed?
A. 11.3%
B. 23.7%
C. 0%
D. none of these.
12 An old age home managed by Mrs & Mr Miglani in the year 2008
.
had 5% of the men above 60 years and 8% of the women above
60 years of age. What was the number of old people in the
home?
A. 1500
B. 1420
C. 1570
D. none of these.
13 If in 2008, the population of the town had decreased by 20%
.
over 2007, then what was the population in 2007?
A. 250000
B. 280000
C. 240000
D. none of these.
14 If the composition of men, women and children remained
constant
. through 2007 and 2008, what is the difference in the
number of men and women in 2007 (Use data from question
number 13)
A. 20000
B. 25000
C. 30000
15 Using the data from question 13 and 14, what is the ratio of
.
children in 2008 to that of 2007?
A. 2:5
B. 4:5
C. 3:5
16 If the ratio of men and children in 2007 is 7:3, what is the number
. men? (use the data of question No. 13)
of
A. 33000
B. 165000
C. 55000
17 If the ratio of women to children is 5:1, what is the number of
.
men in 2007? (Use data of question number 16)
A. 50000
B. 66000
C. 77000
D. none of these.
18 In question 17, what is the difference in the number of men and
.
women?
A. 75000
B. 65000
C. 80000
D. none of these.
19 Using data from question number 17 & 18, what is the ratio of the
number
. of men in 2007 to that in 2009?
A. 175:244
B. 165:234
C. 175:234
D. insufficient data.
20 If 35% of the women in 2007 were below the age of 40 years,
.
what percentage of the population did they comprise (use data
from question number 17)
A. 20%
B. 21%
C. 25%
D. none of these.
FULL LENGTH TEST – 9 : ANSWERS WITH

EXPLANATIONS
The data given in the case can be summarized as follows :
2008 Total population of Panipat town = 2,00,000
Men = 45% of 2 lakhs = 90,000

Over 60yrs age = 10% of 90,000 = 9,000 = 4.5% of total
Less than 40yrs age = 25% of 90,000 = 22,500 = 11.25% of total
Women = 35% of 2 lakhs = 70,000

Over 60 yrs age = 20% of 70,000 = 14,000 = 7% of total
Less than 40 yrs age = 20% of 70,000 = 14,000 = 7% of total
Children = 20% of 2 lakhs = 40,000

Boys = 60% of 40,000 = 24,000 = 12% of total
Girls = 40% of 40,000 = 16,000 = 8% of total
In 2009 % increase in population of men = 4%, women = 6%
1. c. Number of men in 2009 = 1.04 x 90000 = 93600
2. b. Number of men above 60 years in 2008 = 9000. Number of
Women above 60 years in 2008 = 14000. Thus, total number of
adults over 60 years = 23000
3. d. Cannot be determined we do not have any data regarding
the change in the total population or in the number of children.
4. a. Number of female children = 16000 Number of adult women =
70000 Thus , Female children as a % of total females =
5. c. Percentage of women below 40 years of age = 20% of 35% of

total = 7% of total
6. d. Insufficient data because we do not know the % of women
above 60 years in 2009
7. a. Number of men in 2009 = 93600 (Refer Q.1). Number of
women in 2009 = 1.06 x 70000 = 74200. Number of children in
2009 = Number of children in 2008 = 20% of 2 lakhs = 40000.
Therefore, percentage of children in 2009 =
8. b. In 2008 number of women above 60 years = 14000

9. b. Number of women in2009 = 74200. Number of women above
60 years of age in 2009 = 20% of 74200 = 14840
10 c. Number of men in 2009 = 93600. Number of men below 40
.
years of age in 2009 =25 % of 93600 = 23400
11 d. 2008, total population = 200000 x 1.1 = 2.2 lakh.
.Population of men, women in 2009 = 93600, 74200
Therefore, population of children = 220000 – (93600 + 74200 ) =
52200
% of children = Change in percentage points
= 3.7 %
12 C
13 .A
.
14 B
15 .B
16 .D
17 .C
18 .C
.
19 C
20 .B
.

Number of Questions : 20
Time : 15 minutes
Q-1-6: Mr Nitin & Mr Manav jointly opened a show room in the
name of "T&N Bikers" in the city of Gurgaon. They export only
Yamah bikes to different countries.
The below given data shows sales of Motor Cycles in different
countries. Motor cycles are imported by a single dealer
authorised to import into that country.
Study the following data and answer the given questions.
SALES OF MOTOR CYCLES “YAMAH (MODEL : TT-950)
Q-1 What % of the overall was imported by the Germany
importers?
A. 24.2
B. 27.8
C. 25.4
D. 23.1
Q-2 What % of the overall total was sold in November ?
A. 17.9
B. 19.12
C. 21.13
D. 23.01
Q-3 Which month showed the biggest increase in sales over the
previous month?
A. September
B. October
C. November
D. December
Q-4 In August what % of the total sales was sold to the biggest
importer?
A. 28.7
B. 26.2
C. 25.3
D. 24.7
Q-5 What is the average number of units imported into Italy during
the first four months ?
A. 20
B. 22
C. 24
D. 26
Q-6 Three smallest importers account for what % of the total
imports ?
A. 33.2
B. 35.1
C. 36.7
D. 39.4
Q-7 -11 : Given below is the information about import of Steel in
thousands of tons in the country (1 ton = 10 quintals = 1000 kg ).
Find the answers to the questions given below:-
Q-7 Which month showed the largest decrease in imports over the
previous month?
A. July
B. August
C. September
D. December
Q-8 What was the total value of sheet steel imported over the
period of 6 months ?
A. 99,900
B. 1,11,100
C. 1,22,200
D. 1,33,300
Q-9 What was the percentage of Scrap steel imported during the
period given ?
A. 32.5
B. 38.5
C. 42.6
D. 37.5
Q-10 What was the difference between the coil steel and sheet
steel imports (in ‘000 quintals)during the first 3 months?
A. 180
B. 200
C. 220
D. 230
Q-11 Approximate ratio of sheet steel and coil steel imports during
the first 3 months is ?
A. 9/11
B. 7/13
C. 8/9
D. 11/9
Q-12-16: Ms Kalpana is doing Ph.D and was asked to compile data
on publications of papers by students at different Universities. In her
research, she has observed the below given table which shows
non-technology papers published by leading Universities during the
period
Q-12 How many papers were published by researchers in Yale
University in 2012 ?
A. 55
B. 60
C. 65
D. 70
Q-13 In which year the researchers published the maximum papers
A. 2011
B. 2012
C. 2013
D. 2014
Q-14 In which year the researchers at Yale and Delhi university
published the same numbers of papers?
A. 2012
B. 2014
C. 2015
D. 2010
Q-15 In which years the researchers at P.U. published more papers
than Himachal University?
A. 2010
B. 2012
C. 2014
D. Never
Q-16 Which university published the second highest papers during
the given period ?
A. Himachal
B. Yale
C. Delhi
D. Sikkim
Q-17 – 20: In a recent sample survey conducted in the City of
Gardens on the liking of music amongst the different age groups,
the following response was available. You are advised to answer
the questions given below :-
Q-17 What %age below 21 years age liked Blue as their favourite
music?
A. 7.6
B. 8.5
C. 9.2
D. 11.4
Q-18 What % age of 16-20 age group showed a favour for music
other than Rock music?
A. 60
B. 64
C. 68
D. 66
Q-19 What % of the total sample indicated liking for Jazz music.?
A. 7
B. 9
C. 10
D. 11
Q-20 What % of the total sample were for the 16-20 age group?
A. 25
B. 20
C. 17
D. 19
FULL LENGTH TEST – 10 – ANSWERS
1C 2A 3B 4D 5C 6B 7C 8B 9D 10
11 D 12 C 13 B 14 D 15 B 16 B 17 A 18 B 19 D 20
OceanofPDF.com
7.01
DI TEST SERIES
TEST PAPER – 701

No. of questions 16
Q-1 – 5 The following table gives the percentage distribution of
population of five Cities Partapgarh, Quetta, Rajgarh,
Sultanpur and Titaari town on the basis of poverty line and also
on the basis of sex.
Q-1 If the male population above poverty line for Rajgarh is
2.85 million, what is its population in Lakhs?
A. 62.5
B. 59.5
C. 68.5
D. 47.5
Q-2 The number of females below poverty line in Partapgarh
is 2.31 Lakhs, find its male population in Lakhs.
A. 2.53
B. 3.63
C. 2.87
D. 4.23
Q-3 Find the number of females above poverty line in the
Sultanpur given that its population is 14 Lakhs.
A. 2.66
B. 11.4
C. 6
D. 4.85
Q-4 What will be the total population of Titaari & Quetta given
that the males are 12 Lakhs and 4.8 Lakhs respectively?
A. 5:2
B. 5:3
C. 2:5
D. 4:5
Q-5 Ratios of Males to Females for “below Poverty Line” and
“above Poverty Line” is not NOT less in the case of :
A. Partapgarh
B. Quetta
C. Rajgarh
D. Sultanpur
Q-6-10: The bar chart shows the percentage of total
population of a state of “Merry-Land” – in different age groups
– given below
Q-6 Which age groups given below accounts for the 2nd
maximum?
A. (16–25 & 56–65)
B. (26–35 & 56–65)
C. (46–55 & 36–45)
D. (36–45 & 56–65)
Q-7 If the data sample is for 12,400 persons, how many of
them are below 25 years age?
A. 6138
B. 5038
C. 7289
D. 4244
Q-8 The difference between the number of persons in the
age group 36-45 and 56-65 is around 9 million, what is the
total population in Lakhs of State?
A. 150
B. 1500
C. 15000
D. 150000
Q-9 If the number of people in the age group 46-55 is 13
millions, what is the approximate difference (Lakhs)
between the number of people in ‘below 15’ and ‘above
66’ groups?
A. 3.64
B. 36.40
C. 364.0
D. 36400
Q-10 It is estimated that number of persons younger than 26
years age are 250 Lakhs. What strength in millions does it
make for the 36-65 age groups?
A. 1.6
B. 1.80
C. 160
D. 2.00
Q-11-16 M/s T&N India Toy Cars (Pvt.) Ltd in the world of
Wonderland produced toy cars of various models over the
years 2000 & 2001. Percentage of Six different type of toy car
models produced is given in the Bar Chart.
Q-11 What was the difference in the number of Yen toy cars
produced in 2000 and in 2001?
A. 35,500
B. 27,000
C. 22,500
D. 17,500
Q-12 Total Number of toy Cars of models Xylo, Yen & Nano
manufactured in the year 2000 is?
A. 2,45,000
B. 2,27,000
C. 2,10,000
D. 1.92.500
Q-13 If the percentage production of Xylo type toy cars in
2001 was the same as that in 2000, the production of Xylo
toy cars in 2001 would have been ?
A. 1,40,000
B. 1,05,000
C. 1,32,000
D. 1,17,000
Q-14 How many Mercedes toy cars were left unsold if only 85%
went to the buyers?
A. 12,250
B. 11,850
C. 7,650
D. 9,350
Q-15 Which model of toy cars had minimum change in
production in 2001 over the previous year?
A. Yen
B. Zen
C. Mercedes
D. Nano
Q-16 Which model of toy cars mentioned below had
maximum change in production in the year 2001 over
2000?
A. Zen
B. K 10
C. Mercedes
D. Yen
DI TEST SERIES : TEST PAPER – 701 –

ANSWER AND EXPLANATIONS.
1. A 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. C 7. A 8. A
9. B 10. A 11. A 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. D
Q-1 Explanation: Let population of Rajgarh be x million, then

2/5 of (0.76x) = 2.85 Answer A
Q-2 – Explanation: If ‘x’ be the population below poverty line; x
: 2.31 :: 11:6 = x=4.235; Now the ratio of population below
poverty line to that above poverty line is 35 : 65. If Y be total
population Therefore, 35:65::4.235:Y; Y = 7.865 and number of
males is (6/13) (7.865=3.63
Q-4 – Explanation: if female below poverty line in Quetta is x
then 3:5 :: 4.8 : x ; x = 8; Population below poverty line = 12.8
OR 25% of Total population of Quetta = 12.8; Total population =
51.2 Lakhs
Now if Y be females below poverty line in Titaari, then 12:Y ::
5:3 ; therefore, Y = 7.2 Lakhs and also 15% of Total population
of Titaari =19.2 i.e. Total population = 128 Lakhs
Ratios of population of Titaari : Quetta = 128 : 51.2 i.e. 5:2
DI TEST SERIES – TEST PAPER 702

Total Questions = 20
Time suggested: 15 minutes
Q-1 – 5: Study the following pie-diagrams and answer the

questions given below :
Q-1 Weight of the proteins in skin is how many kg in the
human body?
A. 11.2
B. 10.8
C. 16.7
D. 16
Q-2 What will be the quantity of water in the body of a person
weighing 85 kg?
A. 55.6
B. 62.3
C. 59.5
D. 58.8
Q-3 What is the ratio of the proteins in the muscles to the
proteins in the bones?
A. 3:1
B. 5:2
C. 2:3
D. 2:1
Q-4 What angle at the circle centre shall show the distribution
of proteins and other dry elements in the human body?
A. 108°
B. 98°
C. 120°
D. 48°
Q-5 What % of the human body is made of neither bones nor
skin?
A. 73
B. 68
C. 48
D. 16
Q-6 – 15 : Study the following line graph which gives the
number of students who joined and left the Salwania
Public School for six years.
(Strength of the school is calculated as on 2nd April of that
year until specified). Strength of Students as on 01.04.2005 =
3,000
Q-6 What was the strength as on 31.12.2009?

A. 3140
B. 3000
C. 3100
D. 2950
Q-7 The strength of students in the school changed by what %
from 2007 to 2008?
A. (-) 2.1
B. (-) 1.1
C.(-) 2.4
D. 1.01
Q-8 The number of students studying in the school in 2008 was
what percent of the number of students studying in the
school in 2011?
A. 96.88
B. 93.75
C. 94.01
D. 97.25
Q-9 Which of the paired years had same strength?
A. 2007/2008
B. 2008/2010
C. 2009/2011
D. 2005/2008
Q-10 In which year net strength of the school went up by the
maximum.
A. 2010
B. 2009
C. 2011
D. 2006
For Q-11- 12. Security Account is operated for withdrawal for
overpayments or for credit of deposit of excess amount of
security received once in a year after the admissions are over
i.e. on 2nd April.
Q-11 For how much amount (in lakhs Rs.) in the year 2007 was
it withdrawn?
A. 3.22
B. 3.32
C. 3.52
D. not withdrawn
Q-12 How much amount was credited to Security Account in
the year 2010?
A. 1,20,000
B. 1,35,000
C. 2,70,000
D. No credits
Q-13 – 14: Security amount is accepted by Cash only and
deposited in the Bank on the same day. Security refund is
made by Cheque only which takes minimum of7days to clear.
Bank pays interest @ 5% p.a. on daily basis on the credit
balance available in the account.
Q-13 How much interest (Rs.) was credited in Security Account
during 2008?
A. 350
B. 250
C. 450
D. 400
Q-14 It was reported that 20 Cheques issued for the year 2011
were mutilated and were got re-issued after one month.
How much interest was approximately saved and
credited in Security Account during this period?
A. 1000
B. 1450
C. 1100
D. 1240
Q-15 Strength of the school changed by (?) from first day to
the last day under study?
A. 240
B. (-)220
C. 190
D. (-)180
Q-16 – 20 : Study the following Pie Chart showing Fertilizer
Production in the years given (quantity produced in a
year (in ‘000 tons) is in brackets); (1 ton = 10 quintals =
1000 kg).
Q-16 The year 2008 witnessed how much % decline in

production over 2007?
A. 29
B. 4
C. 25
D. 15
Q-17 The average production of the years 2006 & 2007 was
exactly equal to the average production of which of the
following pairs of years?
A. 2010 & 2011
B. 2009 & 2010
C. 2008 & 2010
D. 2005 & 2011
Q-18 What was the percentage increase in production of
fertilizers in 2012 compared to that in 2005?
A. 200
B. 300
C. 220
D. 260
Q-19 In which year was the % increase in production
maximum as compared to its previous year?
A. 2007
B. 2009
C. 2011
D. 2006
Q-20 In how many of the given years was the production of
fertilizers more than the average production during the
given period?
A. 4
B. 3
C. 5
D. never
DI TEST SERIES: TEST PAPER – 702:

ANSWERS AND EXPLANATIONS
1. A 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. C 9. D 10. B
11. B 12. A 13. B 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. D 18. C 19. D 20. A
1a: Weight of skin protein in the body (16%) (1/10) of body =
1.6%
2c. Quantity of water in the body of a person weighing 75 kg
= 70% of 75 kg
4a. Percentage of proteins and other dry elements in the
body = 16+14 =30%; Therefore 30% of 3600
DI TEST SERIES – TEST PAPER 703

Number of questions: 20
Suggested time: 15–18 minutes
Q-1 – 5 Study the following Bar chart carefully and answer the
questions given below: Distribution of candidates who were
enrolled for MBA entrance exam and the candidates (out of
those enrolled) who passed the exam in Seven given different
institutes:
Q-1 What percentage of candidates passed the Examination
from Tiger institute out of the total number of candidates
enrolled from the same institute?
A. 50%
B. 62.5%
C. 75%
D. 80%
Q-2 Which institute has the highest percentage of total
candidates passed to the total candidates enrolled in it?
A. Queen
B. Royal
C. Victoria
D. Tiger
Q-3 The number of candidates passed from both Stephen
and Prince Institutes together exceed the number of
candidates enrolled from Tiger and Royal Institutes
together by:
A. 228
B. 279
C. 399
D. 407
Q-4 What is the percentage of candidates passed to the
candidates enrolled for Institutes Queen and Royal
together?
A. 88%
B. 87%
C. 14%
D. 13%
Q-5 What is the ratio of candidates passed to the candidates
enrolled from Prince Institute?
A. 9:11
B. 11:14
C. 6:11
D. 9:17
Q-6 – 10 Two finance companies namely Pearls Group and Q-
lite Group pay fixed annual rate of interest to its investors, as
displayed below, on the amounts invested with them by
investors. However, the rates of interest offered by these
companies vary from year to year depending on the variation
in the economy of the country vis-a-vis the banks rate of
interest.
Q-6 A sum of Rs. 4.75 Lakhs was invested by Mr Rhitik Gupta in

Company Q-lite in 2009 for one year. How much interest
would have been earned if this sum was invested in
Company Pearls?
A. Rs. 19,000
B. Rs. 9,500
C. Rs. 11,750
D. None of these
Q-7 If two different amounts in the ratio 8:9 were invested in
Companies Pearls and Q-lite respectively in 2012, then
the interest amounts received after one year as interests
from Companies Q-lite and Pearls are in the ratio?
A. 27:16
B. 3:4
C. 3:2
D. 4:3
Q-8 In 2010, Rs. 30 Lakhs was invested partly in Company
Pearls and partly in Company Q-lite for one year. The
total interest received was Rs. 2.43 Lakhs. What was the
sum (in Lakhs) invested in Company Pearls?
A. Rs. 9
B. Rs. 11
C. Rs. 12
D. Rs. 18
Q-9 In 2008 Dr Vipul invested a sum of Rs. 12 Lakhs in
Company Pearls. The amount received after one year, on
maturity, was re-invested in the same Company for one
more year. Then the total appreciation received on his
investment was?
A. Rs. 2,96,200
B. Rs. 2,42,200
C. Rs. 2,25,600
D. Rs. 2,16,000
Q-10 An investor invested Rs. 5 Lakhs in Company Q-lite in 2006
for a year. In 2007, the entire amount received was
transferred as investment to Company Pearls next year.
What amount will be received from Company Pearls, by
the investor at the end of year 2008?
A. Rs. 5,94,550
B. Rs. 5,80,425
C. Rs. 5,77,800
D. Rs. 5,77,500
Q-11-15: Number of Candidates Appeared, Qualified and
Selected in State Service Examinations from Five States/UTs
Goa, H.P, U.P, Gujrat and Rajasthan Over the Years
Q-11 For which state the average number of candidates

selected over the years is the maximum?
A. Goa
B. HP
C. UP
D. Gujrat
Q-12 The percentage of candidates qualified from Gujrat over
those appeared from Gujrat is highest in the year?
A. 2007
B. 2008
C. 2009
D. 2010
Q-13 In the year 2007, which state had the lowest percentage
of candidates selected over the candidates appeared?
A. Rajasthan
B. HP
C. UP
D. Gujrat
Q-14 The number of candidates selected from Rajasthan
during the period under review is approximately what
percent of the number selected from Goa during this
period?
A. 84.5
B. 81
C. 88.5
D. 84.5
Q-15 The percentage of candidates selected from U.P over
those qualified from U.P is highest in the year?
A. 2011
B. 2007
C. 2009
D. 2008
Q-16-20 A cosmetic company provides five different products.
The sales of these five products (in Lakhs number of packs)
during 2005 and 2010 are shown in the following bar graph
Q-16 The sales of lipsticks in 2010 were by what percent more
than the sales of nail polish in 2010? (rounded off to
nearest integer)
A. 25
B. 28
C. 33
D. 22
Q-17 During the period 2005-2010, the minimum rate of
increase in sales is in the case of?
A. Lipsticks
B. Powder
C. Conditioners
D. Nail Polish
Q-18 What is the approximate ratio of the sales of nail polish in
2010 to the sales of Talcum powders in 2005?
A. 3:2
B. 9:2
C. 3:4
D. 5:2
Q-19 The sales have increase by nearly 100% from 2005 to
2010 in the case of?
A. Lipsticks
B. Powder
C. Conditioners
D. Nail Polish
Q-20 The sales of conditioners in 2005 were by what percent
less than the sales of shampoos in 2005?
A. 25
B. 36
C. 60
D. 57
DI TEST SERIES – TEST 703 –

ANSWERS WITH HINTS
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. B
11. A 12. D 13. D 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. B
For Q-11-15 : first we complete the data as under but it should
be done only when the set contains around 10 questions else
you will find it a time wastage.
Here we have to keep a track of data and recall the same
when encountered in questions later in the set.
For Q-16 – 20 : You will find that most of the questions can
be answered merely by observation – but carefully –
DI TEST SERIES – TEST 704

Total Questions: 20
Suggested time: 15-16 minutes
Q-1- 5 The Pie chart given below shows the expenditure of a
country on various sports activities during a particular year.
Answer the questions given below it (data/conclusions may be
inter-used).
Q-1 What amount (in Rs,) goes to Tennis?

A. 216X103
B. 21600
C. 21600000
D. 2160000
Q-2 How much percent amount less is spent on Golf than on
Hocky?
A. 7
B. 37 ½
C. 70
D. 41
Q-3 The amount spent on Basketball exceeds that on Others
by how much Percentage?
A. 5.55
B. 5
C. 55.55
D. 35
Q-4 Expenses on Football are what % less than those on
Cricket ?
A. 8
B. 32
C. 53
D. 28
Q-5 Later in the year, on revision of budget, amount for sports
was increased by 20 Lakhs. Now the extra amount spent
on Cricket and Hockey together is ..... Lakhs?
A. 8
B. 120
C. 80
D. 160
Q-6 – 10: Ratio of Exports to Imports (in terms of money in Rs.
Crores) of Two Companies – “Aditya Exports” and “Bhalla
Exports” over the years (all figures to be rounded to the nearest
of 25 multiples)
Q-6 In how many of the given years were the exports of
Adityas more than those of Bhallas?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Q-7 If the Exports of Adityas in 2007 increased by 30 %, and
those of Bhallas in 2010 by 40%, then what would be the
ratio of their exports for these years?
A. 13:15
B. 10:13
C. 8:11
D.13:10
Q-8 If the exports of Adityas in 2008 were 1.2 % of the total
exports of the country, what was the amount (in crores)
of total exports in that year?
A. 615
B. 625
C. 549
D. 725
Q-9 If the ratios of exports of Adityas and Bhallas of the year
2005 got reversed in the year 2010, what should have
been the approximate exports (Rs Crores) of Bhallas
during 2010?
A. 43
B. 250
C. 190
D. 234
Q-10 Which year given below had maximum % age difference
between exports of Adityas & Bhallas?
A. 2008
B. 2010
C. 2007
D. 2009
Q-11-15: The table given below shows strength as on 31
December of a given year and the movements of employees
in different streams with M/s Nav Bharat & Sons, Diamond
Merchants, since its establishment in 2005.
Q-11 What is the difference between the number of

Technicians and the number of Accountants added to
the Company during the years 2006 to 2010 ?
A. 556
B. 480
C. 12
D. 736
Q-12 What was the number of Helpers working in the
Company at the end of year 2009?
A. 1168
B. 1192
C. 1082
D. 1212
Q-13 For which of the following categories the percentage
increase in the number of employees working in the
Company from 2005 to 2010 was the maximum?
A. Supervisors
B. Operators
C. Technicians
D. Accountants
Q-14 Find the average of the total employees of all categories
of 2007 ?
A. 1165
B. 1175
C. 1181
D. 1325
Q-15 During the period between 2005 and 2010, the number
of Operators who left the Company is what percent of
number of Operators who joined the Company?
A. 51
B. 46
C. 54
D. 49
Q-16-20 Study the following Line chart and answer the
questions given below:
Q-16 What is the absolute % change in the overall sales
turnover of all the five companies between the given
periods?
A. 17.21
B. 21.24
C. 11.67
D. 14
Q-17 What is the absolute change in overall sales turnover of
all the companies together between 2011–2012 and
2012–2013?
A. 675
B. 642
C. 712
D. 704
Q-18 Which of the companies shows the maximum
percentage change in sales turnover between the two
years?
A. GM -motors
B. Honda-City
C. Swift
D. Maruti-800
Q-19 What should have been the sales turnover of GM in 2012
– 2013 to show an excess of the same quantum over 2011
– 2012 as shown by the sales turnover of Maruti-800
A. 913
B. 944
C. 923
D. 954
Q-20 What is the approximate difference between the
average sales turnover of all the companies put together
between the years 2011 – 2012 and 2012 – 2013 ?
A. 135
B. 148
C. 152
D. 120
DI TEST SERIES – TEST 704 ANSWERS
1. D 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. C
11. C 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. A
(In this case lets the entire job of working, drawing the figures –
if required – calculations, presentation and deriving the results
is left to the students. These are comparatively tougher than
the graphs or other data interpretation questions and may
require more than usual time.)
Total questions: 15
80% of the students of Hindu Public School, Sonepat (HPSS)

passed the X Board examination and moved on to RAMJAS
College (RJC) for their class XI under 10+2+3 system of
education. In 2008, 20% of the students of HPSS joined the
Science stream in RJC. 30% joined Arts while the remaining
joined the Commerce stream. Over and above these, 20%
students joined RJC from other schools. The breakup of these
outside entrants across the Science, Arts and Commerce was
2:3:5 respectively. There were no students left behind from the
previous bench.
In 2008, the number of students finally in the XI Arts stream was
720.
1. What was the number of students of HPSS who gave the
examination in 2008?
A. 2000
B. 2400
C. 2800
D. Data inadequate
2. What was the final number of students in the XI class
commerce stream?
A. 1000
B. 1400
C. 1200
D. Data inadequate.
3. What was the percentage of the total XI arts students
among the various streams?
A. 20%
B. 30%
C. 50%
D. Data inadequate.
4. What is the percentage of students in Science stream of RJC
that are from HPSS?
A. 80
B. 86.66
C. 91.11
D. Data inadequate.
5. What is the number of students who passed the X
examination from HPSS?
A. 1920
B. 2100
C. 2110
D. Data inadequate.
6. What is the total number of students in XI science stream?
A. 576
B. 640
C. 480
D. Data inadequate.
7. If 50% of HPSS pass outs are girls, what is the number of girls
from HPSS in the arts stream?
A. 300
B. 400
C. 600
D. Data inadequate.
If after the XI class, 10% of the commerce students changed
8. to the arts stream and 5% of the arts stream had dropped
out, what is the new number of students in the XII class arts
stream?
A. 570
B. 670
C. 804
D. Data inadequate.
9. If only 5% of the arts stream and 6% of the commerce
stream drop out, how many students are in the XII class of
RJC? (Assume new additions)
A. 2292
B. 1910
C. 1890
D. Data inadequate.
10 If 8% of the Commerce students join arts after XI class and
.
10% of the science students move to commerce, by what
percentage has the number of commerce students
changed from XI to XII?
A. -4%
B. 4.167%
C. -4%
D. -4.167%
11 If the number of girls in the XI class is in the ratio 2:5:3 in
.
Science, Commerce and Arts respectively, then what is the
number of girls in the RJC XI class?
A. 720
B. 800
C. 1200
D. Data inadequate.
Refer to data of question 11, if the number of girls in science
12 stream is 50% of the number of boys in science stream, what
. the number of girls in the arts stream.?
is
A. 360
B. 240
C. 200
D. Data inadequate.
13 If 90% of the entire XI class had passed, how many would
.
have failed?
A. 250
B. 240
C. 200
D. Data inadequate.
14 Using data from question 11 and 12, what is the ratio of the
.
number of boys in the science stream to that in the arts
stream?
A. 2:5
B. 2:3
C. 3:2
D. Data inadequate.
15 If a new stream home science is introduced in class XI of
.
RJC and 300 students join, what percentage of the total
students of RJC class XI will be in home science?
A. 9.09%
B. 11.11%
C. 12%
D. 12.5%

EXPLANATION & HINTS
Please make out the data chart yourself as in the case of
Exercise above and solve.
Here is answer key with hints:
1. b 2. c 3. b 4. a 5. a 6. c
7. d 8. c 9. a 10. c
11 d - Individual strength is not known.
12 b. Number of girls in Science = 50% of Boys in Science. Thus
girls form 33.33% of Science = 480/3 = 160. Thus number of
girls in Arts = 3/2 x 160 = 240 13 b. Number that failed in XI
class = 10% 2400 = 240
14 b. Number of boys in Science stream = 320 (Q.12). Number
of boys in Arts stream = 720 – 240 = 480. Thus, ratio = 320 :
4890 = 2 : 3 15b

Q-1-20 : Study the following graphs and the table and answer
the questions given below.
Q-1 Males in ODISHA are what % of the males in Himachal?
A. 42
B. 48
C. 57.5
D. 39.5
Q-2 What was total number of Literates (Lakhs) in PUNJAB &
HIMACHAL in 2008?
A. 105
B. 112
C. 98
D. 109
Q-3 What is the %age of females in HARYANA to that of
Rajasthan?
A. 87
B. 105
C. 125
D. 160
Q-4 What was the number of males (Lakhs) in ODISHA in the
year 2008?
A. 255
B. 341
C. 321
D. 295
Q-5 If in the year 2008, there was an increase of 10% in the
population of ODISHA and 12% in the population of
HIMACHAL compared to the previous year, then what
was the difference of populations in lakhs (approx) of
ODISHA and HIMACHAL in 2007?
A. 102
B. 115
C. 97
D. 108
Q-6 – 10: In Salwan Public School periodical examinations are
held every quarter. In a session during April 2015 – March 2016,
students of Class X appeared for each of the periodical
exams. The aggregate marks obtained (out of Maximum Marks
500) by them in each periodical examination are represented
in the line-graphs given below: -
Q-6 Who amongst all the students obtained highest marks in

Apr-Sep half year period?
A. Manav
B. Aman
C. Tarun
D. Richa
Q-7 Marks obtained by Manav are what % of the marks
obtained by Tarun in the year?
A. 100
B. 103
C. 108
D. 97
Q-8 The difference between the %age marks of Tarun and
Jagmohan is ?
A. 1.75
B. 2.2
C. 2.75
D. 3.25
Q-9 The difference between the average marks per quarter
obtained by Manav and Richa during the given
academic year is ?
A. 6.75
B. 7.55
C. 8.15
D. 8.75
Q-10 Which pair scored equal marks during the period?
A. Tarun-Manav
B. Manav-Vipul
C. Tarun-Richa
D. Vipul-Richa
Q-11-15 The bar graph given below shows the total production
of car manufacturing companies into various models over the
three years.
Q-11 What was difference in the number of cars produced in
2005 and that produced in 2015?
A. 25,000
B. 24,000
C. 22,000
D. 21,000
Q-12 Total number of Deluxe and Luxury cars produced during
the given period is how much less than 1,21,350 cars ?
A. 46,850
B. 47,500
C. 49,650
D. 52,550
Q-13 If the % rise in production of Luxury cars in 2010 over 2005
was same for the year 2015 over 2010, then the number
of Luxury cars produced in 2015 would have been?
A. 24,000
B. 26,000
C. 28,000
D. 30,000
Q-14 If 84% of the SUVs and 92% of Deluxe Cars produced
during the given years were sold by the companies, then
the difference between the unsold cars of these two
types as at the end of 2015 is?
A. 1,560
B. 1,780
C. 1,440
D. 1,250
Q-15 Maximum rise in production for the year 2010 over the
year 2005 was for.......cars?
A. Common
B. Deluxe
C. Luxury
D. SUVs
DI TEST SERIES – TEST 706- ANSWERS
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A
6. B 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. D
11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. C
Total Questions : 15

Q-1–5: Study the following information carefully and answer the
questions given below it.
A colony, established in the year 1999, in the township of

Dabwali, has 5500 members. It is known that 18% of all the
members (10% of these as females) deal in various activities of
business. 65% of the total members in the colony work in
different organizations out of which 40% of the number of
serving being females. 12% of the total inhabitants of the
colony are still searching for some job as they are unemployed
(with 30% of total unemployed as females). The remaining
strength of the colony consists of children all below 18 years
with 60% females.
Q-1 The number of children (both males and females) is
approximately what per cent of people who manage
their business (both males and females)?
A. 28
B. 32
C. 34
D. 26
Q-2 What is the difference between the male and female
children in the colony?
A. 60
B. 58
C. 55
D. 53
Q-3 What is the total number of adult males in the colony ?
A. 3492
B. 3498
C. 3506
D. 3509
Q-4 What is the total number of females in the colony?
A. 1890
B. 1892
C. 1896
D. Question not clear.
Q-5 What is the respective ratio of the unemployed males to
the number of males working for various organizations?
A. 14/63
B. 12/65
C. 14/61
D. 14/65
Q-6 Total number of males in the town is ?
A. 3408
B. 3711
C. 3608
D. 3592
Q-7 It is known that only 35% of the females in the colony are
educated of which 15% are above matriculation. How
many females in the colony are at least Matriculate?
A. 150
B. 100
C. 180
D. 240
Directions Q-8–15: Study the following table carefully to answer
the questions that follow. Number of flights cancelled at five
different Airports during six given years.
Q-8 What was the respective ratio between the number of
flights cancelled in Ranchi & Ahmedabad in the year
2016 and number of flights cancelled in Patna &
Hyderabad in the year 2009 ?
A. 1/6
B. 3/8
C. 5/9
D. 7/11
Q-9 What was the difference between the average number
of flights cancelled in all the Air ports together during the
year 2008 & in 2015?
A. 48
B. 45
C. 58
D. 56
Q-10 What is the difference between the number of flights
cancelled in Ahmedabad in the year 2007 and the total
number of flights cancelled in Ranchi in the years 2015,
2007 and 2008 together?
A. 190
B. 200
C. 210
D. 220
Q-11 At which airport the number of flights cancelled went
up, down, up, down sequence manner during the years
2009 to 2014?
A. Patna
B. Hyderabad
C. Ranchi
D. No where
Q-12 Number of flights cancelled in Hyderabad in the year
2014 was what per cent of the total number of flights
cancelled in Patna over all the years together?
A. 28
B. 30
C. 32
D. 34
Q-13 Which airport had the next to maximum number of flights
cancelled during the period?
A. Patna
B. Hyderabad
C. Warangal
D. Ranchi
Q-14 Average number of flights per year per Air port in respect
of Patna, Hyderabad and Ahmedabad airports is ?
A. 140
B. 150
C. 160
D. 180
Q-15 Difference between flights cancelled at (Hyderabad &
Ahmedabad airports) and (Patna & Ranchi airports) is
A. 2060
B. 2240
C. 1080
D. 2160
DI TEST SERIES – TEST 707 : ANSWERS

WITH EXPLANATIONS
We first convert the data of Dabwali colony strength into a
complete table as under:-
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. C
7. B 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. D 12. C
13. B 14. D 15. D

Status of subsidy provision to the needy persons in one of the
States in North East is given below. Study the information given
below and answer the questions based on it:
1. Cost (%) shared by Centre was minimum (against total cost)
in which of the below cases?
A. GS(2010)
B. FoA(2005)
C. KS (2015)
D. MNR (2005)
2. Number of Total beneficiaries was maximum in the year ?
A. 2005
B. 2010
C. 2015
D. 2005 & 2015
3. Number of beneficiaries have gone down in 2015 (over
2005) by ? %
A. 8
B. 10
C. 15
D. 20
4. Difference between the number of beneficiaries of the year
2005 & 2010 is around?
A. 10,000
B. 15,000
C. 12,000
D. 6,000
5. Total cost of subsidy has changed by % from 2005 to 2015
A. (-) 2%
B. 8%
C. (-) 6%
D. 2%
6. An approximate downfall in the cost shared by Centre has
been observed from 2005 to 2015 by Rs. Crores INR
A. 7-9
B. 12-14
C. 9-11
D. 14-16
7. The category receiving the least percentage help from the
centre (in the entire data) is:
A. KS (2005)
B. MNR (2010)
C. KS (2010)
D. FoA (2005)
8. The difference between the average costs paid by the
Centre during 2005 and 2010 is approximately Rs. Crores
A. 1.6
B. 8
C. 3.2
D. 4.3
9. Cost to the city receiving UNEMP category assistance in
2010 is most nearly:
A. < than 2005
B. > than 2005
C. < than 2005 but > 2015
D. <2005 & 2015 both
10 Assuming that 50% of the beneficiaries receiving category
. help in 2005 were adults caring for minor children, but the
KS
contribution towards maintaining these adults was 40% of
the total subsidy to KS program in 2005, average amount
paid for each adult in 2005 is most nearly:
A. RS. 5,900
B. RS.6,000
C. RS.7,500
D. RS.3,000

ANSWERS
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D
6. A 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. B
OceanofPDF.com
8.01
PROFICIENCY TESTS
PROFICIENCY TEST - 801
No. of Questions: 10
Suggested Time 7 minutes
DIRECTIONS for Q-1 to 5: Refer the following table about
required monthly payments needed to satisfy a loan disbursed
at the rate of 10.0%.p.a.
At the 10% rate what would be the monthly payment
1. needed to pay off a Rs.12,000 loan in 15 years?
1. Rs.107.47
2. Rs. 128.95
3. Rs. 128.97
4. Rs.110.83.
2. Paying an EMI of Rs. 50 in what time a loan of Rs.5,000/- shall
be paid back given that rate of interest is 10%?
1. 8
2. 12
3. 1
4. 18.
3. What is the difference in each monthly payment between a
17 year loan of Rs.13000 at the 10% rate and an 18-year loan
for the same amount at the same rate?
1. Rs. 2.85
2. Rs.2.01
3. Rs. 2.78
4. Rs. 2.25.
4. According to this table for an 18-year loan the monthly
payment for a Rs.1000 loan is what percent of the amount
of the loan?
1. 0.1%
2. 1.0%
3. 1.5%
4. 10.0%.
5. How much money will be paid in interest on a Rs.8000 loan
at 10% over a period of 18 years?
1. Rs.9,390
2. Rs.9,000
3. Rs.9,280
4. Rs.9,290
DIRECTIONS for Q-6 to 10 Refer the following table:
6. How much tax is due on an income of Rs.11,500?

1. Rs.75
2. Rs.80
3. Rs.295
4. Rs.150.
7. 7. Your income for a year is Rs. 24,000. You receive a raise so
that next year your income will be 29,000. How much more
will you pay in taxes next year if the tax rate remains the
same?
1. Rs. 370
2. RS. 380
3. Rs.300
4. Rs.340
8. Shyama paid Rs.740 as tax. If x was her income, which of the
following statements is true?
1. 10000 < x < 14,000
2. 16,000 < x < 19,000
3. 19,000 < x < 23,000
4. 24,000 < x < 26,000
9. The town of Ding has a population of 50,000. The average
income of a person who lives in Ding is Rs. 3,700 per year.
What is the total amount paid in taxes by the people of
Ding?
1. Rs. 37
2. Rs. 3,700
3. Rs. 50000
4. Rs. 1,850,000.
10 Mr Mehta who has an income of Rs.13,600 pays what
.
percent (to the nearest percent) of his or her income in
taxes?
1. 1.8
2. 2.2
3. 2.9
4. 3.6
PROFICIENCY TEST – 801: ANSWER KEY
1-3 2-4 3-3 4-2 5-3 6-3 7-4 8-3 9-4 10-3
PROFICIENCY TEST – 802
Total Questions = 9
Suggested Time : 6 minutes
Directions for Q-1 to 5 Refer the following table:
1. (Fructose & Glucose) together are how many time sweeter
than (Lactose & Maltose)?
1. 5.09
2. 5.1
3. 5.8
4. 5.08
2. If equal amounts of maltose is substituted for lactose, what %
increase in sweetness is obtained?
1. 16
2. 50
3. 100
4. Data inadequate
3. How many grams of sucrose be added to one gram of
saccharin to make a mixture 100 times as sweet as glucose?
1. 7
2. 8
3. 9
4. 10.
4. What is approximate ratio of Fructose to Lactose in a mixture
equal in sweetness as Maltose is ?
1. 2/17
2. 1/5
3. 9/2
4. 4/43.
5. Approximately how many times sweeter than sucrose is a
mixture of glucose, sucrose, and fructose in the ratio of 1 : 2 :
3?
1. 0.6
2. 1
3. 1.3
4. 2.9.
DIRECTIONS for Q-6 to 9 Refer the following table and graph.

6. Which of the following can be inferred from the table and
graphs?
I. Half of the total body weight is the skeleton and blood.
II. About 2.4% of the total body weight is the lever.
III. The weight of the blood in the average adult is twice the
weight of the skeleton.
1. I only
2. II only
3. III only
4. II and III
7. If the weight of the liver is represented as ‘g’ grams, the total
body weight is ?
1. 41.17 g
2. 61.470 + g
3. 63 – g
4. 24g.
8. What is the angle of the sector in Graph I representing daily
water intake through fluids?
1. 144°
2. 72°
3. 120°
4. 216°.
9. How many ‘cc’ of the output through the kidneys is the daily
intake in the shape of fluids?
1. 800
2. 1200
3. 1500
4. 1800
PROFICIENCY TEST 802: ANSWER KEY
1-4 2-4 (Total quantity is not given) 3-2 4-1 5-3 6-4 7-1 8-
4 9-3
Total Questions 9
Time 6 minutes
Directions for Q-1 to 5 refer the following charts

Residence Breakdown of Students at University of Utrakhand
(October 1, 2000)
1. Which of the following statements can be inferred from the
graphs?
I. More students registered at University Utrakhand on
October, 1, 2000, were from Europe than from the west.
II. Over twice as many students from Africa were registered
at University Utrakhand on October 1, 2000, as students from
South America.
III. The Midwest accounted for approximately 13% of the
students registered at University Utrakhand on October 1,
2000.
1. III only
2. I and II only
3. II and III only
4. I, II and III
2. If half of the students from the East were from New York
State, then approximately how many of the students who
were registered at University Utrakhand on October 1,2000
were from New York State?
1. 810
2. 640
3. 724
4. 864.
3. How many of the students who were registered at University
Utrakhand on October 1, 2000, were from the South?
1. 1,600
2. 1,680
3. 1,800
4. 1,750.
4. On October 1, 2000, how many more of the students
registered at University Utrakhand were from Europe than
from Asia?
1. 360
2. 380
3. 336
4. 540.
5. How many more students were there from “South” than from
South America?
1. 1,800
2. 504
3. 1,512
4. None
Directions for questions 6 to 9 refer the following table
6. How many tablespoons of light cream have the same

number of calories as 8 ounces of buttermilk?
1. 2
2. 3
3. 4
4. 5.
7. How many calories of cream would there be in the amount
needed to furnish the same number of grams of protein as
there are in 4 ounces of chocolate milk.
1. 55
2. 95
3. 110
4. 220.
8. Which of the following has the greatest number of calories
per pound?
1. Cottage cheese
2. Cheddar-type cheese
3. Swiss cheese
4. Whole milk.
9. Which of the following furnishes the greatest number of
grams of protein per unit weight?
1. Whole milk
2. Cottage cheese
3. American cheese
4. Chocolate milk.
ANSWER KEY 1 -1 2-2 3-2 4-3 5-4 6-3 7-4 8-4 9-3
Directions for Q-1 to 5: Refer the following graphs/data to

answer the given questions:–
The budget of M/s Buddy’s Stores
1. An average store in the chain has a budget of Rs.400,000.

How much should be budgeted for heating and cooling?
1. Rs.1700
2. Rs.24,00
3. Rs. 60,000
4. Rs.17,000
2. What is the ratio of wages paid by M/s Buddy’s Stores to its
total non wage expenditure?
1. 1/3
2. ¼
3. 1/7
4. 1/6.
3. What % more/less does M/s Buddy’s Stores spend for heating
than the average store in the chain?
1. 7%
2. 40%
3. 4%
4. 18%.
4. Calculate the ratio of the percentage M/s Buddy’s Stores
spends on wages to the percentage the average store
spends on wages.
1. 8/10
2. 4/3
3. 5/4
4. 25/21.
5. If there are 15 stores in the chain and the average budget
for each store is Rs.4,00,000, how much should be budgeted
for the total chain for cooling energy?
1. Rs.1,10,000
2. Rs. 2,20,000
3. Rs. 2,40,000
4. Rs. 8,20,000.
Directions for Q-6 to 10: Refer the following graphs and answer
the given questions:–
6. Select the emission that increased in tonnage from 2000 to
2008
1. NOx
2. SOx
3. Organic Compounds
4. Lead.
7. Calculate the percentage decrease in lead emissions
between 2000 and 2008.
1. 4%
2. 22%
3. 48%
4. 96%.
8. Estimate the percentage the percentage contribution of
CO to the emissions listed in the charts in 2000.
1. 47%
2. 49%
3. 51%
4. 53%.
9. Vehicle emissions contributed 65, 9 and 6 million metric tons
of CO, organic compounds and NOx, respectively, in 2000.
Estimate their percentage contribution to the total
emissions.
1. 42%
2. 44%
3. 46%
4. 48%.
10 If the circle graph of 2000 were drawn to scale,
.
approximate the angle that would represent lead.
1. 0.04°
2. 0.4°
3. 0.2°
4. 0.02°
ANSWERS: 1-3 2-4 3-2 4-4 5-3 6-1 7-4 8-4 9-1 10-2
OceanofPDF.com
9.01
CASELETS
(Chhote hain but khotte hain – hum ko aisa vaisa no samjho,
hum bade kaam ki cheez) Given here are some small cases
which would help you a lot in understanding the smallest of the
tricks. They seem to be of little importance but will shake your
head while dealing with them. So, try your hands on these.
CASE I
Time : 5 minutes
Read the following carefully and answer the following
questions.
In a class of 125 students, each student studies at least one
of the subjects viz. History, English or Mathematics except a
group of six students who have been exempted to attend any
class. 59 students study History, 67 English and 73 Mathematics.
34 study Mathematics & History, 26 English & Mathematics and
33 History and English.
1. How many study exactly two subjects?
A. 54
B. 51
C. 48
D. 46
2. How many study all the three subjects?
A. 12
B. 15
C. 13
D. 14
3. How many study more than 1 subjects?
A. 63
B. 67
C. 62
D. 66
4. How many English & Mathematics but Not History?
A. 12
B. 13
C. 14
D. 11
5. How many study English & (Mathematics or History) ?
A. 41
B. 43
C. 47
D. 57
6. How many History & English but NOT maths?
A. 19
B. 18
C. 17
D. 20
7. If 70% of students failed in one or more subjects, then the
maximum number of failures are in
A. Mathematics
B. English
C. History
D. None
8. What is the number of students who study all the subjects?
A. 12
B. 16
C. 15
D. 13
9. How many students study Maximum One subjects?
A. 42
B. 49
C. 47
D. 44
CASE I ANSWERS: 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. D 9. A
CASEII
(5 minutes)
(Sales unit in ‘00’000)
1. Which company given had the least % age change from

the year 2015 to 2016 is?
A. Alpha
B. Galaxy
C. Elegy
D. Drum
2. The net change in sales of all companies together is __% in
the year 2016 over 2015?
A. 0.076
B. 0.9
C. 0.5
D. 0.76
3. Average sales per company per month for the year 2016
were ?
A. 2400
B. 208
C. 2500
D. 200
4. The maximum %age change in sales between the two years
anywhere is ?
A. 12.25
B. 10.525
C. 10.75
D. 9.375
5. If the sales of year 2016 for Elegy is actually 2275, then the
answer for Q-1 given above would be?
A. Beta
B. Elegy
C. Alpha
D. Galaxy
6. What is the market % share of Beta in value terms in the year
2015? (assume market is captured by these only)
A. 28
B. 30
C. 32
D. can’t say
7. If the average cost price of a product sold by Beta to that of
Alpha’s is 28:29, what is the ratio of volume of sales of
company Alpha : Beta for the given two years period is ?
A. 21:34
B. 31:120
C. 13:23
D. 31:13
CASE II : ANSWER: 1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A
6 d (value cannot be found due to obvious
reasons)
7b
CASE III
Time: 3 minutes
A person moves 4 KMs north and reaches B. From B he moves 3
km East to reach C. From C he proceeds 5 km N/E to reach D,
then 5 km towards North to reach E. Now further 10 km West to
reach F. Ultimately he decides otherwise and heads back
straight to A from F.
1. What could be the possible distance AF in km?
A. 11.8
B. 12.7
C. 13.7
D. 16.2
2. What could be the possible distance in kilometer of segment
CF?
A. 11.4
B. 8.8
C. 15.2
D. 14.2
3. If the time of total journey taken by him is 50 minutes. Find his
average speed km/hr.
A. <45
B. >51
C. >55
D. <40
4. Moving at the speed of 36 km/hr had he returned back
along how much time (minutes) would he
have taken?
A. 54
B. 45
C. 60
D. 36
CASE III – ANSWERS: 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B
(hints: AB = 4, BC = 3 , CD= 5, ED = 5 If CD, ED meet at K (such
that BCK and KDE make a right angle at K), then either (CK = 3
& KD =4) or (CK = 4 & KD = 3) and move further.
CASE IV
Time: 2 minutes
We are talking of a manufacturing unit which manufactures
parts for Tractor. All its production parts are sold at a profit of
20%. One day when the unit was functioning normal, suddenly
after a production of 3000 units, the production line developed
a snag and thereafter 25% of the products produced were
found defective. These defective products had to be sold at
80% of the cost price. However, all its produced units are sold
on the same day.
In view of the changed scenario, answer the following
questions: –
1. What is the loss (%) in a production of 5000 units?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 3.6
D. 100
2. At what production level of units given below the profit will
be Minimum
A. 7000
B. 3000
C. 5000
D. 6000
3. What should be the production to have maximum profits?
A. 9000
B. 12000
C. 3000
D. 2000
CASE IV – ANSWERS 1. A 2. D 3. C
CASE V
Time: 3 minutes
A company sold 12000 trucks in 2013 (which was 120% of the
sale of 2012). The total sales for the year 2012 were Rs.290
crores. Its market share, however, declined to 60% in 2013 – a
decline of 2% over the market share in 2012. In 2014, the
company expected the market to grow by 25% with its market
share to remain steady at 60%.
1. The total market in the year 2012 was approximately worth
Rs…. crores
A. 460
B. 425
C. 435
D. 402
2. The average price of a truck (lakhs) in 2012 was
A. 2.70
B. 2.90
C. 3.30
D. 1.90
3. The total market in 2014 is expected to be Rs crores.
A. 924
B. 945
C. 950
D. 962
4. The price of a tuck in 2013 has gone down by how much
Rs….than in 2012 is
A. 47000
B. 57000
C. 51000
D. 71000
CASE V : ANSWERS 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. B
CASE VI
Time : 3 minutes
“Dhani” Bank is a nationalized bank in the Land of Swarg Lok
with a credit and deposit history as under:- 1989 141 175
It is further known that 45% of its 1400 branches are in rural

areas and remaining distributed equally amongst semi-urban
and urban areas. Of the urban areas branches 20% are in
Metro. Lending in 1990 was done to the extent of 75% towards
priority sectors, of which 1/3 is for transportation. 25% deposits
in 1990 were long term, 40% in medium term and rest were in
short term
1. In which of the following years was the Credit/Deposit ratio

minimum?
A. 1985
B. 1986
C. 1987
D. 1988
2. In 1985, if 40% of its lending was through rural branches, the
bank gave through a rural branch on an average an
amount of Rs…. (lakhs).?
A. 7.12
B. 7.94
C. 8.36
D. 9.14
3. Highest growth rate in deposits in any year is approximately
how much %.
A. 5.5
B. 6
C. 6.5
D. 7
4. If the long-term deposits grew @10% p.a., what % of the
bank’s deposit was long-term deposits in 1988?
A. 42
B. 45
C. 36
D. 28
CASE VI – ANSWERS 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C
CASE VII
Time : 3 minutes
Below are given some information. You are advised to go
through these and answer the questions given below:-
1. Advertising expenditure of USA in 1974 was 76.780 million US
$. This was about 2% of the GNP of USA;
2. GNP of UK, Japan and West Germany in 1974 was 175, 413
and 3510 US $ respectively;
3. Per capita advertising expenditure of Japan and USA was
38 and 125 US $ respectively;
4. Advertisement expenditure of W Germany was 14% more
than that of UK but 40% lower than that of Japan;
5. Per capita GNP of Japan is US $ while its population is only
0.109 billion. (1 billion = 1000 million = 109; 1 million =
10,00,000 =106 ).
1. What % of UK’s GNP is the GNP of Japan?
1. 235
2. 242
3. 254
4. 225
2. What is the advertising Expenditure of Japan as % of its GNP
1. 0.5
2. 1.0
3. 5
4. 3.8
3. Advertising expenditure of W Germany is how much billion ?
1. 3.892
2. 2.485
3. 1.972
4. 3.854
4. If advertising Expenditure as a % of GNP for Germany is
equal to that of UK, by how many billions US $ must GNP of
Germany decrease if expenditure remains unchanged?
1. 490
2. 480
3. 510
4. 520
CASE VII ANSWERS: 1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A
CASE VIII
Time 5 minutes
Harish bought 260 kg of wheat @ Rs. 20/ per kg. He then sold
half of it to Arif @21/- kg and sold 110 kg in the open market at
@ Rs. 23/kg. He distributed the remaining wheat stock at cost
price to the poor.
Further known also that Arif sold 40% of the wheat to Sharif @
Rs.27/kg and the rest of his stock @ Rs.22/kg to some traders.
From the above information, answer the following questions.
1. How much profit (Rs) would Harish have made had he

preferred not to donate to the poor and instead sold in the
open market?
A. 60
B. 560
C. 400
D. 460
2. How many more kg should Harish sell in the open market
(instead of to Arif) in order to make a total profit of Rs.512?
A. 12
B. 8
C. 6
D. Not possible
3. If Arif had bargained for a price at Rs.20.50/kg with Harish,
by how many Rupees would the latter’s profits have
dropped?
A. 65
B. 130
C. 260
D. 195
4. What % of Arif’s profits came due to Sharif’s purchase made
from him?
A. 40
B. 60
C. 80
D. 90
5. If Arif had bought 20 kg more from Harish in order to sell to
Sharif, then his total profits would have gone up by %?
A. 12.6
B. 30
C. 520
D. 16.66
CASE VIII: Answers: 1 B 2 C 3 A 4 C 5 B
Time : 5 minutes
CASE IX
The film “Mera Kanoon” ran for a total of 27 weeks at Metro

theatre and 17 weeks at Novelty theatre in Mumbai. At Metro
it earned an average of Rs.2.17 lakhs per show for the first 9
weeks when there were 3 shows per day. In the next 5 weeks, it
earned Rs.1.68 lakhs per show per day. In the next 6 weeks the
earnings stayed at Rs.1.54 lakhs. But after 20 weeks the number
of shows dropped to 2 per day and the earnings stayed at
Rs.1.08 lakhs per show till the end. Novelty ran only 1 show per
day but its earnings per show were the same as those of Metro.
From the above information, answer the questions given
below:
1. How many lakhs of Rupees did the movie earn in 4 days in
the city in its 15th week?
A. 24.64
B. 18.48
C. 13.86
D. 30.8
2. By how much %age did the daily earnings drop from 11th
week to the 21st week ?
A. 52
B. 57
C. 68
D. 34
3. In the 16th week Metro had 280 seats which are priced at
Rs.42/- per seat. If Novelty’s rate is Rs.36 per seat then how
many seats does Novelty have?
A. 280
B. 206
C. 240
D. No relation.
4. Each theatre pays 45% entertainment tax on each ticket,
then how much tax (Rs Lakhs) Metro paid for first 10 weeks?
A. 84.84
B. 63.63
C. 38.18
D. 28.63
If the movie showing costs Rs. 55 lakhs and yet another Rs.9
5.
lakhs is spent on marketing and advertisement, will it have
some profits after paying taxes during the entire run?
A. It’s loss
B. Yes
C. At par
D. Data inadequate
CASE IX: Answers: 1 A 2 C 3 C 4 D 5 B
CASE X
Time : 4 minutes
Mumbai Metro information is given. Please read the same and
answer the questions given :-
1. A train starts from Boriwali at 10:32 hrs and reaches Andheri
by 10:46, Bandra by 10:52, Dadar by 11:00 and Mumbai
Central by 11;06 ;
2. It halts for a minute at each of the station on its way, except
Dadar and Mumbai Central where it halts for 2 minutes and
3 minutes respectively;
1. If Mahim is the only station, halfway, between Bandra and
Dadar, what time should I reach Mahim to catch this train?
A. 10:54
B. 10:55
C. 10:56
D. 10:57
E. Not possible
2. If it takes just two minutes of travel from Borivali to Kandivli,
at what time will the train reach Malad which is further 2
minute away.
A. 10:36
B. 10:37
C. 10:38
D. can’t say
3. If there are two stops between Andheri and Bandra, and
the halt time is not changed, then what is the average
running time between each station?
A. 1 minute
B. 1 ½ min
C. 2 minutes
D. 1 min 40 sec
4. If Churchgate is 7 minute journey from Mumbai Central,
what is the departure time from here if the train halts for 6
minutes ?
A. 11:19
B. 11:20
C. 11:22
D. 11:21
CASE X : ANSWERS: 1 C 2 B 3 B 4 D
CASE XI
Time : 4 minutes
Given below are the colour-mix patterns used by M/s NKT
Paints (Pvt.) Limited, for its factories in Kurukshetra, to produce
the specific shades:-
Which colour code shade has the minimum % age of the
1. colour blue?
A. RB
B. BB
C. AB
D. MB
2. What is the %age of the colour White in Sky blue?
A. 55
B. 51
C. 30
D. 60
3. What is the minimum percentage of Blue amongst the
above 6 shades?
A. 42
B. 55
C. 58
D. 60
4. If we mixed equal quantities of aqua blue and midnight
blue, how much % blue would be in the resulting mix?
A. 56.5
B. 57.5
C. 48.2
D. 51.5
CASE XI : Answers: 1 D 2 B 3 A 4 A
CASE XII
Time : 5 minutes
A company had a capacity of 1000 units of production, but
could only produce 800 items in the year 2010. The capacity to
produce was increased by 20% in 2012 and again by 25% in
2014.
The actual production went up by 100 units only each year
for next four years. However, sales (which were 700 in 2010)
were not consistent. Sales went up by 40% in 2011 but went
down by 150 in 2012. However, after 2012 sales went 100 units
up every year.
Any surplus production over sales was added to stocks at

the end of the calendar year. However, the excess of sales
over production in any year, if any, was to be drawn from the
stocks. Stock in 2010 beginning is taken as Zero.
Sales price was Rs.10 per unit in 2010 but was reduced by
Re1 per unit next year. Thereafter no change in sales price till
2014.
(Capacity utilization = Production/Capacity)
1. In which given year were the sales proceed the maximum ?
A. 2010
B. 2011
C. 2012
D. Can’t say
2. When was the Production over Capacity ratio at its
maximum?
A. 2010
B. 2011
C. 2013
D. 2014
3. Which year-end amongst the given below saw the stocks
next to maximum ?
A. 2010
B. 2011
C. 2013
D. 2014
4. What was the total level of stocks during the given time
period?
A. 700
B. 800
C. 820
D. 780
5. What was the average sales figure over the 5 years period?
A. 920
B. 936
C. 840
D. 790
TEST XII – Answers: 1 B 2 C 3 C 4 D 5 B
TEST XIII
Time 5 minutes
A small village Kotli in Odisha State has population of 1,000
people. To study the taste of its inhabitants about various
games, a sample survey was conducted on 25% population
who played either football or hockey or cricket or at least one
of these games. 85 persons played hockey, 160 had a taste for
foot ball, while 200 played cricket. Only 45 people played all
the three games. 20 persons played only football while 70
played only cricket. 20 people played both hockey and
football but not cricket.
1. How many played only football and cricket?
A. 110
B. 75
C. 70
D. 120
2. What % of the population played only hockey?
A. 10
B. 85
C. 8.5
D. 1
3. How many people played hockey & football?
A. 65
B. 20
C. 40
D. 45
4. What % of sample people played at least two games?
A. 150
B. 15
C. 60
D. 24
5. If 30% of the people who play hockey and/or cricket are
females, how many women play hockey & cricket only?
A. 3
B. 8
C. 2
D. can’t say
6. How many people played exactly two games ?
A. 105
B. 124
C. 135
D. 150
7. How many played only Football or only Cricket or both
games ?
A. 155
B. 160
C. 165
D. 170
8. How many played Football and Hockey but not Cricket?
A. 20
B. 30
C. 65
D. 75
CASE XIII – Answers: 1 B 2 D 3 A 4 C 5 A 6 A 7 C 8 A
CASE XIV
Time : 3 minutes
Kiran, a housewife, inherited some money after the death of
her aunty who had already advised her to use the funds
carefully. After much pondering and consultations, Kiran
invested the whole amount in stock market. But due to
instability in the market, after 3 months of investments, she was
advised to liquidate her portfolios immediately. She made a
profit of 25% on her investments. She kept hold of ¼ of this
profit and invested the remaining funds in a Fixed Deposit with
a Financer earning 20% p.a. After a year of the death of her
aunty, she decided to again try her luck and invest in stocks
and withdrew the total amount in Fixed Deposits. However, this
time, she lost Rs.10,000 in the first 3 months which compelled
her in immediately selling of her holdings at par. Out of the
proceeds received, she paid back the loss suffered and
invested half of the remaining funds in a 1-year bank deposit
earning 10% p.a.. On maturity of deposit she got Rs.53,900/=.
1. What amount did Kiran inherit (Rs.) from her aunty?
A. 1,12,000
B. 1,50,000
C. 1,28,000
D. 1,15,000
2. Overall gain/loss by Kiran from her investments was to the
extent of Rs.?
A. 42,700
B. 35,800
C. 40,000
D. 44,900
3. Total interest earned on her deposits was Rs. ?
A. 22,900
B. 15,000
C. 27,500
D. 2,500
4. Over the entire period her total income was Rs. ?
A. 37,500
B. 27,500
C. 10,000
D. 25,000
CASE XIV: Answers: 1 C 2 C 3 A 4 B
(Let she inherited = 400 x ; On liquidation profit 25% = 100 x ;
Total funds 500 x Now 375 x invested in Fixed Deposit @ 20%
which remained for 9 months only;
Total amount due 375 x + 56 ¼ x = 1725x/4 or 1/2 (1725x/4 –
10000 ) x 1.10 = 53,900 )
CASE XV
Time : 4 minutes
Four friends Manthon, Rahul, Sunny & Victor competed in a
contest where maximum possible score was 300. All friends
scored more than 60 and none scored fractional scores;
I – Manthon scored less than 200 and his score was a
perfect square but 70 less than double of Victor’s
scores;
II – Rahul & Sunny together scored exactly 270, and score of
one of the two was one less than a perfect square (like X2-
1 shape);
III – The score of neither Rahul nor Victor was a multiple of 11;
but score of one of them was a multiple of 17.
1. Scores of Sunny and Manthon were?
A. 150,100
B. 120,150
C. 150,121
D. 85,120
2. Ratio of scores of (Victor &Rahul) to that of (Manthon &
Sunny) is
A. 41:50
B. 4:5
C. 50:41
D. 41:25
3. Score of Sunny is __ % of that of Victor ?
A. 20
B. 253
C. 178
D. 182
4. Difference between the scores of __was double of a square
A. Manthon &Sunny
B. Manthon &Victor
C. Sunny &Victor
D. Sunny &Rahul
5. The sum total score of all the four was ?
A. 557
B. 455
C. 579
D. 540
CASE XV: Answers 1 C 2 A 3 C 4 A 5 B
(hint: better select the choices by rejection (e.g. Q-1: ‘d’
choice is rejected because of ‘III’ condition and choice ‘b’ is
rejected because of condition laid down in condition ‘II’)
OceanofPDF.com

Data Interpretation Simplified - Jaggan Saneja

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Interpretation Simplified - Jaggan Saneja

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OceanofPDF.

First Published by Notion Press 2016

No part of this book may be used, reproduced in any manner

Late Master Chetan Dass Saneja & Late Smt.

About the Author

1.01 Data Interpretation – Defined

Mathematics needs a clear understanding of the concept

Every effort has been made to present the subject matter

It is my pleasant duty to convey my sincere thanks to Mrs.

Jaggan Saneja, has already authored and launched a book

Jaggan Saneja started guiding students for Mathematics, in

Jaggan Saneja has been associated with M/s SANEJA

For a good number of years, his question papers for various

Data Interpretation questions fetch handsome scores in any

The book will help readers in acquiring a better grip on the

Simplified series chain…by JAGGAN SANEJA

(ii) DATA INTERPRETATION Simplified .. with the readers

(iii) DATA SUFFICIENCY Simplified .. in the pipe line

Readers can reach the author by e-mail at

The data representation can broadly be classified as of

a. TITLE OF THE TABLE: It gives a description of the contents of

Please note that the information arranged in a table

– An alphabetic order or chronological order;

However, it is always advisable to go through the legend

FORMING GRAPHS FROM TABLES.

IV – MULTIPLE BAR CHART

VI – MULTIPLE LINE CHART

VII − MULTIPLE LINE AREA CHART

IX − MULTIPLE PIE CHARTS

FOR CAT/MBA EXAMINATIONS

It is not uncommon for question-setters of the CAT to try and

There is no rule that requires you to attempt all questions

HOW TO SELECT THE RIGHT SET

FOR GMAT EXAMINATIONS

1. START WITH THE LABELS

2. PAY ATTENTION TO THE UNITS

3. LOOK FOR TRENDS

4. LINK THE QUESTION TO THE DATA

5. PREDICT AN ANSWER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE

Question – In which year percentage increase in wheat

3. SOLVE THE FRACTIONS QUICKLY

Mr Comfortable: He has given wider choices, evidently the

Prime numbers – please remember and write down for better

SQUARE ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS

The square root of a number ‘k’ is a number denoted by a

SQUARE ROOTS BY FACTORS

Example: 962 = (96 + 4)2 - 2 × 96 × 4 - 42 = 1002 - 768 - 16 =

SQUARE OF A NUMBER ENDING IN 5

Example: 1252 : 12 × 13 = 156. Hence square is 15625

SQUARE OF A NUMBER ENDING IN 25

What is the least square number which is divisible by 12, 15, 16

By what smallest number must 151200 be multiplied or divided

To make a number a perfect square it should be multiplied

Therefore, 193600 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 100

SQUARE ROOT USING TABLES

19 Find the value of

21 Rationalise the denominator of

22 Rationalise the denominator of

ANSWERS WITH EXPLANATIONS

8. What is the value of

7. If then the value of is

8. The square roof of is:

19 If and the value of is:

2. Replace Y by appropriate multiple/factors when x.y is =